<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!--
    This XML document is the output of clean-for-DTD.xslt; a tool that strips
    extensions to RFC2629(bis) from documents for processing with xml2rfc.
-->
<?xml-stylesheet type='text/xsl' href='rfc2629.xslt' ?>
<?rfc toc="yes" ?>
<?rfc comments="yes"?>
<?rfc inline="yes"?>
<?rfc symrefs="yes"?>
<?rfc sortrefs="yes"?>
<!DOCTYPE rfc
  PUBLIC "" "rfc2629.dtd">
<rfc category="std" obsoletes="2616" docName="draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-04" ipr="full3978">
   
<front>
  <title abbrev="HTTP/1.1">Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1</title>


  <author initials="R." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
    <organization abbrev="Day Software">Day Software</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>23 Corporate Plaza DR, Suite 215</street>
        <city>Newport Beach</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>92660</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <phone>+1-949-706-5300</phone>
      <facsimile>+1-949-706-5305</facsimile>
      <email>fielding@gbiv.com</email>
      <uri>http://roy.gbiv.com/</uri>
    </address>
  </author>

  <author initials="J." surname="Gettys" fullname="Jim Gettys">
    <organization>One Laptop per Child</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>1 Cambridge Center, 10th floor</street>
        <city>Cambridge</city>
        <region>MA</region>
        <code>02142</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <!--<email>jg at laptop.org</email>-->
      <uri>http://www.laptop.org/</uri>
    </address>
  </author> 
    
  <author initials="J." surname="Mogul" fullname="Jeffrey C. Mogul">
    <organization abbrev="HP">Hewlett-Packard Company</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>HP Labs, Large Scale Systems Group</street>
        <street>1501 Page Mill Road, MS 1177</street>
        <city>Palo Alto</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>94304</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <email>JeffMogul@acm.org</email>
    </address>
  </author>

  <author initials="H." surname="Frystyk" fullname="Henrik Frystyk Nielsen">
    <organization abbrev="Microsoft">Microsoft Corporation</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>1 Microsoft Way</street>
        <city>Redmond</city>
        <region>WA</region>
        <code>98052</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <email>henrikn@microsoft.com</email>
    </address>
  </author>

  <author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
    <organization abbrev="Adobe Systems">Adobe Systems, Incorporated</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>345 Park Ave</street>
        <city>San Jose</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>95110</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <email>LMM@acm.org</email>
      <uri>http://larry.masinter.net/</uri>
    </address>
  </author>
  
  <author initials="P." surname="Leach" fullname="Paul J. Leach">
    <organization abbrev="Microsoft">Microsoft Corporation</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>1 Microsoft Way</street>
        <city>Redmond</city>
        <region>WA</region>
        <code>98052</code>
      </postal>
      <email>paulle@microsoft.com</email>
    </address>
  </author>
   
  <author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
    <organization abbrev="W3C/MIT">World Wide Web Consortium</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</street>
        <street>545 Technology Square</street>
        <city>Cambridge</city>
        <region>MA</region>
        <code>02139</code>
        <country>USA</country>
      </postal>
      <facsimile>+1 (617) 258 8682</facsimile>
      <email>timbl@w3.org</email>
    </address>
  </author>

  <author initials="Y." surname="Lafon" fullname="Yves Lafon" role="editor">
    <organization abbrev="W3C">World Wide Web Consortium</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>2004, Route des Lucioles</street>
        <city>Sophia Antipolis</city><code>06902</code>
        <country>France</country>
      </postal>
      <phone>+33 492387943</phone>	
      <facsimile>+33 492387822</facsimile>	
      <email>ylafon@w3.org</email>	
      <uri>http://www.w3.org/</uri>	
    </address>
  </author>

  <author initials="J. F." surname="Reschke" fullname="Julian F. Reschke" role="editor">
    <organization abbrev="greenbytes">greenbytes GmbH</organization>
    <address>
      <postal>
        <street>Hafenweg 16</street>
        <city>Muenster</city><region>NW</region><code>48155</code>
        <country>Germany</country>
      </postal>
      <phone>+49 251 2807760</phone>	
      <facsimile>+49 251 2807761</facsimile>	
      <email>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de</email>	
      <uri>http://greenbytes.de/tech/webdav/</uri>	
    </address>
  </author>

  <date month="November" year="2007" day="18"/>

<abstract>
<t>
   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
   protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
   systems. It is a generic, stateless, protocol which can be used for
   many tasks beyond its use for hypertext, such as name servers and
   distributed object management systems, through extension of its
   request methods, error codes and headers <xref target="RFC2324"/>. A feature of HTTP is
   the typing and negotiation of data representation, allowing systems
   to be built independently of the data being transferred.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information
   initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol
   referred to as "HTTP/1.1", and is an update to 
   RFC2616.
</t>
</abstract>

  <note title="Editorial Note (To be removed by RFC Editor before publication)">
    <t>
      Distribution of this document is unlimited. Please send comments to the 
      Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) mailing list at <eref target="mailto:ietf-http-wg@w3.org">ietf-http-wg@w3.org</eref>, which may be joined by sending a message with subject 
      "subscribe" to <eref target="mailto:ietf-http-wg-request@w3.org?subject=subscribe">ietf-http-wg-request@w3.org</eref>.
      Discussions of the HTTP working group are archived at
      <eref target="http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/"/>.               
      XML versions, latest edits and the issues list for this document
      are available from <eref target="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/"/>.
    </t>
    <t>
      The purpose of this document is to revise <xref target="RFC2616"/>, doing
      only minimal corrections. For now, it is not planned to advance the standards level
      of HTTP, thus - if published - the specification will still
      be a "Proposed Standard" (see <xref target="RFC2026"/>).
    </t>
    <t>
      The current plan is to incorporate known errata, and to update the
      specification text according to the current IETF publication guidelines.
      In particular:
      <list style="symbols">
        <t>Incorporate the corrections collected in the RFC2616 errata document
        (<eref target="http://purl.org/NET/http-errata"/>) (most of the suggested fixes have been applied to <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-01">draft 01</eref>).</t>
        <t>Incorporate corrections for newly discovered and agreed-upon problems, using
        the HTTP WG mailing list as forum
        and <eref target="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/"/>
        as issues list.
        </t>
        <t>Update references, and re-classify them into "Normative" and
        "Informative", based on the prior work done by Jim Gettys in
        <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-gettys-http-v11-spec-rev-00"/>.</t>
      </list>
    </t>
    <t>
      This document is based on a variant of the original RFC2616 specification
      formatted using Marshall T. Rose's "xml2rfc" tool (see
      <eref target="http://xml.resource.org"/>) and therefore deviates from
      the original text in word wrapping, page breaks, list formatting, reference formatting, whitespace usage and
      appendix numbering. Otherwise, it is supposed to contain an accurate
      copy of the original specification text. See <eref target="http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis-00-from-rfc2616.diff.html"/>
      for a comparison between both documents, as generated by "rfcdiff"
      (<eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/tools/rfcdiff/"/>).
    </t>
  </note>

</front>
<middle>

























<section title="Introduction" anchor="introduction">

<section title="Purpose" anchor="intro.purpose">
<t>
   The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
   protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
   systems. HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global
   information initiative since 1990. The first version of HTTP,
   referred to as HTTP/0.9, was a simple protocol for raw data transfer
   across the Internet. HTTP/1.0, as defined by <xref target="RFC1945"/>, improved
   the protocol by allowing messages to be in the format of MIME-like
   messages, containing metainformation about the data transferred and
   modifiers on the request/response semantics. However, HTTP/1.0 does
   not sufficiently take into consideration the effects of hierarchical
   proxies, caching, the need for persistent connections, or virtual
   hosts. In addition, the proliferation of incompletely-implemented
   applications calling themselves "HTTP/1.0" has necessitated a
   protocol version change in order for two communicating applications
   to determine each other's true capabilities.
</t>
<t>
   This specification defines the protocol referred to as "HTTP/1.1".
   This protocol includes more stringent requirements than HTTP/1.0 in
   order to ensure reliable implementation of its features.
</t>
<t>
   Practical information systems require more functionality than simple
   retrieval, including search, front-end update, and annotation. HTTP
   allows an open-ended set of methods and headers that indicate the
   purpose of a request <xref target="RFC2324"/>. It builds on the discipline of reference
   provided by the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) <xref target="RFC1630"/>, as a location
   (URL) <xref target="RFC1738"/> or name (URN) <xref target="RFC1737"/>, for indicating the resource to which a
   method is to be applied. Messages are passed in a format similar to
   that used by Internet mail <xref target="RFC2822"/> as defined by the Multipurpose
   Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) <xref target="RFC2045"/>.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP is also used as a generic protocol for communication between
   user agents and proxies/gateways to other Internet systems, including
   those supported by the SMTP <xref target="RFC2821"/>, NNTP <xref target="RFC3977"/>, FTP <xref target="RFC959"/>, Gopher <xref target="RFC1436"/>,
   and WAIS <xref target="WAIS"/> protocols. In this way, HTTP allows basic hypermedia
   access to resources available from diverse applications.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Requirements" anchor="intro.requirements">
<t>
   The key words "MUST", "MUST NOT", "REQUIRED", "SHALL", "SHALL NOT",
   "SHOULD", "SHOULD NOT", "RECOMMENDED", "MAY", and "OPTIONAL" in this
   document are to be interpreted as described in <xref target="RFC2119"/>.
</t>
<t>
   An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one or more
   of the MUST or REQUIRED level requirements for the protocols it
   implements. An implementation that satisfies all the MUST or REQUIRED
   level and all the SHOULD level requirements for its protocols is said
   to be "unconditionally compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST
   level requirements but not all the SHOULD level requirements for its
   protocols is said to be "conditionally compliant."
</t>
</section>

<section title="Terminology" anchor="intro.terminology">
<t>
   This specification uses a number of terms to refer to the roles
   played by participants in, and objects of, the HTTP communication.
</t>

<t>
  <iref item="connection"/>
  connection
  <list>
    <t>
      A transport layer virtual circuit established between two programs
      for the purpose of communication.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="message"/>
  message
  <list>
    <t>
      The basic unit of HTTP communication, consisting of a structured
      sequence of octets matching the syntax defined in <xref target="http.message"/> and
      transmitted via the connection.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="request"/>
  request
  <list>
    <t>
      An HTTP request message, as defined in <xref target="request"/>.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="response"/>
  response
  <list>
    <t>
      An HTTP response message, as defined in <xref target="response"/>.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="resource"/>
  resource
  <list>
    <t>
      A network data object or service that can be identified by a URI,
      as defined in <xref target="uri"/>. Resources may be available in multiple
      representations (e.g. multiple languages, data formats, size, and
      resolutions) or vary in other ways.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="entity"/>
  entity
  <list>
    <t>
      The information transferred as the payload of a request or
      response. An entity consists of metainformation in the form of
      entity-header fields and content in the form of an entity-body, as
      described in <xref target="entity"/>.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="representation"/>
  representation
  <list>
    <t>
      An entity included with a response that is subject to content
      negotiation, as described in <xref target="content.negotiation"/>. There may exist multiple
      representations associated with a particular response status.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="content negotiation"/>
  content negotiation
  <list>
    <t>
      The mechanism for selecting the appropriate representation when
      servicing a request, as described in <xref target="content.negotiation"/>. The
      representation of entities in any response can be negotiated
      (including error responses).
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="variant"/>
  variant
  <list>
    <t>
      A resource may have one, or more than one, representation(s)
      associated with it at any given instant. Each of these
      representations is termed a `variant'.  Use of the term `variant'
      does not necessarily imply that the resource is subject to content
      negotiation.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="client"/>
  client
  <list>
    <t>
      A program that establishes connections for the purpose of sending
      requests.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="user agent"/>
  user agent
  <list>
    <t>
      The client which initiates a request. These are often browsers,
      editors, spiders (web-traversing robots), or other end user tools.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="server"/>
  server
  <list>
    <t>
      An application program that accepts connections in order to
      service requests by sending back responses. Any given program may
      be capable of being both a client and a server; our use of these
      terms refers only to the role being performed by the program for a
      particular connection, rather than to the program's capabilities
      in general. Likewise, any server may act as an origin server,
      proxy, gateway, or tunnel, switching behavior based on the nature
      of each request.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="origin server"/>
  origin server
  <list>
    <t>
      The server on which a given resource resides or is to be created.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="proxy"/>
  proxy
  <list>
    <t>
      An intermediary program which acts as both a server and a client
      for the purpose of making requests on behalf of other clients.
      Requests are serviced internally or by passing them on, with
      possible translation, to other servers. A proxy MUST implement
      both the client and server requirements of this specification. A
      "transparent proxy" is a proxy that does not modify the request or
      response beyond what is required for proxy authentication and
      identification. A "non-transparent proxy" is a proxy that modifies
      the request or response in order to provide some added service to
      the user agent, such as group annotation services, media type
      transformation, protocol reduction, or anonymity filtering. Except
      where either transparent or non-transparent behavior is explicitly
      stated, the HTTP proxy requirements apply to both types of
      proxies.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="gateway"/>
  gateway
  <list>
    <t>
      A server which acts as an intermediary for some other server.
      Unlike a proxy, a gateway receives requests as if it were the
      origin server for the requested resource; the requesting client
      may not be aware that it is communicating with a gateway.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="tunnel"/>
  tunnel
  <list>
    <t>
      An intermediary program which is acting as a blind relay between
      two connections. Once active, a tunnel is not considered a party
      to the HTTP communication, though the tunnel may have been
      initiated by an HTTP request. The tunnel ceases to exist when both
      ends of the relayed connections are closed.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="cache"/>
  cache
  <list>
    <t>
      A program's local store of response messages and the subsystem
      that controls its message storage, retrieval, and deletion. A
      cache stores cacheable responses in order to reduce the response
      time and network bandwidth consumption on future, equivalent
      requests. Any client or server may include a cache, though a cache
      cannot be used by a server that is acting as a tunnel.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="cacheable"/>
  cacheable
  <list>
    <t>
      A response is cacheable if a cache is allowed to store a copy of
      the response message for use in answering subsequent requests. The
      rules for determining the cacheability of HTTP responses are
      defined in <xref target="caching"/>. Even if a resource is cacheable, there may
      be additional constraints on whether a cache can use the cached
      copy for a particular request.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="first-hand"/>
  first-hand
  <list>
    <t>
      A response is first-hand if it comes directly and without
      unnecessary delay from the origin server, perhaps via one or more
      proxies. A response is also first-hand if its validity has just
      been checked directly with the origin server.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="explicit expiration time"/>
  explicit expiration time
  <list>
    <t>
      The time at which the origin server intends that an entity should
      no longer be returned by a cache without further validation.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="heuristic expiration time"/>
  heuristic expiration time
  <list>
    <t>
      An expiration time assigned by a cache when no explicit expiration
      time is available.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="age"/>
  age
  <list>
    <t>
      The age of a response is the time since it was sent by, or
      successfully validated with, the origin server.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="freshness lifetime"/>
  freshness lifetime
  <list>
    <t>
      The length of time between the generation of a response and its
      expiration time.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="fresh"/>
  fresh
  <list>
    <t>
      A response is fresh if its age has not yet exceeded its freshness
      lifetime.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="stale"/>
  stale
  <list>
    <t>
      A response is stale if its age has passed its freshness lifetime.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="semantically transparent"/>
  semantically transparent
  <list>
    <t>
      A cache behaves in a "semantically transparent" manner, with
      respect to a particular response, when its use affects neither the
      requesting client nor the origin server, except to improve
      performance. When a cache is semantically transparent, the client
      receives exactly the same response (except for hop-by-hop headers)
      that it would have received had its request been handled directly
      by the origin server.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="validator"/>
  validator
  <list>
    <t>
      A protocol element (e.g., an entity tag or a Last-Modified time)
      that is used to find out whether a cache entry is an equivalent
      copy of an entity.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="upstream"/>
  <iref item="downstream"/>
  upstream/downstream
  <list>
    <t>
      Upstream and downstream describe the flow of a message: all
      messages flow from upstream to downstream.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="inbound"/>
  <iref item="outbound"/>
  inbound/outbound
  <list>
    <t>
      Inbound and outbound refer to the request and response paths for
      messages: "inbound" means "traveling toward the origin server",
      and "outbound" means "traveling toward the user agent"
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Overall Operation" anchor="intro.overall.operation">
<t>
   The HTTP protocol is a request/response protocol. A client sends a
   request to the server in the form of a request method, URI, and
   protocol version, followed by a MIME-like message containing request
   modifiers, client information, and possible body content over a
   connection with a server. The server responds with a status line,
   including the message's protocol version and a success or error code,
   followed by a MIME-like message containing server information, entity
   metainformation, and possible entity-body content. The relationship
   between HTTP and MIME is described in <xref target="differences.between.http.entities.and.rfc.2045.entities"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Most HTTP communication is initiated by a user agent and consists of
   a request to be applied to a resource on some origin server. In the
   simplest case, this may be accomplished via a single connection (v)
   between the user agent (UA) and the origin server (O).
</t>
<figure><artwork type="drawing"><![CDATA[
       request chain ------------------------>
    UA -------------------v------------------- O
       <----------------------- response chain
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A more complicated situation occurs when one or more intermediaries
   are present in the request/response chain. There are three common
   forms of intermediary: proxy, gateway, and tunnel. A proxy is a
   forwarding agent, receiving requests for a URI in its absolute form,
   rewriting all or part of the message, and forwarding the reformatted
   request toward the server identified by the URI. A gateway is a
   receiving agent, acting as a layer above some other server(s) and, if
   necessary, translating the requests to the underlying server's
   protocol. A tunnel acts as a relay point between two connections
   without changing the messages; tunnels are used when the
   communication needs to pass through an intermediary (such as a
   firewall) even when the intermediary cannot understand the contents
   of the messages.
</t>
<figure><artwork type="drawing"><![CDATA[
       request chain -------------------------------------->
    UA -----v----- A -----v----- B -----v----- C -----v----- O
       <------------------------------------- response chain
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The figure above shows three intermediaries (A, B, and C) between the
   user agent and origin server. A request or response message that
   travels the whole chain will pass through four separate connections.
   This distinction is important because some HTTP communication options
   may apply only to the connection with the nearest, non-tunnel
   neighbor, only to the end-points of the chain, or to all connections
   along the chain. Although the diagram is linear, each participant may
   be engaged in multiple, simultaneous communications. For example, B
   may be receiving requests from many clients other than A, and/or
   forwarding requests to servers other than C, at the same time that it
   is handling A's request.
</t>
<t>
   Any party to the communication which is not acting as a tunnel may
   employ an internal cache for handling requests. The effect of a cache
   is that the request/response chain is shortened if one of the
   participants along the chain has a cached response applicable to that
   request. The following illustrates the resulting chain if B has a
   cached copy of an earlier response from O (via C) for a request which
   has not been cached by UA or A.
</t>
<figure><artwork type="drawing"><![CDATA[
          request chain ---------->
       UA -----v----- A -----v----- B - - - - - - C - - - - - - O
          <--------- response chain
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Not all responses are usefully cacheable, and some requests may
   contain modifiers which place special requirements on cache behavior.
   HTTP requirements for cache behavior and cacheable responses are
   defined in <xref target="caching"/>.
</t>
<t>
   In fact, there are a wide variety of architectures and configurations
   of caches and proxies currently being experimented with or deployed
   across the World Wide Web. These systems include national hierarchies
   of proxy caches to save transoceanic bandwidth, systems that
   broadcast or multicast cache entries, organizations that distribute
   subsets of cached data via CD-ROM, and so on. HTTP systems are used
   in corporate intranets over high-bandwidth links, and for access via
   PDAs with low-power radio links and intermittent connectivity. The
   goal of HTTP/1.1 is to support the wide diversity of configurations
   already deployed while introducing protocol constructs that meet the
   needs of those who build web applications that require high
   reliability and, failing that, at least reliable indications of
   failure.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP communication usually takes place over TCP/IP connections. The
   default port is TCP 80 (<eref target="http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers"/>), but other ports can be used. This does
   not preclude HTTP from being implemented on top of any other protocol
   on the Internet, or on other networks. HTTP only presumes a reliable
   transport; any protocol that provides such guarantees can be used;
   the mapping of the HTTP/1.1 request and response structures onto the
   transport data units of the protocol in question is outside the scope
   of this specification.
</t>
<t>
   In HTTP/1.0, most implementations used a new connection for each
   request/response exchange. In HTTP/1.1, a connection may be used for
   one or more request/response exchanges, although connections may be
   closed for a variety of reasons (see <xref target="persistent.connections"/>).
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Notational Conventions and Generic Grammar" anchor="notation">

<section title="Augmented BNF" anchor="notation.abnf">
<t>
   All of the mechanisms specified in this document are described in
   both prose and an augmented Backus-Naur Form (BNF) similar to that
   used by <xref target="RFC822ABNF"/>. Implementors will need to be familiar with the
   notation in order to understand this specification. The augmented BNF
   includes the following constructs:
</t>
<t>
   name = definition
  <list>
    <t>
      The name of a rule is simply the name itself (without any
      enclosing "&lt;" and "&gt;") and is separated from its definition by the
      equal "=" character. White space is only significant in that
      indentation of continuation lines is used to indicate a rule
      definition that spans more than one line. Certain basic rules are
      in uppercase, such as <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">SP</xref>, <xref target="basic.rules.lws" format="none">LWS</xref>, <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">HT</xref>, <xref target="basic.rules.crlf" format="none">CRLF</xref>, <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">DIGIT</xref>, <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">ALPHA</xref>, etc. Angle
      brackets are used within definitions whenever their presence will
      facilitate discerning the use of rule names.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   "literal"
  <list>
    <t>
      Quotation marks surround literal text. Unless stated otherwise,
      the text is case-insensitive.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   rule1 | rule2
  <list>
    <t>
      Elements separated by a bar ("|") are alternatives, e.g., "yes |
      no" will accept yes or no.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   (rule1 rule2)
  <list>
    <t>
      Elements enclosed in parentheses are treated as a single element.
      Thus, "(elem (foo | bar) elem)" allows the token sequences "elem
      foo elem" and "elem bar elem".
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   *rule
  <list>
    <t>
      The character "*" preceding an element indicates repetition. The
      full form is "&lt;n&gt;*&lt;m&gt;element" indicating at least &lt;n&gt; and at most
      &lt;m&gt; occurrences of element. Default values are 0 and infinity so
      that "*(element)" allows any number, including zero; "1*element"
      requires at least one; and "1*2element" allows one or two.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   [rule]
  <list>
    <t>
      Square brackets enclose optional elements; "[foo bar]" is
      equivalent to "*1(foo bar)".
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   N rule
  <list>
    <t>
      Specific repetition: "&lt;n&gt;(element)" is equivalent to
      "&lt;n&gt;*&lt;n&gt;(element)"; that is, exactly &lt;n&gt; occurrences of (element).
      Thus 2DIGIT is a 2-digit number, and 3ALPHA is a string of three
      alphabetic characters.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   #rule
  <list>
    <t>
      A construct "#" is defined, similar to "*", for defining lists of
      elements. The full form is "&lt;n&gt;#&lt;m&gt;element" indicating at least
      &lt;n&gt; and at most &lt;m&gt; elements, each separated by one or more commas
      (",") and OPTIONAL linear white space (LWS). This makes the usual
      form of lists very easy; a rule such as
    <figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   ( *LWS element *( *LWS "," *LWS element ))
]]></artwork></figure>
    </t>
    <t>
      can be shown as
    <figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   1#element
]]></artwork></figure>
    </t>
    <t>
      Wherever this construct is used, null elements are allowed, but do
      not contribute to the count of elements present. That is,
      "(element), , (element) " is permitted, but counts as only two
      elements. Therefore, where at least one element is required, at
      least one non-null element MUST be present. Default values are 0
      and infinity so that "#element" allows any number, including zero;
      "1#element" requires at least one; and "1#2element" allows one or
      two.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   ; comment
  <list>
    <t>
      A semi-colon, set off some distance to the right of rule text,
      starts a comment that continues to the end of line. This is a
      simple way of including useful notes in parallel with the
      specifications.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   implied *LWS
  <list>
    <t>
      The grammar described by this specification is word-based. Except
      where noted otherwise, linear white space (LWS) can be included
      between any two adjacent words (token or quoted-string), and
      between adjacent words and separators, without changing the
      interpretation of a field. At least one delimiter (LWS and/or
      separators) MUST exist between any two tokens (for the definition
      of "token" below), since they would otherwise be interpreted as a
      single token.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Basic Rules" anchor="basic.rules">
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
<t>
   The following rules are used throughout this specification to
   describe basic parsing constructs. The US-ASCII coded character set
   is defined by ANSI X3.4-1986 <xref target="USASCII"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="OCTET"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="CHAR"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="UPALPHA"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="LOALPHA"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="ALPHA"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="DIGIT"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="CTL"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="CR"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="LF"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="SP"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="HT"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  OCTET          = <any 8-bit sequence of data>
  CHAR           = <any US-ASCII character (octets 0 - 127)>
  UPALPHA        = <any US-ASCII uppercase letter "A".."Z">
  LOALPHA        = <any US-ASCII lowercase letter "a".."z">
  ALPHA          = UPALPHA | LOALPHA
  DIGIT          = <any US-ASCII digit "0".."9">
  CTL            = <any US-ASCII control character
                   (octets 0 - 31) and DEL (127)>
  CR             = <US-ASCII CR, carriage return (13)>
  LF             = <US-ASCII LF, linefeed (10)>
  SP             = <US-ASCII SP, space (32)>
  HT             = <US-ASCII HT, horizontal-tab (9)>
  <">            = <US-ASCII double-quote mark (34)>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t anchor="basic.rules.crlf">
  
   HTTP/1.1 defines the sequence CR LF as the end-of-line marker for all
   protocol elements except the entity-body (see <xref target="tolerant.applications"/> for
   tolerant applications). The end-of-line marker within an entity-body
   is defined by its associated media type, as described in <xref target="media.types"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="CRLF"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  CRLF           = CR LF
]]></artwork></figure>
<t anchor="basic.rules.lws">
  
   HTTP/1.1 header field values can be folded onto multiple lines if the
   continuation line begins with a space or horizontal tab. All linear
   white space, including folding, has the same semantics as SP. A
   recipient MAY replace any linear white space with a single SP before
   interpreting the field value or forwarding the message downstream.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="LWS"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  LWS            = [CRLF] 1*( SP | HT )
]]></artwork></figure>


<t anchor="basic.rules.text">
  
   The TEXT rule is only used for descriptive field contents and values
   that are not intended to be interpreted by the message parser. Words
   of *TEXT MAY contain characters from character sets other than ISO-8859-1
   <xref target="ISO-8859-1"/> only when encoded according to the rules of 
   <xref target="RFC2047"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="TEXT"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  TEXT           = <any OCTET except CTLs,
                   but including LWS>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A CRLF is allowed in the definition of TEXT only as part of a header
   field continuation. It is expected that the folding LWS will be
   replaced with a single SP before interpretation of the TEXT value.
</t>
<t anchor="basic.rules.hex">
  
   Hexadecimal numeric characters are used in several protocol elements.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="HEX"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  HEX            = "A" | "B" | "C" | "D" | "E" | "F"
                 | "a" | "b" | "c" | "d" | "e" | "f" | DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t anchor="basic.rules.token">
  
  
   Many HTTP/1.1 header field values consist of words separated by LWS
   or special characters. These special characters MUST be in a quoted
   string to be used within a parameter value (as defined in
   <xref target="transfer.codings"/>).
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="token"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="separators"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  token          = 1*<any CHAR except CTLs or separators>
  separators     = "(" | ")" | "<" | ">" | "@"
                 | "," | ";" | ":" | "\" | <">
                 | "/" | "[" | "]" | "?" | "="
                 | "{" | "}" | SP | HT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t anchor="basic.rules.comment">
  
  
   Comments can be included in some HTTP header fields by surrounding
   the comment text with parentheses. Comments are only allowed in
   fields containing "comment" as part of their field value definition.
   In all other fields, parentheses are considered part of the field
   value.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="comment"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="ctext"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  comment        = "(" *( ctext | quoted-pair | comment ) ")"
  ctext          = <any TEXT excluding "(" and ")">
]]></artwork></figure>
<t anchor="basic.rules.quoted-string">
  
  
  
   A string of text is parsed as a single word if it is quoted using
   double-quote marks.
</t>

<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="quoted-string"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="qdtext"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  quoted-string  = ( <"> *(qdtext | quoted-pair ) <"> )
  qdtext         = <any TEXT excluding <"> and "\">
]]></artwork></figure>


<t>
   The backslash character ("\") MAY be used as a single-character
   quoting mechanism only within quoted-string and comment constructs.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="quoted-pair"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  quoted-pair    = "\" CHAR
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Protocol Parameters" anchor="protocol.parameters">

<section title="HTTP Version" anchor="http.version">
  
<t>
   HTTP uses a "&lt;major&gt;.&lt;minor&gt;" numbering scheme to indicate versions
   of the protocol. The protocol versioning policy is intended to allow
   the sender to indicate the format of a message and its capacity for
   understanding further HTTP communication, rather than the features
   obtained via that communication. No change is made to the version
   number for the addition of message components which do not affect
   communication behavior or which only add to extensible field values.
   The &lt;minor&gt; number is incremented when the changes made to the
   protocol add features which do not change the general message parsing
   algorithm, but which may add to the message semantics and imply
   additional capabilities of the sender. The &lt;major&gt; number is
   incremented when the format of a message within the protocol is
   changed. See <xref target="RFC2145"/> for a fuller explanation.
</t>

<t>
   The version of an HTTP message is indicated by an HTTP-Version field
   in the first line of the message.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="HTTP-Version"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  HTTP-Version   = "HTTP" "/" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Note that the major and minor numbers MUST be treated as separate
   integers and that each MAY be incremented higher than a single digit.
   Thus, HTTP/2.4 is a lower version than HTTP/2.13, which in turn is
   lower than HTTP/12.3. Leading zeros MUST be ignored by recipients and
   MUST NOT be sent.
</t>
<t>
   An application that sends a request or response message that includes
   HTTP-Version of "HTTP/1.1" MUST be at least conditionally compliant
   with this specification. Applications that are at least conditionally
   compliant with this specification SHOULD use an HTTP-Version of
   "HTTP/1.1" in their messages, and MUST do so for any message that is
   not compatible with HTTP/1.0. For more details on when to send
   specific HTTP-Version values, see <xref target="RFC2145"/>.
</t>

<t>
   The HTTP version of an application is the highest HTTP version for
   which the application is at least conditionally compliant.
   
   HTTP-Version is case-sensitive.
   
</t>
<t>
   Proxy and gateway applications need to be careful when forwarding
   messages in protocol versions different from that of the application.
   Since the protocol version indicates the protocol capability of the
   sender, a proxy/gateway MUST NOT send a message with a version
   indicator which is greater than its actual version. If a higher
   version request is received, the proxy/gateway MUST either downgrade
   the request version, or respond with an error, or switch to tunnel
   behavior.
</t>
<t>
   Due to interoperability problems with HTTP/1.0 proxies discovered
   since the publication of <xref target="RFC2068"/>, caching proxies MUST, gateways
   MAY, and tunnels MUST NOT upgrade the request to the highest version
   they support. The proxy/gateway's response to that request MUST be in
   the same major version as the request.
</t>
<t>
  <list>
    <t>
      Note: Converting between versions of HTTP may involve modification
      of header fields required or forbidden by the versions involved.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Uniform Resource Identifiers" anchor="uri">
<t>
   URIs have been known by many names: WWW addresses, Universal Document
   Identifiers, Universal Resource Identifiers <xref target="RFC1630"/>, and finally the
   combination of Uniform Resource Locators (URL) <xref target="RFC1738"/> and Names (URN)
   <xref target="RFC1737"/>. As far as HTTP is concerned, Uniform Resource Identifiers are
   simply formatted strings which identify--via name, location, or any
   other characteristic--a resource.
</t>

<section title="General Syntax" anchor="general.syntax">
  
  

<t>
   URIs in HTTP can be represented in absolute form or relative to some
   known base URI <xref target="RFC1808"/>, depending upon the context of their use. The two
   forms are differentiated by the fact that absolute URIs always begin
   with a scheme name followed by a colon. For definitive information on
   URL syntax and semantics, see "Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI):
   Generic Syntax and Semantics," <xref target="RFC2396"/> (which replaces
   <xref target="RFC1738"/> and <xref target="RFC1808"/>). This specification adopts the
   definitions of "URI-reference", "absoluteURI", "relativeURI", "port",
   "host", "abs_path", "rel_path", "query", and "authority" from that
   specification.
</t>
<t>
   The HTTP protocol does not place any a priori limit on the length of
   a URI. Servers MUST be able to handle the URI of any resource they
   serve, and SHOULD be able to handle URIs of unbounded length if they
   provide GET-based forms that could generate such URIs. A server
   SHOULD return <xref target="status.414" format="none">414 (Request-URI Too Long)</xref> status if a URI is longer
   than the server can handle (see <xref target="status.414"/>).
</t>
<t>
  <list>
    <t>
      Note: Servers ought to be cautious about depending on URI lengths
      above 255 bytes, because some older client or proxy
      implementations might not properly support these lengths.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="http URL" anchor="http.url">
<t>
   The "http" scheme is used to locate network resources via the HTTP
   protocol. This section defines the scheme-specific syntax and
   semantics for http URLs.
</t>

<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="http_URL"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  http_URL = "http:" "//" host [ ":" port ] [ abs_path [ "?" query ]]
]]></artwork></figure>

<t>
   If the port is empty or not given, port 80 is assumed. The semantics
   are that the identified resource is located at the server listening
   for TCP connections on that port of that host, and the Request-URI
   for the resource is abs_path (<xref target="request-uri"/>). The use of IP addresses
   in URLs SHOULD be avoided whenever possible (see <xref target="RFC1900"/>). If
   the abs_path is not present in the URL, it MUST be given as "/" when
   used as a Request-URI for a resource (<xref target="request-uri"/>). If a proxy
   receives a host name which is not a fully qualified domain name, it
   MAY add its domain to the host name it received. If a proxy receives
   a fully qualified domain name, the proxy MUST NOT change the host
   name.
</t>
</section>

<section title="URI Comparison" anchor="uri.comparison">
<t>
   When comparing two URIs to decide if they match or not, a client
   SHOULD use a case-sensitive octet-by-octet comparison of the entire
   URIs, with these exceptions:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>A port that is empty or not given is equivalent to the default
        port for that URI-reference;</t>
    <t>Comparisons of host names MUST be case-insensitive;</t>
    <t>Comparisons of scheme names MUST be case-insensitive;</t>
    <t>An empty abs_path is equivalent to an abs_path of "/".</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Characters other than those in the "reserved" set (see
   <xref target="RFC2396"/>) are equivalent to their ""%" HEX HEX" encoding.
</t>
<t>
   For example, the following three URIs are equivalent:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   http://example.com:80/~smith/home.html
   http://EXAMPLE.com/%7Esmith/home.html
   http://EXAMPLE.com:/%7esmith/home.html
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Date/Time Formats" anchor="date.time.formats">

<section title="Full Date" anchor="full.date">
  
<t>
   HTTP applications have historically allowed three different formats
   for the representation of date/time stamps:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT  ; [RFC822], updated by [RFC1123]
   Sunday, 06-Nov-94 08:49:37 GMT ; obsolete RFC 850 format
   Sun Nov  6 08:49:37 1994       ; ANSI C's asctime() format
]]></artwork></figure>

<t>
   The first format is preferred as an Internet standard and represents
   a fixed-length subset of that defined by <xref target="RFC1123"/> (an update to
   <xref target="RFC822"/>). 
   The other formats are described here only for compatibility with obsolete implementations.
   HTTP/1.1 clients and servers that parse the date value MUST accept
   all three formats (for compatibility with HTTP/1.0), though they MUST
   only generate the RFC 1123 format for representing HTTP-date values
   in header fields. See <xref target="tolerant.applications"/> for further information.
</t>
<t><list><t>
      Note: Recipients of date values are encouraged to be robust in
      accepting date values that may have been sent by non-HTTP
      applications, as is sometimes the case when retrieving or posting
      messages via proxies/gateways to SMTP or NNTP.
</t></list></t>
<t>
   All HTTP date/time stamps MUST be represented in Greenwich Mean Time
   (GMT), without exception. For the purposes of HTTP, GMT is exactly
   equal to UTC (Coordinated Universal Time). This is indicated in the
   first two formats by the inclusion of "GMT" as the three-letter
   abbreviation for time zone, and MUST be assumed when reading the
   asctime format. HTTP-date is case sensitive and MUST NOT include
   additional LWS beyond that specifically included as SP in the
   grammar.
</t>

<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="HTTP-date"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="rfc1123-date"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="rfc850-date"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="asctime-date"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="date1"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="date2"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="date3"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="time"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="wkday"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="weekday"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="month"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  HTTP-date    = rfc1123-date | rfc850-date | asctime-date
  rfc1123-date = wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
  rfc850-date  = weekday "," SP date2 SP time SP "GMT"
  asctime-date = wkday SP date3 SP time SP 4DIGIT
  date1        = 2DIGIT SP month SP 4DIGIT
                 ; day month year (e.g., 02 Jun 1982)
  date2        = 2DIGIT "-" month "-" 2DIGIT
                 ; day-month-year (e.g., 02-Jun-82)
  date3        = month SP ( 2DIGIT | ( SP 1DIGIT ))
                 ; month day (e.g., Jun  2)
  time         = 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT
                 ; 00:00:00 - 23:59:59
  wkday        = "Mon" | "Tue" | "Wed"
               | "Thu" | "Fri" | "Sat" | "Sun"
  weekday      = "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday"
               | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday" | "Sunday"
  month        = "Jan" | "Feb" | "Mar" | "Apr"
               | "May" | "Jun" | "Jul" | "Aug"
               | "Sep" | "Oct" | "Nov" | "Dec"
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Note: HTTP requirements for the date/time stamp format apply only
      to their usage within the protocol stream. Clients and servers are
      not required to use these formats for user presentation, request
      logging, etc.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Delta Seconds" anchor="delta.seconds">
  
<t>
   Some HTTP header fields allow a time value to be specified as an
   integer number of seconds, represented in decimal, after the time
   that the message was received.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="delta-seconds"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  delta-seconds  = 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Character Sets" anchor="character.sets">
<t>
   HTTP uses the same definition of the term "character set" as that
   described for MIME:
</t>
<t>
   The term "character set" is used in this document to refer to a
   method used with one or more tables to convert a sequence of octets
   into a sequence of characters. Note that unconditional conversion in
   the other direction is not required, in that not all characters may
   be available in a given character set and a character set may provide
   more than one sequence of octets to represent a particular character.
   This definition is intended to allow various kinds of character
   encoding, from simple single-table mappings such as US-ASCII to
   complex table switching methods such as those that use ISO-2022's
   techniques. However, the definition associated with a MIME character
   set name MUST fully specify the mapping to be performed from octets
   to characters. In particular, use of external profiling information
   to determine the exact mapping is not permitted.
</t>
<t><list><t>
      Note: This use of the term "character set" is more commonly
      referred to as a "character encoding." However, since HTTP and
      MIME share the same registry, it is important that the terminology
      also be shared.
</t></list></t>
<t anchor="charset">
  
   HTTP character sets are identified by case-insensitive tokens. The
   complete set of tokens is defined by the IANA Character Set registry
   (<eref target="http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets"/>).
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="charset"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  charset = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Although HTTP allows an arbitrary token to be used as a charset
   value, any token that has a predefined value within the IANA
   Character Set registry MUST represent the character set defined
   by that registry. Applications SHOULD limit their use of character
   sets to those defined by the IANA registry.
</t>


<t>
   HTTP uses charset in two contexts: within an Accept-Charset request header
   (in which the charset value is an unquoted token) and as the value of a
   parameter in a Content-Type header (within a request or response), in which
   case the parameter value of the charset parameter may be quoted.
</t>

<t>
   Implementors should be aware of IETF character set requirements <xref target="RFC3629"/>
   <xref target="RFC2277"/>.
</t>

<section title="Missing Charset" anchor="missing.charset">
<t>
   Some HTTP/1.0 software has interpreted a Content-Type header without
   charset parameter incorrectly to mean "recipient should guess."
   Senders wishing to defeat this behavior MAY include a charset
   parameter even when the charset is ISO-8859-1 and SHOULD do so when
   it is known that it will not confuse the recipient.
</t>
<t>
   Unfortunately, some older HTTP/1.0 clients did not deal properly with
   an explicit charset parameter. HTTP/1.1 recipients MUST respect the
   charset label provided by the sender; and those user agents that have
   a provision to "guess" a charset MUST use the charset from the
   content-type field if they support that charset, rather than the
   recipient's preference, when initially displaying a document. See
   <xref target="canonicalization.and.text.defaults"/>.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Content Codings" anchor="content.codings">
  
  <iref item="Content Codings" primary="true"/>
<t>
   Content coding values indicate an encoding transformation that has
   been or can be applied to an entity. Content codings are primarily
   used to allow a document to be compressed or otherwise usefully
   transformed without losing the identity of its underlying media type
   and without loss of information. Frequently, the entity is stored in
   coded form, transmitted directly, and only decoded by the recipient.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="content-coding"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  content-coding   = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   All content-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
   content-coding values in the Accept-Encoding (<xref target="header.accept-encoding"/>) and
   Content-Encoding (<xref target="header.content-encoding"/>) header fields. Although the value
   describes the content-coding, what is more important is that it
   indicates what decoding mechanism will be required to remove the
   encoding.
</t>
<t>
   The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) acts as a registry for
   content-coding value tokens. Initially, the registry contains the
   following tokens:
</t>
<t>
   gzip<iref item="gzip (content coding)"/><iref item="Content Codings" subitem="gzip"/>
  <list>
    <t>
        An encoding format produced by the file compression program
        "gzip" (GNU zip) as described in <xref target="RFC1952"/>. This format is a
        Lempel-Ziv coding (LZ77) with a 32 bit CRC.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   compress<iref item="compress (content coding)"/><iref item="Content Codings" subitem="compress"/>
  <list><t>
        The encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression
        program "compress". This format is an adaptive Lempel-Ziv-Welch
        coding (LZW).
</t><t>
        Use of program names for the identification of encoding formats
        is not desirable and is discouraged for future encodings. Their
        use here is representative of historical practice, not good
        design. For compatibility with previous implementations of HTTP,
        applications SHOULD consider "x-gzip" and "x-compress" to be
        equivalent to "gzip" and "compress" respectively.
  </t></list>
</t>

<t>
   deflate<iref item="deflate (content coding)"/><iref item="Content Codings" subitem="deflate"/>
  <list><t>
        The "zlib" format defined in <xref target="RFC1950"/> in combination with
        the "deflate" compression mechanism described in <xref target="RFC1951"/>.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   identity<iref item="identity (content coding)"/><iref item="Content Codings" subitem="identity"/>
  <list><t>
        The default (identity) encoding; the use of no transformation
        whatsoever. This content-coding is used only in the Accept-Encoding
        header, and SHOULD NOT  be used in the Content-Encoding
        header.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   New content-coding value tokens SHOULD be registered; to allow
   interoperability between clients and servers, specifications of the
   content coding algorithms needed to implement a new value SHOULD be
   publicly available and adequate for independent implementation, and
   conform to the purpose of content coding defined in this section.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Transfer Codings" anchor="transfer.codings">
  
<t>
   Transfer-coding values are used to indicate an encoding
   transformation that has been, can be, or may need to be applied to an
   entity-body in order to ensure "safe transport" through the network.
   This differs from a content coding in that the transfer-coding is a
   property of the message, not of the original entity.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="transfer-coding"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="transfer-extension"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  transfer-coding         = "chunked" | transfer-extension
  transfer-extension      = token *( ";" parameter )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Parameters are in  the form of attribute/value pairs.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="parameter"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="attribute"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="value"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  parameter               = attribute "=" value
  attribute               = token
  value                   = token | quoted-string
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   All transfer-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
   transfer-coding values in the TE header field (<xref target="header.te"/>) and in
   the Transfer-Encoding header field (<xref target="header.transfer-encoding"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Whenever a transfer-coding is applied to a message-body, the set of
   transfer-codings MUST include "chunked", unless the message is
   terminated by closing the connection. When the "chunked" transfer-coding
   is used, it MUST be the last transfer-coding applied to the
   message-body. The "chunked" transfer-coding MUST NOT be applied more
   than once to a message-body. These rules allow the recipient to
   determine the transfer-length of the message (<xref target="message.length"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Transfer-codings are analogous to the Content-Transfer-Encoding
   values of MIME <xref target="RFC2045"/>, which were designed to enable safe transport of
   binary data over a 7-bit transport service. However, safe transport
   has a different focus for an 8bit-clean transfer protocol. In HTTP,
   the only unsafe characteristic of message-bodies is the difficulty in
   determining the exact body length (<xref target="entity.length"/>), or the desire to
   encrypt data over a shared transport.
</t>
<t>
   The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) acts as a registry for
   transfer-coding value tokens. Initially, the registry contains the
   following tokens: "chunked" (<xref target="chunked.transfer.encoding"/>), "gzip" (<xref target="content.codings"/>), "compress" (<xref target="content.codings"/>), and "deflate"
   (<xref target="content.codings"/>).
</t>
<t>
   New transfer-coding value tokens SHOULD be registered in the same way
   as new content-coding value tokens (<xref target="content.codings"/>).
</t>
<t>
   A server which receives an entity-body with a transfer-coding it does
   not understand SHOULD return <xref target="status.501" format="none">501 (Not Implemented)</xref>, and close the
   connection. A server MUST NOT send transfer-codings to an HTTP/1.0
   client.
</t>

<section title="Chunked Transfer Coding" anchor="chunked.transfer.encoding">
<t>
   The chunked encoding modifies the body of a message in order to
   transfer it as a series of chunks, each with its own size indicator,
   followed by an OPTIONAL trailer containing entity-header fields. This
   allows dynamically produced content to be transferred along with the
   information necessary for the recipient to verify that it has
   received the full message.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Chunked-Body"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk-size"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="last-chunk"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk-extension"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk-ext-name"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk-ext-val"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="chunk-data"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="trailer"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Chunked-Body   = *chunk
                   last-chunk
                   trailer
                   CRLF

  chunk          = chunk-size [ chunk-extension ] CRLF
                   chunk-data CRLF
  chunk-size     = 1*HEX
  last-chunk     = 1*("0") [ chunk-extension ] CRLF

  chunk-extension= *( ";" chunk-ext-name [ "=" chunk-ext-val ] )
  chunk-ext-name = token
  chunk-ext-val  = token | quoted-string
  chunk-data     = chunk-size(OCTET)
  trailer        = *(entity-header CRLF)
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The chunk-size field is a string of hex digits indicating the size of
   the chunk-data in octets. The chunked encoding is ended by any chunk whose size is
   zero, followed by the trailer, which is terminated by an empty line.
</t>
<t>
   The trailer allows the sender to include additional HTTP header
   fields at the end of the message. The Trailer header field can be
   used to indicate which header fields are included in a trailer (see
   <xref target="header.trailer"/>).
</t>
<t>
   A server using chunked transfer-coding in a response MUST NOT use the
   trailer for any header fields unless at least one of the following is
   true:
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>the request included a TE header field that indicates "trailers" is
     acceptable in the transfer-coding of the  response, as described in
     <xref target="header.te"/>; or,</t>
    <t>the server is the origin server for the response, the trailer
     fields consist entirely of optional metadata, and the recipient
     could use the message (in a manner acceptable to the origin server)
     without receiving this metadata.  In other words, the origin server
     is willing to accept the possibility that the trailer fields might
     be silently discarded along the path to the client.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   This requirement prevents an interoperability failure when the
   message is being received by an HTTP/1.1 (or later) proxy and
   forwarded to an HTTP/1.0 recipient. It avoids a situation where
   compliance with the protocol would have necessitated a possibly
   infinite buffer on the proxy.
</t>
<t>
   An example process for decoding a Chunked-Body is presented in
   <xref target="introduction.of.transfer-encoding"/>.
</t>
<t>
   All HTTP/1.1 applications MUST be able to receive and decode the
   "chunked" transfer-coding, and MUST ignore chunk-extension extensions
   they do not understand.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Media Types" anchor="media.types">
  
  
  

<t>
   HTTP uses Internet Media Types <xref target="RFC2048"/> in the Content-Type (<xref target="header.content-type"/>)
   and Accept (<xref target="header.accept"/>) header fields in order to provide
   open and extensible data typing and type negotiation.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="media-type"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="type"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="subtype"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  media-type     = type "/" subtype *( ";" parameter )
  type           = token
  subtype        = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Parameters MAY follow the type/subtype in the form of attribute/value
   pairs (as defined in <xref target="transfer.codings"/>).
</t>
<t>
   The type, subtype, and parameter attribute names are case-insensitive.
   Parameter values might or might not be case-sensitive,
   depending on the semantics of the parameter name. Linear white space
   (LWS) MUST NOT be used between the type and subtype, nor between an
   attribute and its value. The presence or absence of a parameter might
   be significant to the processing of a media-type, depending on its
   definition within the media type registry.
</t>
<t>
   Note that some older HTTP applications do not recognize media type
   parameters. When sending data to older HTTP applications,
   implementations SHOULD only use media type parameters when they are
   required by that type/subtype definition.
</t>

<t>
   Media-type values are registered with the Internet Assigned Number
   Authority (IANA). The media type registration process is
   outlined in <xref target="RFC2048"/>. Use of non-registered media types is
   discouraged.
</t>

<section title="Canonicalization and Text Defaults" anchor="canonicalization.and.text.defaults">
<t>
   Internet media types are registered with a canonical form. An
   entity-body transferred via HTTP messages MUST be represented in the
   appropriate canonical form prior to its transmission except for
   "text" types, as defined in the next paragraph.
</t>
<t>
   When in canonical form, media subtypes of the "text" type use CRLF as
   the text line break. HTTP relaxes this requirement and allows the
   transport of text media with plain CR or LF alone representing a line
   break when it is done consistently for an entire entity-body. HTTP
   applications MUST accept CRLF, bare CR, and bare LF as being
   representative of a line break in text media received via HTTP. In
   addition, if the text is represented in a character set that does not
   use octets 13 and 10 for CR and LF respectively, as is the case for
   some multi-byte character sets, HTTP allows the use of whatever octet
   sequences are defined by that character set to represent the
   equivalent of CR and LF for line breaks. This flexibility regarding
   line breaks applies only to text media in the entity-body; a bare CR
   or LF MUST NOT be substituted for CRLF within any of the HTTP control
   structures (such as header fields and multipart boundaries).
</t>
<t>
   If an entity-body is encoded with a content-coding, the underlying
   data MUST be in a form defined above prior to being encoded.
</t>

<t>
   The "charset" parameter is used with some media types to define the
   character set (<xref target="character.sets"/>) of the data. When no explicit charset
   parameter is provided by the sender, media subtypes of the "text"
   type are defined to have a default charset value of "ISO-8859-1" when
   received via HTTP. Data in character sets other than "ISO-8859-1" or
   its subsets MUST be labeled with an appropriate charset value. See
   <xref target="missing.charset"/> for compatibility problems.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Multipart Types" anchor="multipart.types">
<t>
   MIME provides for a number of "multipart" types -- encapsulations of
   one or more entities within a single message-body. All multipart
   types share a common syntax, as defined in Section 5.1.1 of <xref target="RFC2046"/>,
   and MUST include a boundary parameter as part of the media type
   value. The message body is itself a protocol element and MUST
   therefore use only CRLF to represent line breaks between body-parts.
   Unlike in RFC 2046, the epilogue of any multipart message MUST be
   empty; HTTP applications MUST NOT transmit the epilogue (even if the
   original multipart contains an epilogue). These restrictions exist in
   order to preserve the self-delimiting nature of a multipart message-body,
   wherein the "end" of the message-body is indicated by the
   ending multipart boundary.
</t>
<t>
   In general, HTTP treats a multipart message-body no differently than
   any other media type: strictly as payload. The one exception is the
   "multipart/byteranges" type (<xref target="internet.media.type.multipart.byteranges"/>) when it appears in a <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref>
   response, which will be interpreted by some HTTP
   caching mechanisms as described in Sections <xref target="combining.byte.ranges" format="counter"/>
   and <xref target="header.content-range" format="counter"/>. In all
   other cases, an HTTP user agent SHOULD follow the same or similar
   behavior as a MIME user agent would upon receipt of a multipart type.
   The MIME header fields within each body-part of a multipart message-body
   do not have any significance to HTTP beyond that defined by
   their MIME semantics.
</t>
<t>
   In general, an HTTP user agent SHOULD follow the same or similar
   behavior as a MIME user agent would upon receipt of a multipart type.
   If an application receives an unrecognized multipart subtype, the
   application MUST treat it as being equivalent to "multipart/mixed".
</t>
<t><list><t>
      Note: The "multipart/form-data" type has been specifically defined
      for carrying form data suitable for processing via the POST
      request method, as described in <xref target="RFC2388"/>.
</t></list></t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Product Tokens" anchor="product.tokens">
  
<t>
   Product tokens are used to allow communicating applications to
   identify themselves by software name and version. Most fields using
   product tokens also allow sub-products which form a significant part
   of the application to be listed, separated by white space. By
   convention, the products are listed in order of their significance
   for identifying the application.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="product"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="product-version"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  product         = token ["/" product-version]
  product-version = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Examples:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
    Server: Apache/0.8.4
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Product tokens SHOULD be short and to the point. They MUST NOT be
   used for advertising or other non-essential information. Although any
   token character MAY appear in a product-version, this token SHOULD
   only be used for a version identifier (i.e., successive versions of
   the same product SHOULD only differ in the product-version portion of
   the product value).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Quality Values" anchor="quality.values">
  
<t>
   HTTP content negotiation (<xref target="content.negotiation"/>) uses short "floating point"
   numbers to indicate the relative importance ("weight") of various
   negotiable parameters.  A weight is normalized to a real number in
   the range 0 through 1, where 0 is the minimum and 1 the maximum
   value. If a parameter has a quality value of 0, then content with
   this parameter is `not acceptable' for the client. HTTP/1.1
   applications MUST NOT generate more than three digits after the
   decimal point. User configuration of these values SHOULD also be
   limited in this fashion.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="qvalue"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  qvalue         = ( "0" [ "." 0*3DIGIT ] )
                 | ( "1" [ "." 0*3("0") ] )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   "Quality values" is a misnomer, since these values merely represent
   relative degradation in desired quality.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Language Tags" anchor="language.tags">
  
<t>
   A language tag identifies a natural language spoken, written, or
   otherwise conveyed by human beings for communication of information
   to other human beings. Computer languages are explicitly excluded.
   HTTP uses language tags within the Accept-Language and Content-Language
   fields.
</t>
<t>
   The syntax and registry of HTTP language tags is the same as that
   defined by <xref target="RFC1766"/>. In summary, a language tag is composed of 1
   or more parts: A primary language tag and a possibly empty series of
   subtags:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="language-tag"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="primary-tag"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="subtag"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  language-tag  = primary-tag *( "-" subtag )
  primary-tag   = 1*8ALPHA
  subtag        = 1*8ALPHA
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   White space is not allowed within the tag and all tags are case-insensitive.
   The name space of language tags is administered by the
   IANA. Example tags include:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    en, en-US, en-cockney, i-cherokee, x-pig-latin
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   where any two-letter primary-tag is an ISO-639 language abbreviation
   and any two-letter initial subtag is an ISO-3166 country code. (The
   last three tags above are not registered tags; all but the last are
   examples of tags which could be registered in future.)
</t>
</section>

<section title="Entity Tags" anchor="entity.tags">
  
<t>
   Entity tags are used for comparing two or more entities from the same
   requested resource. HTTP/1.1 uses entity tags in the ETag (<xref target="header.etag"/>),
   If-Match (<xref target="header.if-match"/>), If-None-Match (<xref target="header.if-none-match"/>), and
   If-Range (<xref target="header.if-range"/>) header fields. The definition of how they
   are used and compared as cache validators is in <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>. An
   entity tag consists of an opaque quoted string, possibly prefixed by
   a weakness indicator.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="entity-tag"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="weak"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="opaque-tag"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  entity-tag = [ weak ] opaque-tag
  weak       = "W/"
  opaque-tag = quoted-string
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A "strong entity tag" MAY be shared by two entities of a resource
   only if they are equivalent by octet equality.
</t>
<t>
   A "weak entity tag," indicated by the "W/" prefix, MAY be shared by
   two entities of a resource only if the entities are equivalent and
   could be substituted for each other with no significant change in
   semantics. A weak entity tag can only be used for weak comparison.
</t>
<t>
   An entity tag MUST be unique across all versions of all entities
   associated with a particular resource. A given entity tag value MAY
   be used for entities obtained by requests on different URIs. The use
   of the same entity tag value in conjunction with entities obtained by
   requests on different URIs does not imply the equivalence of those
   entities.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Range Units" anchor="range.units">
  
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 allows a client to request that only part (a range of) the
   response entity be included within the response. HTTP/1.1 uses range
   units in the Range (<xref target="header.range"/>) and Content-Range (<xref target="header.content-range"/>)
   header fields. An entity can be broken down into subranges according
   to various structural units.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="range-unit"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="bytes-unit"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="other-range-unit"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  range-unit       = bytes-unit | other-range-unit
  bytes-unit       = "bytes"
  other-range-unit = token
]]></artwork></figure>

<t>
   The only range unit defined by HTTP/1.1 is "bytes". HTTP/1.1
   implementations MAY ignore ranges specified using other units.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 has been designed to allow implementations of applications
   that do not depend on knowledge of ranges.
</t>
</section>
</section>




<section title="HTTP Message" anchor="http.message">

<section title="Message Types" anchor="message.types">
  
<t>
   HTTP messages consist of requests from client to server and responses
   from server to client.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="HTTP-message"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  HTTP-message   = Request | Response     ; HTTP/1.1 messages
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Request (<xref target="request"/>) and Response (<xref target="response"/>) messages use the generic
   message format of <xref target="RFC2822"/> for transferring entities (the payload
   of the message). Both types of message consist of a start-line, zero
   or more header fields (also known as "headers"), an empty line (i.e.,
   a line with nothing preceding the CRLF) indicating the end of the
   header fields, and possibly a message-body.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="generic-message"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="start-line"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  generic-message = start-line
                    *(message-header CRLF)
                    CRLF
                    [ message-body ]
  start-line      = Request-Line | Status-Line
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   In the interest of robustness, servers SHOULD ignore any empty
   line(s) received where a Request-Line is expected. In other words, if
   the server is reading the protocol stream at the beginning of a
   message and receives a CRLF first, it should ignore the CRLF.
</t>
<t>
   Certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate extra CRLF's
   after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly forbidden by the
   BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client MUST NOT preface or follow a request with an
   extra CRLF.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Message Headers" anchor="message.headers">
  
  
<t>
   HTTP header fields, which include general-header (<xref target="general.header.fields"/>),
   request-header (<xref target="request.header.fields"/>), response-header (<xref target="response.header.fields"/>), and
   entity-header (<xref target="entity.header.fields"/>) fields, follow the same generic format as
   that given in Section 2.1 of <xref target="RFC2822"/>. Each header field consists
   of a name followed by a colon (":") and the field value. Field names
   are case-insensitive. The field value MAY be preceded by any amount
   of LWS, though a single SP is preferred. Header fields can be
   extended over multiple lines by preceding each extra line with at
   least one SP or HT. Applications ought to follow "common form", where
   one is known or indicated, when generating HTTP constructs, since
   there might exist some implementations that fail to accept anything
   beyond the common forms.
</t>


<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="message-header"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="field-name"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="field-value"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="field-content"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  message-header = field-name ":" [ field-value ]
  field-name     = token
  field-value    = *( field-content | LWS )
  field-content  = <the OCTETs making up the field-value
                   and consisting of either *TEXT or combinations
                   of token, separators, and quoted-string>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The field-content does not include any leading or trailing LWS:
   linear white space occurring before the first non-whitespace
   character of the field-value or after the last non-whitespace
   character of the field-value. Such leading or trailing LWS MAY be
   removed without changing the semantics of the field value. Any LWS
   that occurs between field-content MAY be replaced with a single SP
   before interpreting the field value or forwarding the message
   downstream.
</t>
<t>
   The order in which header fields with differing field names are
   received is not significant. However, it is "good practice" to send
   general-header fields first, followed by request-header or response-header
   fields, and ending with the entity-header fields.
</t>
<t>
   Multiple message-header fields with the same field-name MAY be
   present in a message if and only if the entire field-value for that
   header field is defined as a comma-separated list [i.e., #(values)].
   It MUST be possible to combine the multiple header fields into one
   "field-name: field-value" pair, without changing the semantics of the
   message, by appending each subsequent field-value to the first, each
   separated by a comma. The order in which header fields with the same
   field-name are received is therefore significant to the
   interpretation of the combined field value, and thus a proxy MUST NOT
   change the order of these field values when a message is forwarded.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Message Body" anchor="message.body">
  
<t>
   The message-body (if any) of an HTTP message is used to carry the
   entity-body associated with the request or response. The message-body
   differs from the entity-body only when a transfer-coding has been
   applied, as indicated by the Transfer-Encoding header field (<xref target="header.transfer-encoding"/>).
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="message-body"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  message-body = entity-body
               | <entity-body encoded as per Transfer-Encoding>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Transfer-Encoding MUST be used to indicate any transfer-codings
   applied by an application to ensure safe and proper transfer of the
   message. Transfer-Encoding is a property of the message, not of the
   entity, and thus MAY be added or removed by any application along the
   request/response chain. (However, <xref target="transfer.codings"/> places restrictions on
   when certain transfer-codings may be used.)
</t>
<t>
   The rules for when a message-body is allowed in a message differ for
   requests and responses.
</t>

<t>
   The presence of a message-body in a request is signaled by the
   inclusion of a Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding header field in
   the request's message-headers. A message-body MUST NOT be included in
   a request if the specification of the request method (<xref target="method"/>)
   does not allow sending an entity-body in requests. A server SHOULD
   read and forward a message-body on any request; if the request method
   does not include defined semantics for an entity-body, then the
   message-body SHOULD be ignored when handling the request.
</t>
<t>
   For response messages, whether or not a message-body is included with
   a message is dependent on both the request method and the response
   status code (<xref target="status.code.and.reason.phrase"/>). All responses to the HEAD request method
   MUST NOT include a message-body, even though the presence of entity-header
   fields might lead one to believe they do. All 1xx
   (informational), <xref target="status.204" format="none">204 (No Content)</xref>, and <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> responses
   MUST NOT include a message-body. All other responses do include a
   message-body, although it MAY be of zero length.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Message Length" anchor="message.length">
<t>
   The transfer-length of a message is the length of the message-body as
   it appears in the message; that is, after any transfer-codings have
   been applied. When a message-body is included with a message, the
   transfer-length of that body is determined by one of the following
   (in order of precedence):
</t>

<t>
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>
     Any response message which "MUST NOT" include a message-body (such
     as the 1xx, 204, and 304 responses and any response to a HEAD
     request) is always terminated by the first empty line after the
     header fields, regardless of the entity-header fields present in
     the message.
    </t>
    <t>
     If a Transfer-Encoding header field (<xref target="header.transfer-encoding"/>) is present, then the transfer-length is
     defined by use of the "chunked" transfer-coding (<xref target="transfer.codings"/>),
     unless the message is terminated by closing the connection.
    </t>
    <t>
     If a Content-Length header field (<xref target="header.content-length"/>) is present, its
     decimal value in <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">OCTET</xref>s represents both the entity-length and the
     transfer-length. The Content-Length header field MUST NOT be sent
     if these two lengths are different (i.e., if a Transfer-Encoding
     header field is present). If a message is received with both a
     Transfer-Encoding header field and a Content-Length header field,
     the latter MUST be ignored.
    </t>
    <t>
     If the message uses the media type "multipart/byteranges", and the
     transfer-length is not otherwise specified, then this self-delimiting
     media type defines the transfer-length. This media type
     MUST NOT be used unless the sender knows that the recipient can parse
     it; the presence in a request of a Range header with multiple byte-range
     specifiers from a 1.1 client implies that the client can parse
     multipart/byteranges responses.
    <list style="empty"><t>
       A range header might be forwarded by a 1.0 proxy that does not
       understand multipart/byteranges; in this case the server MUST
       delimit the message using methods defined in items 1, 3 or 5 of
       this section.
    </t></list>
    </t>
    <t>
     By the server closing the connection. (Closing the connection
     cannot be used to indicate the end of a request body, since that
     would leave no possibility for the server to send back a response.)
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   For compatibility with HTTP/1.0 applications, HTTP/1.1 requests
   containing a message-body MUST include a valid Content-Length header
   field unless the server is known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant. If a
   request contains a message-body and a Content-Length is not given,
   the server SHOULD respond with <xref target="status.400" format="none">400 (Bad Request)</xref> if it cannot
   determine the length of the message, or with <xref target="status.411" format="none">411 (Length Required)</xref> if
   it wishes to insist on receiving a valid Content-Length.
</t>
<t>
   All HTTP/1.1 applications that receive entities MUST accept the
   "chunked" transfer-coding (<xref target="transfer.codings"/>), thus allowing this mechanism
   to be used for messages when the message length cannot be determined
   in advance.
</t>
<t>
   Messages MUST NOT include both a Content-Length header field and a
   transfer-coding. If the message does include a 
   transfer-coding, the Content-Length MUST be ignored.
</t>
<t>
   When a Content-Length is given in a message where a message-body is
   allowed, its field value MUST exactly match the number of <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">OCTET</xref>s in
   the message-body. HTTP/1.1 user agents MUST notify the user when an
   invalid length is received and detected.
</t>
</section>

<section title="General Header Fields" anchor="general.header.fields">
  
<t>
   There are a few header fields which have general applicability for
   both request and response messages, but which do not apply to the
   entity being transferred. These header fields apply only to the
   message being transmitted.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="general-header"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  general-header = Cache-Control            ; Section 14.9
                 | Connection               ; Section 14.10
                 | Date                     ; Section 14.18
                 | Pragma                   ; Section 14.32
                 | Trailer                  ; Section 14.40
                 | Transfer-Encoding        ; Section 14.41
                 | Upgrade                  ; Section 14.42
                 | Via                      ; Section 14.45
                 | Warning                  ; Section 14.46
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   General-header field names can be extended reliably only in
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
   experimental header fields may be given the semantics of general
   header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
   be general-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
   entity-header fields.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Request" anchor="request">
  
<t>
   A request message from a client to a server includes, within the
   first line of that message, the method to be applied to the resource,
   the identifier of the resource, and the protocol version in use.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Request"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Request       = Request-Line              ; Section 5.1
                  *(( general-header        ; Section 4.5
                   | request-header         ; Section 5.3
                   | entity-header ) CRLF)  ; Section 7.1
                  CRLF
                  [ message-body ]          ; Section 4.3
]]></artwork></figure>

<section title="Request-Line" anchor="request-line">
  
<t>
   The Request-Line begins with a method token, followed by the
   Request-URI and the protocol version, and ending with CRLF. The
   elements are separated by SP characters. No CR or LF is allowed
   except in the final CRLF sequence.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Request-Line"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Request-Line   = Method SP Request-URI SP HTTP-Version CRLF
]]></artwork></figure>

<section title="Method" anchor="method">
  
<t>
   The Method  token indicates the method to be performed on the
   resource identified by the Request-URI. The method is case-sensitive.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Method"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="extension-method"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Method         = "OPTIONS"                ; Section 9.2
                 | "GET"                    ; Section 9.3
                 | "HEAD"                   ; Section 9.4
                 | "POST"                   ; Section 9.5
                 | "PUT"                    ; Section 9.6
                 | "DELETE"                 ; Section 9.7
                 | "TRACE"                  ; Section 9.8
                 | "CONNECT"                ; Section 9.9
                 | extension-method
  extension-method = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The list of methods allowed by a resource can be specified in an
   Allow header field (<xref target="header.allow"/>). The return code of the response
   always notifies the client whether a method is currently allowed on a
   resource, since the set of allowed methods can change dynamically. An
   origin server SHOULD return the status code <xref target="status.405" format="none">405 (Method Not Allowed)</xref>
   if the method is known by the origin server but not allowed for the
   requested resource, and <xref target="status.501" format="none">501 (Not Implemented)</xref> if the method is
   unrecognized or not implemented by the origin server. The methods GET
   and HEAD MUST be supported by all general-purpose servers. All other
   methods are OPTIONAL; however, if the above methods are implemented,
   they MUST be implemented with the same semantics as those specified
   in <xref target="method.definitions"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Request-URI" anchor="request-uri">
  

<t>
   The Request-URI is a Uniform Resource Identifier (<xref target="uri"/>) and
   identifies the resource upon which to apply the request.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Request-URI"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Request-URI    = "*" 
                 | absoluteURI 
                 | abs_path [ "?" query ] 
                 | authority
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The four options for Request-URI are dependent on the nature of the
   request. The asterisk "*" means that the request does not apply to a
   particular resource, but to the server itself, and is only allowed
   when the method used does not necessarily apply to a resource. One
   example would be
</t>

<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The absoluteURI form is REQUIRED when the request is being made to a
   proxy. The proxy is requested to forward the request or service it
   from a valid cache, and return the response. Note that the proxy MAY
   forward the request on to another proxy or directly to the server
   specified by the absoluteURI. In order to avoid request loops, a
   proxy MUST be able to recognize all of its server names, including
   any aliases, local variations, and the numeric IP address. An example
   Request-Line would be:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    GET http://www.example.org/pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   To allow for transition to absoluteURIs in all requests in future
   versions of HTTP, all HTTP/1.1 servers MUST accept the absoluteURI
   form in requests, even though HTTP/1.1 clients will only generate
   them in requests to proxies.
</t>
<t>
   The authority form is only used by the CONNECT method (<xref target="CONNECT"/>).
</t>
<t>
   The most common form of Request-URI is that used to identify a
   resource on an origin server or gateway. In this case the absolute
   path of the URI MUST be transmitted (see <xref target="general.syntax"/>, abs_path) as
   the Request-URI, and the network location of the URI (authority) MUST
   be transmitted in a Host header field. For example, a client wishing
   to retrieve the resource above directly from the origin server would
   create a TCP connection to port 80 of the host "www.example.org" and send
   the lines:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    GET /pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
    Host: www.example.org
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   followed by the remainder of the Request. Note that the absolute path
   cannot be empty; if none is present in the original URI, it MUST be
   given as "/" (the server root).
</t>

<t>
   The Request-URI is transmitted in the format specified in 
   <xref target="general.syntax"/>. If the Request-URI is encoded using the "% HEX HEX" encoding
   <xref target="RFC2396"/>, the origin server MUST decode the Request-URI in order to
   properly interpret the request. Servers SHOULD respond to invalid
   Request-URIs with an appropriate status code.
</t>
<t>
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT rewrite the "abs_path" part of the
   received Request-URI when forwarding it to the next inbound server,
   except as noted above to replace a null abs_path with "/".
</t>
<t>
  <list><t>
      Note: The "no rewrite" rule prevents the proxy from changing the
      meaning of the request when the origin server is improperly using
      a non-reserved URI character for a reserved purpose.  Implementors
      should be aware that some pre-HTTP/1.1 proxies have been known to
      rewrite the Request-URI.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="The Resource Identified by a Request" anchor="the.resource.identified.by.a.request">
<t>
   The exact resource identified by an Internet request is determined by
   examining both the Request-URI and the Host header field.
</t>
<t>
   An origin server that does not allow resources to differ by the
   requested host MAY ignore the Host header field value when
   determining the resource identified by an HTTP/1.1 request. (But see
   <xref target="changes.to.simplify.multi-homed.web.servers.and.conserve.ip.addresses"/>
   for other requirements on Host support in HTTP/1.1.)
</t>
<t>
   An origin server that does differentiate resources based on the host
   requested (sometimes referred to as virtual hosts or vanity host
   names) MUST use the following rules for determining the requested
   resource on an HTTP/1.1 request:
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>If Request-URI is an absoluteURI, the host is part of the
     Request-URI. Any Host header field value in the request MUST be
     ignored.</t>
    <t>If the Request-URI is not an absoluteURI, and the request includes
     a Host header field, the host is determined by the Host header
     field value.</t>
    <t>If the host as determined by rule 1 or 2 is not a valid host on
     the server, the response MUST be a <xref target="status.400" format="none">400 (Bad Request)</xref> error message.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Recipients of an HTTP/1.0 request that lacks a Host header field MAY
   attempt to use heuristics (e.g., examination of the URI path for
   something unique to a particular host) in order to determine what
   exact resource is being requested.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Request Header Fields" anchor="request.header.fields">
  
<t>
   The request-header fields allow the client to pass additional
   information about the request, and about the client itself, to the
   server. These fields act as request modifiers, with semantics
   equivalent to the parameters on a programming language method
   invocation.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="request-header"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  request-header = Accept                   ; Section 14.1
                 | Accept-Charset           ; Section 14.2
                 | Accept-Encoding          ; Section 14.3
                 | Accept-Language          ; Section 14.4
                 | Authorization            ; Section 14.8
                 | Expect                   ; Section 14.20
                 | From                     ; Section 14.22
                 | Host                     ; Section 14.23
                 | If-Match                 ; Section 14.24
                 | If-Modified-Since        ; Section 14.25
                 | If-None-Match            ; Section 14.26
                 | If-Range                 ; Section 14.27
                 | If-Unmodified-Since      ; Section 14.28
                 | Max-Forwards             ; Section 14.31
                 | Proxy-Authorization      ; Section 14.34
                 | Range                    ; Section 14.35
                 | Referer                  ; Section 14.36
                 | TE                       ; Section 14.39
                 | User-Agent               ; Section 14.43
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Request-header field names can be extended reliably only in
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
   experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of request-header
   fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
   be request-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
   entity-header fields.
</t>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Response" anchor="response">
  
<t>
   After receiving and interpreting a request message, a server responds
   with an HTTP response message.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Response"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Response      = Status-Line               ; Section 6.1
                  *(( general-header        ; Section 4.5
                   | response-header        ; Section 6.2
                   | entity-header ) CRLF)  ; Section 7.1
                  CRLF
                  [ message-body ]          ; Section 7.2
]]></artwork></figure>

<section title="Status-Line" anchor="status-line">
  
<t>
   The first line of a Response message is the Status-Line, consisting
   of the protocol version followed by a numeric status code and its
   associated textual phrase, with each element separated by SP
   characters. No CR or LF is allowed except in the final CRLF sequence.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Status-Line"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Status-Line = HTTP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF
]]></artwork></figure>

<section title="Status Code and Reason Phrase" anchor="status.code.and.reason.phrase">



<t>
   The Status-Code element is a 3-digit integer result code of the
   attempt to understand and satisfy the request. These codes are fully
   defined in <xref target="status.codes"/>. The Reason-Phrase is intended to give a short
   textual description of the Status-Code. The Status-Code is intended
   for use by automata and the Reason-Phrase is intended for the human
   user. The client is not required to examine or display the Reason-Phrase.
</t>
<t>
   The first digit of the Status-Code defines the class of response. The
   last two digits do not have any categorization role. There are 5
   values for the first digit:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>
      1xx: Informational - Request received, continuing process
    </t>
    <t>
      2xx: Success - The action was successfully received,
        understood, and accepted
    </t>
    <t>
      3xx: Redirection - Further action must be taken in order to
        complete the request
    </t>
    <t>
      4xx: Client Error - The request contains bad syntax or cannot
        be fulfilled
    </t>
    <t>
      5xx: Server Error - The server failed to fulfill an apparently
        valid request
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t anchor="status.code.and.reason.phrase.codes">
    
    
   The individual values of the numeric status codes defined for
   HTTP/1.1, and an example set of corresponding Reason-Phrase's, are
   presented below. The reason phrases listed here are only
   recommendations -- they MAY be replaced by local equivalents without
   affecting the protocol.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Status-Code"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="extension-code"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Reason-Phrase"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Status-Code    =
        "100"  ; Section 10.1.1: Continue
      | "101"  ; Section 10.1.2: Switching Protocols
      | "200"  ; Section 10.2.1: OK
      | "201"  ; Section 10.2.2: Created
      | "202"  ; Section 10.2.3: Accepted
      | "203"  ; Section 10.2.4: Non-Authoritative Information
      | "204"  ; Section 10.2.5: No Content
      | "205"  ; Section 10.2.6: Reset Content
      | "206"  ; Section 10.2.7: Partial Content
      | "300"  ; Section 10.3.1: Multiple Choices
      | "301"  ; Section 10.3.2: Moved Permanently
      | "302"  ; Section 10.3.3: Found
      | "303"  ; Section 10.3.4: See Other
      | "304"  ; Section 10.3.5: Not Modified
      | "305"  ; Section 10.3.6: Use Proxy
      | "307"  ; Section 10.3.8: Temporary Redirect
      | "400"  ; Section 10.4.1: Bad Request
      | "401"  ; Section 10.4.2: Unauthorized
      | "402"  ; Section 10.4.3: Payment Required
      | "403"  ; Section 10.4.4: Forbidden
      | "404"  ; Section 10.4.5: Not Found
      | "405"  ; Section 10.4.6: Method Not Allowed
      | "406"  ; Section 10.4.7: Not Acceptable
      | "407"  ; Section 10.4.8: Proxy Authentication Required
      | "408"  ; Section 10.4.9: Request Time-out
      | "409"  ; Section 10.4.10: Conflict
      | "410"  ; Section 10.4.11: Gone
      | "411"  ; Section 10.4.12: Length Required
      | "412"  ; Section 10.4.13: Precondition Failed
      | "413"  ; Section 10.4.14: Request Entity Too Large
      | "414"  ; Section 10.4.15: Request-URI Too Large
      | "415"  ; Section 10.4.16: Unsupported Media Type
      | "416"  ; Section 10.4.17: Requested range not satisfiable
      | "417"  ; Section 10.4.18: Expectation Failed
      | "500"  ; Section 10.5.1: Internal Server Error
      | "501"  ; Section 10.5.2: Not Implemented
      | "502"  ; Section 10.5.3: Bad Gateway
      | "503"  ; Section 10.5.4: Service Unavailable
      | "504"  ; Section 10.5.5: Gateway Time-out
      | "505"  ; Section 10.5.6: HTTP Version not supported
      | extension-code

  extension-code = 3DIGIT
  Reason-Phrase  = *<TEXT, excluding CR, LF>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   HTTP status codes are extensible. HTTP applications are not required
   to understand the meaning of all registered status codes, though such
   understanding is obviously desirable. However, applications MUST
   understand the class of any status code, as indicated by the first
   digit, and treat any unrecognized response as being equivalent to the
   x00 status code of that class, with the exception that an
   unrecognized response MUST NOT be cached. For example, if an
   unrecognized status code of 431 is received by the client, it can
   safely assume that there was something wrong with its request and
   treat the response as if it had received a 400 status code. In such
   cases, user agents SHOULD present to the user the entity returned
   with the response, since that entity is likely to include human-readable
   information which will explain the unusual status.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Response Header Fields" anchor="response.header.fields">
  
<t>
   The response-header fields allow the server to pass additional
   information about the response which cannot be placed in the Status-Line.
   These header fields give information about the server and about
   further access to the resource identified by the Request-URI.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="response-header"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  response-header = Accept-Ranges           ; Section 14.5
                  | Age                     ; Section 14.6
                  | ETag                    ; Section 14.19
                  | Location                ; Section 14.30
                  | Proxy-Authenticate      ; Section 14.33
                  | Retry-After             ; Section 14.37
                  | Server                  ; Section 14.38
                  | Vary                    ; Section 14.44
                  | WWW-Authenticate        ; Section 14.47
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Response-header field names can be extended reliably only in
   combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
   experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of response-header
   fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
   be response-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
   entity-header fields.
</t>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Entity" anchor="entity">
<t>
   Request and Response messages MAY transfer an entity if not otherwise
   restricted by the request method or response status code. An entity
   consists of entity-header fields and an entity-body, although some
   responses will only include the entity-headers.
</t>
<t>
   In this section, both sender and recipient refer to either the client
   or the server, depending on who sends and who receives the entity.
</t>

<section title="Entity Header Fields" anchor="entity.header.fields">
  
<t>
   Entity-header fields define metainformation about the entity-body or,
   if no body is present, about the resource identified by the request.
   Some of this metainformation is OPTIONAL; some might be REQUIRED by
   portions of this specification.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="entity-header"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="extension-header"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  entity-header  = Allow                    ; Section 14.7
                 | Content-Encoding         ; Section 14.11
                 | Content-Language         ; Section 14.12
                 | Content-Length           ; Section 14.13
                 | Content-Location         ; Section 14.14
                 | Content-MD5              ; Section 14.15
                 | Content-Range            ; Section 14.16
                 | Content-Type             ; Section 14.17
                 | Expires                  ; Section 14.21
                 | Last-Modified            ; Section 14.29
                 | extension-header

  extension-header = message-header
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The extension-header mechanism allows additional entity-header fields
   to be defined without changing the protocol, but these fields cannot
   be assumed to be recognizable by the recipient. Unrecognized header
   fields SHOULD be ignored by the recipient and MUST be forwarded by
   transparent proxies.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Entity Body" anchor="entity.body">
  
<t>
   The entity-body (if any) sent with an HTTP request or response is in
   a format and encoding defined by the entity-header fields.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="entity-body"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  entity-body    = *OCTET
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An entity-body is only present in a message when a message-body is
   present, as described in <xref target="message.body"/>. The entity-body is obtained
   from the message-body by decoding any Transfer-Encoding that might
   have been applied to ensure safe and proper transfer of the message.
</t>

<section title="Type" anchor="type">
<t>
   When an entity-body is included with a message, the data type of that
   body is determined via the header fields Content-Type and Content-Encoding.
   These define a two-layer, ordered encoding model:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    entity-body := Content-Encoding( Content-Type( data ) )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying data.
   Content-Encoding may be used to indicate any additional content
   codings applied to the data, usually for the purpose of data
   compression, that are a property of the requested resource. There is
   no default encoding.
</t>
<t>
   Any HTTP/1.1 message containing an entity-body SHOULD include a
   Content-Type header field defining the media type of that body. If
   and only if the media type is not given by a Content-Type field, the
   recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type via inspection of its
   content and/or the name extension(s) of the URI used to identify the
   resource. If the media type remains unknown, the recipient SHOULD
   treat it as type "application/octet-stream".
</t>
</section>
   
<section title="Entity Length" anchor="entity.length">
<t>
   The entity-length of a message is the length of the message-body
   before any transfer-codings have been applied. <xref target="message.length"/> defines
   how the transfer-length of a message-body is determined.
</t>
</section>
</section>
</section>



<section title="Connections" anchor="connections">

<section title="Persistent Connections" anchor="persistent.connections">

<section title="Purpose" anchor="persistent.purpose">
<t>
   Prior to persistent connections, a separate TCP connection was
   established to fetch each URL, increasing the load on HTTP servers
   and causing congestion on the Internet. The use of inline images and
   other associated data often require a client to make multiple
   requests of the same server in a short amount of time. Analysis of
   these performance problems and results from a prototype
   implementation are available <xref target="Pad1995"/> <xref target="Spero"/>. Implementation experience and
   measurements of actual HTTP/1.1 (<xref target="RFC2068"/>) implementations show good
   results <xref target="Nie1997"/>. Alternatives have also been explored, for example,
   T/TCP <xref target="Tou1998"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Persistent HTTP connections have a number of advantages:
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>
        By opening and closing fewer TCP connections, CPU time is saved
        in routers and hosts (clients, servers, proxies, gateways,
        tunnels, or caches), and memory used for TCP protocol control
        blocks can be saved in hosts.
      </t>
      <t>
        HTTP requests and responses can be pipelined on a connection.
        Pipelining allows a client to make multiple requests without
        waiting for each response, allowing a single TCP connection to
        be used much more efficiently, with much lower elapsed time.
      </t>
      <t>
        Network congestion is reduced by reducing the number of packets
        caused by TCP opens, and by allowing TCP sufficient time to
        determine the congestion state of the network.
      </t>
      <t>
        Latency on subsequent requests is reduced since there is no time
        spent in TCP's connection opening handshake.
      </t>
      <t>
        HTTP can evolve more gracefully, since errors can be reported
        without the penalty of closing the TCP connection. Clients using
        future versions of HTTP might optimistically try a new feature,
        but if communicating with an older server, retry with old
        semantics after an error is reported.
      </t>
    </list>
</t>
<t>
   HTTP implementations SHOULD implement persistent connections.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Overall Operation" anchor="persistent.overall">
<t>
   A significant difference between HTTP/1.1 and earlier versions of
   HTTP is that persistent connections are the default behavior of any
   HTTP connection. That is, unless otherwise indicated, the client
   SHOULD assume that the server will maintain a persistent connection,
   even after error responses from the server.
</t>
<t>
   Persistent connections provide a mechanism by which a client and a
   server can signal the close of a TCP connection. This signaling takes
   place using the Connection header field (<xref target="header.connection"/>). Once a close
   has been signaled, the client MUST NOT send any more requests on that
   connection.
</t>

<section title="Negotiation" anchor="persistent.negotiation">
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 server MAY assume that a HTTP/1.1 client intends to
   maintain a persistent connection unless a Connection header including
   the connection-token "close" was sent in the request. If the server
   chooses to close the connection immediately after sending the
   response, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
   connection-token close.
</t>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 client MAY expect a connection to remain open, but would
   decide to keep it open based on whether the response from a server
   contains a Connection header with the connection-token close. In case
   the client does not want to maintain a connection for more than that
   request, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
   connection-token close.
</t>
<t>
   If either the client or the server sends the close token in the
   Connection header, that request becomes the last one for the
   connection.
</t>
<t>
   Clients and servers SHOULD NOT  assume that a persistent connection is
   maintained for HTTP versions less than 1.1 unless it is explicitly
   signaled. See <xref target="compatibility.with.http.1.0.persistent.connections"/> for more information on backward
   compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients.
</t>
<t>
   In order to remain persistent, all messages on the connection MUST
   have a self-defined message length (i.e., one not defined by closure
   of the connection), as described in <xref target="message.length"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Pipelining" anchor="pipelining">
<t>
   A client that supports persistent connections MAY "pipeline" its
   requests (i.e., send multiple requests without waiting for each
   response). A server MUST send its responses to those requests in the
   same order that the requests were received.
</t>
<t>
   Clients which assume persistent connections and pipeline immediately
   after connection establishment SHOULD be prepared to retry their
   connection if the first pipelined attempt fails. If a client does
   such a retry, it MUST NOT pipeline before it knows the connection is
   persistent. Clients MUST also be prepared to resend their requests if
   the server closes the connection before sending all of the
   corresponding responses.
</t>
<t>
   Clients SHOULD NOT  pipeline requests using non-idempotent methods or
   non-idempotent sequences of methods (see <xref target="idempotent.methods"/>). Otherwise, a
   premature termination of the transport connection could lead to
   indeterminate results. A client wishing to send a non-idempotent
   request SHOULD wait to send that request until it has received the
   response status for the previous request.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Proxy Servers" anchor="persistent.proxy">
<t>
   It is especially important that proxies correctly implement the
   properties of the Connection header field as specified in <xref target="header.connection"/>.
</t>
<t>
   The proxy server MUST signal persistent connections separately with
   its clients and the origin servers (or other proxy servers) that it
   connects to. Each persistent connection applies to only one transport
   link.
</t>
<t>
   A proxy server MUST NOT establish a HTTP/1.1 persistent connection
   with an HTTP/1.0 client (but see <xref target="RFC2068"/> for information and
   discussion of the problems with the Keep-Alive header implemented by
   many HTTP/1.0 clients).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Practical Considerations" anchor="persistent.practical">
<t>
   Servers will usually have some time-out value beyond which they will
   no longer maintain an inactive connection. Proxy servers might make
   this a higher value since it is likely that the client will be making
   more connections through the same server. The use of persistent
   connections places no requirements on the length (or existence) of
   this time-out for either the client or the server.
</t>
<t>
   When a client or server wishes to time-out it SHOULD issue a graceful
   close on the transport connection. Clients and servers SHOULD both
   constantly watch for the other side of the transport close, and
   respond to it as appropriate. If a client or server does not detect
   the other side's close promptly it could cause unnecessary resource
   drain on the network.
</t>
<t>
   A client, server, or proxy MAY close the transport connection at any
   time. For example, a client might have started to send a new request
   at the same time that the server has decided to close the "idle"
   connection. From the server's point of view, the connection is being
   closed while it was idle, but from the client's point of view, a
   request is in progress.
</t>
<t>
   This means that clients, servers, and proxies MUST be able to recover
   from asynchronous close events. Client software SHOULD reopen the
   transport connection and retransmit the aborted sequence of requests
   without user interaction so long as the request sequence is
   idempotent (see <xref target="idempotent.methods"/>). Non-idempotent methods or sequences
   MUST NOT be automatically retried, although user agents MAY offer a
   human operator the choice of retrying the request(s). Confirmation by
   user-agent software with semantic understanding of the application
   MAY substitute for user confirmation. The automatic retry SHOULD NOT 
   be repeated if the second sequence of requests fails.
</t>
<t>
   Servers SHOULD always respond to at least one request per connection,
   if at all possible. Servers SHOULD NOT  close a connection in the
   middle of transmitting a response, unless a network or client failure
   is suspected.
</t>
<t>
   Clients that use persistent connections SHOULD limit the number of
   simultaneous connections that they maintain to a given server. A
   single-user client SHOULD NOT maintain more than 2 connections with
   any server or proxy. A proxy SHOULD use up to 2*N connections to
   another server or proxy, where N is the number of simultaneously
   active users. These guidelines are intended to improve HTTP response
   times and avoid congestion.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Message Transmission Requirements" anchor="message.transmission.requirements">

<section title="Persistent Connections and Flow Control" anchor="persistent.flow">
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD maintain persistent connections and use TCP's
   flow control mechanisms to resolve temporary overloads, rather than
   terminating connections with the expectation that clients will retry.
   The latter technique can exacerbate network congestion.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Monitoring Connections for Error Status Messages" anchor="persistent.monitor">
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 (or later) client sending a message-body SHOULD monitor
   the network connection for an error status while it is transmitting
   the request. If the client sees an error status, it SHOULD
   immediately cease transmitting the body. If the body is being sent
   using a "chunked" encoding (<xref target="transfer.codings"/>), a zero length chunk and
   empty trailer MAY be used to prematurely mark the end of the message.
   If the body was preceded by a Content-Length header, the client MUST
   close the connection.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Use of the 100 (Continue) Status" anchor="use.of.the.100.status">
<t>
   The purpose of the <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status (see <xref target="status.100"/>) is to
   allow a client that is sending a request message with a request body
   to determine if the origin server is willing to accept the request
   (based on the request headers) before the client sends the request
   body. In some cases, it might either be inappropriate or highly
   inefficient for the client to send the body if the server will reject
   the message without looking at the body.
</t>
<t>
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 clients:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>
        If a client will wait for a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response before
        sending the request body, it MUST send an Expect request-header
        field (<xref target="header.expect"/>) with the "100-continue" expectation.
    </t>
    <t>
        A client MUST NOT send an Expect request-header field (<xref target="header.expect"/>)
        with the "100-continue" expectation if it does not intend
        to send a request body.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Because of the presence of older implementations, the protocol allows
   ambiguous situations in which a client may send "Expect: 100-continue"
   without receiving either a <xref target="status.417" format="none">417 (Expectation Failed)</xref> status
   or a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status. Therefore, when a client sends this
   header field to an origin server (possibly via a proxy) from which it
   has never seen a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status, the client SHOULD NOT  wait
   for an indefinite period before sending the request body.
</t>
<t>
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 origin servers:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t> Upon receiving a request which includes an Expect request-header
        field with the "100-continue" expectation, an origin server MUST
        either respond with <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status and continue to read
        from the input stream, or respond with a final status code. The
        origin server MUST NOT wait for the request body before sending
        the <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response. If it responds with a final status
        code, it MAY close the transport connection or it MAY continue
        to read and discard the rest of the request.  It MUST NOT
        perform the requested method if it returns a final status code.
    </t>
    <t> An origin server SHOULD NOT  send a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response if
        the request message does not include an Expect request-header
        field with the "100-continue" expectation, and MUST NOT send a
        <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response if such a request comes from an HTTP/1.0
        (or earlier) client. There is an exception to this rule: for
        compatibility with RFC 2068, a server MAY send a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref>
        status in response to an HTTP/1.1 PUT or POST request that does
        not include an Expect request-header field with the "100-continue"
        expectation. This exception, the purpose of which is
        to minimize any client processing delays associated with an
        undeclared wait for <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status, applies only to
        HTTP/1.1 requests, and not to requests with any other HTTP-version
        value.
    </t>
    <t> An origin server MAY omit a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response if it has
        already received some or all of the request body for the
        corresponding request.
    </t>
    <t> An origin server that sends a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response MUST
    ultimately send a final status code, once the request body is
        received and processed, unless it terminates the transport
        connection prematurely.
    </t>
    <t> If an origin server receives a request that does not include an
        Expect request-header field with the "100-continue" expectation,
        the request includes a request body, and the server responds
        with a final status code before reading the entire request body
        from the transport connection, then the server SHOULD NOT  close
        the transport connection until it has read the entire request,
        or until the client closes the connection. Otherwise, the client
        might not reliably receive the response message. However, this
        requirement is not be construed as preventing a server from
        defending itself against denial-of-service attacks, or from
        badly broken client implementations.
      </t>
    </list>
</t>
<t>
   Requirements for HTTP/1.1 proxies:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t> If a proxy receives a request that includes an Expect request-header
        field with the "100-continue" expectation, and the proxy
        either knows that the next-hop server complies with HTTP/1.1 or
        higher, or does not know the HTTP version of the next-hop
        server, it MUST forward the request, including the Expect header
        field.
    </t>
    <t> If the proxy knows that the version of the next-hop server is
        HTTP/1.0 or lower, it MUST NOT forward the request, and it MUST
        respond with a <xref target="status.417" format="none">417 (Expectation Failed)</xref> status.
    </t>
    <t> Proxies SHOULD maintain a cache recording the HTTP version
        numbers received from recently-referenced next-hop servers.
    </t>
    <t> A proxy MUST NOT forward a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response if the
        request message was received from an HTTP/1.0 (or earlier)
        client and did not include an Expect request-header field with
        the "100-continue" expectation. This requirement overrides the
        general rule for forwarding of 1xx responses (see <xref target="status.1xx"/>).
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Client Behavior if Server Prematurely Closes Connection" anchor="connection.premature">
<t>
   If an HTTP/1.1 client sends a request which includes a request body,
   but which does not include an Expect request-header field with the
   "100-continue" expectation, and if the client is not directly
   connected to an HTTP/1.1 origin server, and if the client sees the
   connection close before receiving any status from the server, the
   client SHOULD retry the request.  If the client does retry this
   request, it MAY use the following "binary exponential backoff"
   algorithm to be assured of obtaining a reliable response:
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>
      Initiate a new connection to the server
    </t>
    <t>
      Transmit the request-headers
    </t>
    <t>
      Initialize a variable R to the estimated round-trip time to the
         server (e.g., based on the time it took to establish the
         connection), or to a constant value of 5 seconds if the round-trip
         time is not available.
    </t>
    <t>
       Compute T = R * (2**N), where N is the number of previous
         retries of this request.
    </t>
    <t>
       Wait either for an error response from the server, or for T
         seconds (whichever comes first)
    </t>
    <t>
       If no error response is received, after T seconds transmit the
         body of the request.
    </t>
    <t>
       If client sees that the connection is closed prematurely,
         repeat from step 1 until the request is accepted, an error
         response is received, or the user becomes impatient and
         terminates the retry process.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If at any point an error status is received, the client
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>SHOULD NOT  continue and</t>

      <t>SHOULD close the connection if it has not completed sending the
        request message.</t>
    </list>
</t>
</section>
</section>
</section>



<section title="Method Definitions" anchor="method.definitions">
<t>
   The set of common methods for HTTP/1.1 is defined below. Although
   this set can be expanded, additional methods cannot be assumed to
   share the same semantics for separately extended clients and servers.
</t>
<t>
   The Host request-header field (<xref target="header.host"/>) MUST accompany all
   HTTP/1.1 requests.
</t>


<section title="Safe and Idempotent Methods" anchor="safe.and.idempotent">

<section title="Safe Methods" anchor="safe.methods">
<t>
   Implementors should be aware that the software represents the user in
   their interactions over the Internet, and should be careful to allow
   the user to be aware of any actions they might take which may have an
   unexpected significance to themselves or others.
</t>
<t>
   In particular, the convention has been established that the GET and
   HEAD methods SHOULD NOT  have the significance of taking an action
   other than retrieval. These methods ought to be considered "safe".
   This allows user agents to represent other methods, such as POST, PUT
   and DELETE, in a special way, so that the user is made aware of the
   fact that a possibly unsafe action is being requested.
</t>
<t>
   Naturally, it is not possible to ensure that the server does not
   generate side-effects as a result of performing a GET request; in
   fact, some dynamic resources consider that a feature. The important
   distinction here is that the user did not request the side-effects,
   so therefore cannot be held accountable for them.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Idempotent Methods" anchor="idempotent.methods">
<t>
   Methods can also have the property of "idempotence" in that (aside
   from error or expiration issues) the side-effects of N &gt; 0 identical
   requests is the same as for a single request. The methods GET, HEAD,
   PUT and DELETE share this property. Also, the methods OPTIONS and
   TRACE SHOULD NOT  have side effects, and so are inherently idempotent.
</t>
<t>
   However, it is possible that a sequence of several requests is non-idempotent,
   even if all of the methods executed in that sequence are
   idempotent. (A sequence is idempotent if a single execution of the
   entire sequence always yields a result that is not changed by a
   reexecution of all, or part, of that sequence.) For example, a
   sequence is non-idempotent if its result depends on a value that is
   later modified in the same sequence.
</t>
<t>
   A sequence that never has side effects is idempotent, by definition
   (provided that no concurrent operations are being executed on the
   same set of resources).
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="OPTIONS" anchor="OPTIONS">
  <iref primary="true" item="OPTIONS method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="OPTIONS"/>
<t>
   The OPTIONS method represents a request for information about the
   communication options available on the request/response chain
   identified by the Request-URI. This method allows the client to
   determine the options and/or requirements associated with a resource,
   or the capabilities of a server, without implying a resource action
   or initiating a resource retrieval.
</t>
<t>
   Responses to this method are not cacheable.
</t>
<t>
   If the OPTIONS request includes an entity-body (as indicated by the
   presence of Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding), then the media type
   MUST be indicated by a Content-Type field. Although this
   specification does not define any use for such a body, future
   extensions to HTTP might use the OPTIONS body to make more detailed
   queries on the server. A server that does not support such an
   extension MAY discard the request body.
</t>
<t>
   If the Request-URI is an asterisk ("*"), the OPTIONS request is
   intended to apply to the server in general rather than to a specific
   resource. Since a server's communication options typically depend on
   the resource, the "*" request is only useful as a "ping" or "no-op"
   type of method; it does nothing beyond allowing the client to test
   the capabilities of the server. For example, this can be used to test
   a proxy for HTTP/1.1 compliance (or lack thereof).
</t>
<t>
   If the Request-URI is not an asterisk, the OPTIONS request applies
   only to the options that are available when communicating with that
   resource.
</t>
<t>
   A 200 response SHOULD include any header fields that indicate
   optional features implemented by the server and applicable to that
   resource (e.g., Allow), possibly including extensions not defined by
   this specification. The response body, if any, SHOULD also include
   information about the communication options. The format for such a
   body is not defined by this specification, but might be defined by
   future extensions to HTTP. Content negotiation MAY be used to select
   the appropriate response format. If no response body is included, the
   response MUST include a Content-Length field with a field-value of
   "0".
</t>
<t>
   The Max-Forwards request-header field MAY be used to target a
   specific proxy in the request chain. When a proxy receives an OPTIONS
   request on an absoluteURI for which request forwarding is permitted,
   the proxy MUST check for a Max-Forwards field. If the Max-Forwards
   field-value is zero ("0"), the proxy MUST NOT forward the message;
   instead, the proxy SHOULD respond with its own communication options.
   If the Max-Forwards field-value is an integer greater than zero, the
   proxy MUST decrement the field-value when it forwards the request. If
   no Max-Forwards field is present in the request, then the forwarded
   request MUST NOT include a Max-Forwards field.
</t>
</section>

<section title="GET" anchor="GET">
  <iref primary="true" item="GET method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="GET"/>
<t>
   The GET method means retrieve whatever information (in the form of an
   entity) is identified by the Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers
   to a data-producing process, it is the produced data which shall be
   returned as the entity in the response and not the source text of the
   process, unless that text happens to be the output of the process.
</t>
<t>
   The semantics of the GET method change to a "conditional GET" if the
   request message includes an If-Modified-Since, If-Unmodified-Since,
   If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Range header field. A conditional GET
   method requests that the entity be transferred only under the
   circumstances described by the conditional header field(s). The
   conditional GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary network
   usage by allowing cached entities to be refreshed without requiring
   multiple requests or transferring data already held by the client.
</t>
<t>
   The semantics of the GET method change to a "partial GET" if the
   request message includes a Range header field. A partial GET requests
   that only part of the entity be transferred, as described in <xref target="header.range"/>.
   The partial GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary
   network usage by allowing partially-retrieved entities to be
   completed without transferring data already held by the client.
</t>
<t>
   The response to a GET request is cacheable if and only if it meets
   the requirements for HTTP caching described in <xref target="caching"/>.
</t>
<t>
   See <xref target="encoding.sensitive.information.in.uris"/> for security considerations when used for forms.
</t>
</section>

<section title="HEAD" anchor="HEAD">
  <iref primary="true" item="HEAD method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="HEAD"/>
<t>
   The HEAD method is identical to GET except that the server MUST NOT
   return a message-body in the response. The metainformation contained
   in the HTTP headers in response to a HEAD request SHOULD be identical
   to the information sent in response to a GET request. This method can
   be used for obtaining metainformation about the entity implied by the
   request without transferring the entity-body itself. This method is
   often used for testing hypertext links for validity, accessibility,
   and recent modification.
</t>
<t>
   The response to a HEAD request MAY be cacheable in the sense that the
   information contained in the response MAY be used to update a
   previously cached entity from that resource. If the new field values
   indicate that the cached entity differs from the current entity (as
   would be indicated by a change in Content-Length, Content-MD5, ETag
   or Last-Modified), then the cache MUST treat the cache entry as
   stale.
</t>
</section>

<section title="POST" anchor="POST">
  <iref primary="true" item="POST method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="POST"/>
<t>
   The POST method is used to request that the origin server accept the
   entity enclosed in the request as data to be processed by the resource
   identified by the Request-URI in the Request-Line. POST is designed
   to allow a uniform method to cover the following functions:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>
      Annotation of existing resources;
    </t>
    <t>
        Posting a message to a bulletin board, newsgroup, mailing list,
        or similar group of articles;
    </t>
    <t>
        Providing a block of data, such as the result of submitting a
        form, to a data-handling process;
    </t>
    <t>
        Extending a database through an append operation.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   The actual function performed by the POST method is determined by the
   server and is usually dependent on the Request-URI.
</t>
<t>
   The action performed by the POST method might not result in a
   resource that can be identified by a URI. In this case, either <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref>
   or <xref target="status.204" format="none">204 (No Content)</xref> is the appropriate response status,
   depending on whether or not the response includes an entity that
   describes the result.
</t>
<t>
   If a resource has been created on the origin server, the response
   SHOULD be <xref target="status.201" format="none">201 (Created)</xref> and contain an entity which describes the
   status of the request and refers to the new resource, and a Location
   header (see <xref target="header.location"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Responses to this method are not cacheable, unless the response
   includes appropriate Cache-Control or Expires header fields. However,
   the <xref target="status.303" format="none">303 (See Other)</xref> response can be used to direct the user agent to
   retrieve a cacheable resource.
</t>


</section>

<section title="PUT" anchor="PUT">
  <iref primary="true" item="PUT method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="PUT"/>



<t>
   The PUT method requests that the enclosed entity be stored under the
   supplied Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers to an already
   existing resource, the enclosed entity SHOULD be considered as a
   modified version of the one residing on the origin server. If the
   Request-URI does not point to an existing resource, and that URI is
   capable of being defined as a new resource by the requesting user
   agent, the origin server can create the resource with that URI. If a
   new resource is created, the origin server MUST inform the user agent
   via the <xref target="status.201" format="none">201 (Created)</xref> response. If an existing resource is modified,
   either the <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> or <xref target="status.204" format="none">204 (No Content)</xref> response codes SHOULD be sent
   to indicate successful completion of the request. If the resource
   could not be created or modified with the Request-URI, an appropriate
   error response SHOULD be given that reflects the nature of the
   problem. The recipient of the entity MUST NOT ignore any Content-*
   (e.g. Content-Range) headers that it does not understand or implement
   and MUST return a <xref target="status.501" format="none">501 (Not Implemented)</xref> response in such cases.
</t>
<t>
   If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
   one or more currently cached entities, those entries SHOULD be
   treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cacheable.
</t>
<t>
   The fundamental difference between the POST and PUT requests is
   reflected in the different meaning of the Request-URI. The URI in a
   POST request identifies the resource that will handle the enclosed
   entity. That resource might be a data-accepting process, a gateway to
   some other protocol, or a separate entity that accepts annotations.
   In contrast, the URI in a PUT request identifies the entity enclosed
   with the request -- the user agent knows what URI is intended and the
   server MUST NOT attempt to apply the request to some other resource.
   If the server desires that the request be applied to a different URI,
   it MUST send a <xref target="status.301" format="none">301 (Moved Permanently)</xref> response; the user agent MAY
   then make its own decision regarding whether or not to redirect the
   request.
</t>
<t>
   A single resource MAY be identified by many different URIs. For
   example, an article might have a URI for identifying "the current
   version" which is separate from the URI identifying each particular
   version. In this case, a PUT request on a general URI might result in
   several other URIs being defined by the origin server.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 does not define how a PUT method affects the state of an
   origin server.
</t>

<t>
   Unless otherwise specified for a particular entity-header, the
   entity-headers in the PUT request SHOULD be applied to the resource
   created or modified by the PUT.
</t>
</section>

<section title="DELETE" anchor="DELETE">
  <iref primary="true" item="DELETE method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="DELETE"/>
<t>
   The DELETE method requests that the origin server delete the resource
   identified by the Request-URI. This method MAY be overridden by human
   intervention (or other means) on the origin server. The client cannot
   be guaranteed that the operation has been carried out, even if the
   status code returned from the origin server indicates that the action
   has been completed successfully. However, the server SHOULD NOT 
   indicate success unless, at the time the response is given, it
   intends to delete the resource or move it to an inaccessible
   location.
</t>
<t>
   A successful response SHOULD be <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> if the response includes an
   entity describing the status, <xref target="status.202" format="none">202 (Accepted)</xref> if the action has not
   yet been enacted, or <xref target="status.204" format="none">204 (No Content)</xref> if the action has been enacted
   but the response does not include an entity.
</t>
<t>
   If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
   one or more currently cached entities, those entries SHOULD be
   treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cacheable.
</t>
</section>

<section title="TRACE" anchor="TRACE">
  <iref primary="true" item="TRACE method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="TRACE"/>
<t>
   The TRACE method is used to invoke a remote, application-layer loop-back
   of the request message. The final recipient of the request
   SHOULD reflect the message received back to the client as the
   entity-body of a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response. The final recipient is either the
   origin server or the first proxy or gateway to receive a Max-Forwards
   value of zero (0) in the request (see <xref target="header.max-forwards"/>). A TRACE request
   MUST NOT include an entity.
</t>
<t>
   TRACE allows the client to see what is being received at the other
   end of the request chain and use that data for testing or diagnostic
   information. The value of the Via header field (<xref target="header.via"/>) is of
   particular interest, since it acts as a trace of the request chain.
   Use of the Max-Forwards header field allows the client to limit the
   length of the request chain, which is useful for testing a chain of
   proxies forwarding messages in an infinite loop.
</t>
<t>
   If the request is valid, the response SHOULD contain the entire
   request message in the entity-body, with a Content-Type of
   "message/http". Responses to this method MUST NOT be cached.
</t>

</section>

<section title="CONNECT" anchor="CONNECT">
  <iref primary="true" item="CONNECT method"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Methods" subitem="CONNECT"/>
<t>
   This specification reserves the method name CONNECT for use with a
   proxy that can dynamically switch to being a tunnel (e.g. SSL
   tunneling <xref target="Luo1998"/>).
</t>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Status Code Definitions" anchor="status.codes">
<t>
   Each Status-Code is described below, including a description of which
   method(s) it can follow and any metainformation required in the
   response.
</t>

<section title="Informational 1xx" anchor="status.1xx">
<t>
   This class of status code indicates a provisional response,
   consisting only of the Status-Line and optional headers, and is
   terminated by an empty line. There are no required headers for this
   class of status code. Since HTTP/1.0 did not define any 1xx status
   codes, servers MUST NOT send a 1xx response to an HTTP/1.0 client
   except under experimental conditions.
</t>
<t>
   A client MUST be prepared to accept one or more 1xx status responses
   prior to a regular response, even if the client does not expect a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref>
   status message. Unexpected 1xx status responses MAY be
   ignored by a user agent.
</t>
<t>
   Proxies MUST forward 1xx responses, unless the connection between the
   proxy and its client has been closed, or unless the proxy itself
   requested the generation of the 1xx response. (For example, if a
   proxy adds a "Expect: 100-continue" field when it forwards a request,
   then it need not forward the corresponding <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref>
   response(s).)
</t>

<section title="100 Continue" anchor="status.100">
  <iref primary="true" item="100 Continue (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="100 Continue"/>
  
<t>
   The client SHOULD continue with its request. This interim response is
   used to inform the client that the initial part of the request has
   been received and has not yet been rejected by the server. The client
   SHOULD continue by sending the remainder of the request or, if the
   request has already been completed, ignore this response. The server
   MUST send a final response after the request has been completed. See
   <xref target="use.of.the.100.status"/> for detailed discussion of the use and handling of this
   status code.
</t>
</section>

<section title="101 Switching Protocols" anchor="status.101">
  <iref primary="true" item="101 Switching Protocols (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="101 Switching Protocols"/>
  
<t>
   The server understands and is willing to comply with the client's
   request, via the Upgrade message header field (<xref target="header.upgrade"/>), for a
   change in the application protocol being used on this connection. The
   server will switch protocols to those defined by the response's
   Upgrade header field immediately after the empty line which
   terminates the 101 response.
</t>
<t>
   The protocol SHOULD be switched only when it is advantageous to do
   so. For example, switching to a newer version of HTTP is advantageous
   over older versions, and switching to a real-time, synchronous
   protocol might be advantageous when delivering resources that use
   such features.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Successful 2xx" anchor="status.2xx">
<t>
   This class of status code indicates that the client's request was
   successfully received, understood, and accepted.
</t>

<section title="200 OK" anchor="status.200">
  <iref primary="true" item="200 OK (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="200 OK"/>
  
<t>
   The request has succeeded. The information returned with the response
   is dependent on the method used in the request, for example:
  <list style="hanging">
    <t hangText="GET">
          an entity corresponding to the requested resource is sent in
          the response;
    </t>
    <t hangText="HEAD">
          the entity-header fields corresponding to the requested
          resource are sent in the response without any message-body;
    </t>
    <t hangText="POST">
      an entity describing or containing the result of the action;
    </t>
    <t hangText="TRACE">
      an entity containing the request message as received by the
      end server.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="201 Created" anchor="status.201">
  <iref primary="true" item="201 Created (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="201 Created"/>
  
<t>
   The request has been fulfilled and resulted in a new resource being
   created. The newly created resource can be referenced by the URI(s)
   returned in the entity of the response, with the most specific URI
   for the resource given by a Location header field. The response
   SHOULD include an entity containing a list of resource
   characteristics and location(s) from which the user or user agent can
   choose the one most appropriate. The entity format is specified by
   the media type given in the Content-Type header field. The origin
   server MUST create the resource before returning the 201 status code.
   If the action cannot be carried out immediately, the server SHOULD
   respond with <xref target="status.202" format="none">202 (Accepted)</xref> response instead.
</t>

<t>
   A 201 response MAY contain an ETag response header field indicating
   the current value of the entity tag for the requested variant just
   created, see <xref target="header.etag"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="202 Accepted" anchor="status.202">
  <iref primary="true" item="202 Accepted (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="202 Accepted"/>
  
<t>
   The request has been accepted for processing, but the processing has
   not been completed.  The request might or might not eventually be
   acted upon, as it might be disallowed when processing actually takes
   place. There is no facility for re-sending a status code from an
   asynchronous operation such as this.
</t>
<t>
   The 202 response is intentionally non-committal. Its purpose is to
   allow a server to accept a request for some other process (perhaps a
   batch-oriented process that is only run once per day) without
   requiring that the user agent's connection to the server persist
   until the process is completed. The entity returned with this
   response SHOULD include an indication of the request's current status
   and either a pointer to a status monitor or some estimate of when the
   user can expect the request to be fulfilled.
</t>
</section>

<section title="203 Non-Authoritative Information" anchor="status.203">
  <iref primary="true" item="203 Non-Authoritative Information (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="203 Non-Authoritative Information"/>
<t>
   The returned metainformation in the entity-header is not the
   definitive set as available from the origin server, but is gathered
   from a local or a third-party copy. The set presented MAY be a subset
   or superset of the original version. For example, including local
   annotation information about the resource might result in a superset
   of the metainformation known by the origin server. Use of this
   response code is not required and is only appropriate when the
   response would otherwise be <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="204 No Content" anchor="status.204">
  <iref primary="true" item="204 No Content (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="204 No Content"/>
  
<t>
   The server has fulfilled the request but does not need to return an
   entity-body, and might want to return updated metainformation. The
   response MAY include new or updated metainformation in the form of
   entity-headers, which if present SHOULD be associated with the
   requested variant.
</t>
<t>
   If the client is a user agent, it SHOULD NOT  change its document view
   from that which caused the request to be sent. This response is
   primarily intended to allow input for actions to take place without
   causing a change to the user agent's active document view, although
   any new or updated metainformation SHOULD be applied to the document
   currently in the user agent's active view.
</t>
<t>
   The 204 response MUST NOT include a message-body, and thus is always
   terminated by the first empty line after the header fields.
</t>
</section>

<section title="205 Reset Content" anchor="status.205">
  <iref primary="true" item="205 Reset Content (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="205 Reset Content"/>
<t>
   The server has fulfilled the request and the user agent SHOULD reset
   the document view which caused the request to be sent. This response
   is primarily intended to allow input for actions to take place via
   user input, followed by a clearing of the form in which the input is
   given so that the user can easily initiate another input action. The
   response MUST NOT include an entity.
</t>
</section>

<section title="206 Partial Content" anchor="status.206">
  <iref primary="true" item="206 Partial Content (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="206 Partial Content"/>
  
<t>
   The server has fulfilled the partial GET request for the resource.
   The request MUST have included a Range header field (<xref target="header.range"/>)
   indicating the desired range, and MAY have included an If-Range
   header field (<xref target="header.if-range"/>) to make the request conditional.
</t>
<t>
   The response MUST include the following header fields:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>
        Either a Content-Range header field (<xref target="header.content-range"/>) indicating
        the range included with this response, or a multipart/byteranges
        Content-Type including Content-Range fields for each part. If a
        Content-Length header field is present in the response, its
        value MUST match the actual number of <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">OCTET</xref>s transmitted in the
        message-body.
    </t>
    <t>
        Date
    </t>
    <t>
        ETag and/or Content-Location, if the header would have been sent
        in a 200 response to the same request
    </t>
    <t>
        Expires, Cache-Control, and/or Vary, if the field-value might
        differ from that sent in any previous response for the same
        variant
    </t>
  </list>
</t>

<t>
   If the 206 response is the result of an If-Range request, the response SHOULD NOT 
   include other entity-headers. Otherwise, the response
   MUST include all of the entity-headers that would have been returned
   with a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response to the same request.
</t>
<t>
   A cache MUST NOT combine a 206 response with other previously cached
   content if the ETag or Last-Modified headers do not match exactly,
   see <xref target="combining.byte.ranges" format="counter"/>.
</t>
<t>
   A cache that does not support the Range and Content-Range headers
   MUST NOT cache <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref> responses.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Redirection 3xx" anchor="status.3xx">
<t>
   This class of status code indicates that further action needs to be
   taken by the user agent in order to fulfill the request.  The action
   required MAY be carried out by the user agent without interaction
   with the user if and only if the method used in the second request is
   GET or HEAD. A client SHOULD detect infinite redirection loops, since
   such loops generate network traffic for each redirection.
  <list><t>
      Note: previous versions of this specification recommended a
      maximum of five redirections. Content developers should be aware
      that there might be clients that implement such a fixed
      limitation.
  </t></list>
</t>

<section title="300 Multiple Choices" anchor="status.300">
  <iref primary="true" item="300 Multiple Choices (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="300 Multiple Choices"/>
  
<t>
   The requested resource corresponds to any one of a set of
   representations, each with its own specific location, and agent-driven
   negotiation information (<xref target="content.negotiation"/>) is being provided so that
   the user (or user agent) can select a preferred representation and
   redirect its request to that location.
</t>
<t>
   Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
   containing a list of resource characteristics and location(s) from
   which the user or user agent can choose the one most appropriate. The
   entity format is specified by the media type given in the Content-Type
   header field. Depending upon the format and the capabilities of
   the user agent, selection of the most appropriate choice MAY be
   performed automatically. However, this specification does not define
   any standard for such automatic selection.
</t>
<t>
   If the server has a preferred choice of representation, it SHOULD
   include the specific URI for that representation in the Location
   field; user agents MAY use the Location field value for automatic
   redirection. This response is cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
</t>
</section>

<section title="301 Moved Permanently" anchor="status.301">
  <iref primary="true" item="301 Moved Permanently (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="301 Moved Permanently"/>
  
<t>
   The requested resource has been assigned a new permanent URI and any
   future references to this resource SHOULD use one of the returned
   URIs.  Clients with link editing capabilities ought to automatically
   re-link references to the Request-URI to one or more of the new
   references returned by the server, where possible. This response is
   cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
</t>
<t>
   The new permanent URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
   the new URI(s).
</t>

<t>
   If the 301 status code is received in response to a request method
   that is known to be "safe", as defined in <xref target="safe.methods"/>, then the
   request MAY be automatically redirected by the user agent without
   confirmation.  Otherwise, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
  <list><t>
      Note: When automatically redirecting a POST request after
      receiving a 301 status code, some existing HTTP/1.0 user agents
      will erroneously change it into a GET request.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="302 Found" anchor="status.302">
  <iref primary="true" item="302 Found (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="302 Found"/>
<t>
   The requested resource resides temporarily under a different URI.
   Since the redirection might be altered on occasion, the client SHOULD
   continue to use the Request-URI for future requests.  This response
   is only cacheable if indicated by a Cache-Control or Expires header
   field.
</t>
<t>
   The temporary URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
   the new URI(s).
</t>
<t>
   If the 302 status code is received in response to a request method
   that is known to be "safe", as defined in <xref target="safe.methods"/>, then the
   request MAY be automatically redirected by the user agent without
   confirmation.  Otherwise, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
  <list><t>
      Note: RFC 1945 and RFC 2068 specify that the client is not allowed
      to change the method on the redirected request.  However, most
      existing user agent implementations treat 302 as if it were a 303
      response, performing a GET on the Location field-value regardless
      of the original request method. The status codes 303 and 307 have
      been added for servers that wish to make unambiguously clear which
      kind of reaction is expected of the client.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="303 See Other" anchor="status.303">
  <iref primary="true" item="303 See Other (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="303 See Other"/>
  


<t>
   The response to the request can be found under a different URI and
   SHOULD be retrieved using a GET method on that resource. This method
   exists primarily to allow the output of a POST-activated script to
   redirect the user agent to a selected resource. The new URI is not a
   substitute reference for the originally requested resource. The 303
   response MUST NOT be cached, but the response to the second
   (redirected) request might be cacheable.
</t>
<t>
   The different URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
   the new URI(s).
  <list><t>
      Note: Many pre-HTTP/1.1 user agents do not understand the 303
      status. When interoperability with such clients is a concern, the
      302 status code may be used instead, since most user agents react
      to a 302 response as described here for 303.
  </t></list>
</t>

</section>

<section title="304 Not Modified" anchor="status.304">
  <iref primary="true" item="304 Not Modified (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="304 Not Modified"/>
  
<t>
   If the client has performed a conditional GET request and access is
   allowed, but the document has not been modified, the server SHOULD
   respond with this status code. The 304 response MUST NOT contain a
   message-body, and thus is always terminated by the first empty line
   after the header fields.
</t>
<t>
   The response MUST include the following header fields:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Date, unless its omission is required by <xref target="clockless.origin.server.operation"/></t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If a clockless origin server obeys these rules, and proxies and
   clients add their own Date to any response received without one (as
   already specified by <xref target="RFC2068"/>, Section 14.19), caches will operate
   correctly.
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>ETag and/or Content-Location, if the header would have been sent
        in a 200 response to the same request</t>
    <t>Expires, Cache-Control, and/or Vary, if the field-value might
        differ from that sent in any previous response for the same
        variant</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If the conditional GET used a strong cache validator (see <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>),
   the response SHOULD NOT  include other entity-headers.
   Otherwise (i.e., the conditional GET used a weak validator), the
   response MUST NOT include other entity-headers; this prevents
   inconsistencies between cached entity-bodies and updated headers.
</t>
<t>
   If a 304 response indicates an entity not currently cached, then the
   cache MUST disregard the response and repeat the request without the
   conditional.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache uses a received 304 response to update a cache entry, the
   cache MUST update the entry to reflect any new field values given in
   the response.
</t>
</section>

<section title="305 Use Proxy" anchor="status.305">
  <iref primary="true" item="305 Use Proxy (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="305 Use Proxy"/>
  

<t>
   The requested resource MUST be accessed through the proxy given by
   the Location field. The Location field gives the URI of the proxy.
   The recipient is expected to repeat this single request via the
   proxy. 305 responses MUST only be generated by origin servers.
  <list><t>
      Note: RFC 2068 was not clear that 305 was intended to redirect a
      single request, and to be generated by origin servers only.  Not
      observing these limitations has significant security consequences.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="306 (Unused)" anchor="status.306">
  <iref primary="true" item="306 (Unused) (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="306 (Unused)"/>
<t>
   The 306 status code was used in a previous version of the
   specification, is no longer used, and the code is reserved.
</t>
</section>

<section title="307 Temporary Redirect" anchor="status.307">
  <iref primary="true" item="307 Temporary Redirect (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="307 Temporary Redirect"/>
<t>
   The requested resource resides temporarily under a different URI.
   Since the redirection MAY be altered on occasion, the client SHOULD
   continue to use the Request-URI for future requests.  This response
   is only cacheable if indicated by a Cache-Control or Expires header
   field.
</t>
<t>
   The temporary URI SHOULD be given by the Location field in the
   response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity of the
   response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to
   the new URI(s), since many pre-HTTP/1.1 user agents do not
   understand the 307 status. Therefore, the note SHOULD contain the
   information necessary for a user to repeat the original request on
   the new URI.
</t>
<t>
   If the 307 status code is received in response to a request method
   that is known to be "safe", as defined in <xref target="safe.methods"/>, then the
   request MAY be automatically redirected by the user agent without
   confirmation.  Otherwise, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
   request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
   change the conditions under which the request was issued.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Client Error 4xx" anchor="status.4xx">
<t>
   The 4xx class of status code is intended for cases in which the
   client seems to have erred. Except when responding to a HEAD request,
   the server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
   condition. These status codes are applicable to any request method.
   User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the user.
</t>
<t>
   If the client is sending data, a server implementation using TCP
   SHOULD be careful to ensure that the client acknowledges receipt of
   the packet(s) containing the response, before the server closes the
   input connection. If the client continues sending data to the server
   after the close, the server's TCP stack will send a reset packet to
   the client, which may erase the client's unacknowledged input buffers
   before they can be read and interpreted by the HTTP application.
</t>

<section title="400 Bad Request" anchor="status.400">
  <iref primary="true" item="400 Bad Request (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="400 Bad Request"/>
  
<t>
   The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed
   syntax. The client SHOULD NOT  repeat the request without
   modifications.
</t>
</section>

<section title="401 Unauthorized" anchor="status.401">
  <iref primary="true" item="401 Unauthorized (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="401 Unauthorized"/>
  
<t>
   The request requires user authentication. The response MUST include a
   WWW-Authenticate header field (<xref target="header.www-authenticate"/>) containing a challenge
   applicable to the requested resource. The client MAY repeat the
   request with a suitable Authorization header field (<xref target="header.authorization"/>). If
   the request already included Authorization credentials, then the 401
   response indicates that authorization has been refused for those
   credentials. If the 401 response contains the same challenge as the
   prior response, and the user agent has already attempted
   authentication at least once, then the user SHOULD be presented the
   entity that was given in the response, since that entity might
   include relevant diagnostic information. HTTP access authentication
   is explained in "HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access
   Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>.
</t>

</section>

<section title="402 Payment Required" anchor="status.402">
  <iref primary="true" item="402 Payment Required (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="402 Payment Required"/>
<t>
   This code is reserved for future use.
</t>
</section>

<section title="403 Forbidden" anchor="status.403">
  <iref primary="true" item="403 Forbidden (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="403 Forbidden"/>
<t>
   The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it.
   Authorization will not help and the request SHOULD NOT  be repeated.
   If the request method was not HEAD and the server wishes to make
   public why the request has not been fulfilled, it SHOULD describe the
   reason for the refusal in the entity.  If the server does not wish to
   make this information available to the client, the status code 404
   (Not Found) can be used instead.
</t>
</section>

<section title="404 Not Found" anchor="status.404">
  <iref primary="true" item="404 Not Found (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="404 Not Found"/>
  
<t>
   The server has not found anything matching the Request-URI. No
   indication is given of whether the condition is temporary or
   permanent. The <xref target="status.410" format="none">410 (Gone)</xref> status code SHOULD be used if the server
   knows, through some internally configurable mechanism, that an old
   resource is permanently unavailable and has no forwarding address.
   This status code is commonly used when the server does not wish to
   reveal exactly why the request has been refused, or when no other
   response is applicable.
</t>
</section>

<section title="405 Method Not Allowed" anchor="status.405">
  <iref primary="true" item="405 Method Not Allowed (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="405 Method Not Allowed"/>
  

<t>
   The method specified in the Request-Line is not allowed for the
   resource identified by the Request-URI. The response MUST include an
   Allow header containing a list of valid methods for the requested
   resource.
</t>
</section>

<section title="406 Not Acceptable" anchor="status.406">
  <iref primary="true" item="406 Not Acceptable (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="406 Not Acceptable"/>
  
<t>
   The resource identified by the request is only capable of generating
   response entities which have content characteristics not acceptable
   according to the accept headers sent in the request.
</t>
<t>
   Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
   containing a list of available entity characteristics and location(s)
   from which the user or user agent can choose the one most
   appropriate. The entity format is specified by the media type given
   in the Content-Type header field. Depending upon the format and the
   capabilities of the user agent, selection of the most appropriate
   choice MAY be performed automatically. However, this specification
   does not define any standard for such automatic selection.
  <list><t>
      Note: HTTP/1.1 servers are allowed to return responses which are
      not acceptable according to the accept headers sent in the
      request. In some cases, this may even be preferable to sending a
      406 response. User agents are encouraged to inspect the headers of
      an incoming response to determine if it is acceptable.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   If the response could be unacceptable, a user agent SHOULD
   temporarily stop receipt of more data and query the user for a
   decision on further actions.
</t>
</section>

<section title="407 Proxy Authentication Required" anchor="status.407">
  <iref primary="true" item="407 Proxy Authentication Required (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="407 Proxy Authentication Required"/>
  
<t>
   This code is similar to <xref target="status.401" format="none">401 (Unauthorized)</xref>, but indicates that the
   client must first authenticate itself with the proxy. The proxy MUST
   return a Proxy-Authenticate header field (<xref target="header.proxy-authenticate"/>) containing a
   challenge applicable to the proxy for the requested resource. The
   client MAY repeat the request with a suitable Proxy-Authorization
   header field (<xref target="header.proxy-authorization"/>). HTTP access authentication is explained
   in "HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication"
   <xref target="RFC2617"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="408 Request Timeout" anchor="status.408">
  <iref primary="true" item="408 Request Timeout (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="408 Request Timeout"/>
<t>
   The client did not produce a request within the time that the server
   was prepared to wait. The client MAY repeat the request without
   modifications at any later time.
</t>
</section>

<section title="409 Conflict" anchor="status.409">
  <iref primary="true" item="409 Conflict (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="409 Conflict"/>
<t>
   The request could not be completed due to a conflict with the current
   state of the resource. This code is only allowed in situations where
   it is expected that the user might be able to resolve the conflict
   and resubmit the request. The response body SHOULD include enough
   information for the user to recognize the source of the conflict.
   Ideally, the response entity would include enough information for the
   user or user agent to fix the problem; however, that might not be
   possible and is not required.
</t>
<t>
   Conflicts are most likely to occur in response to a PUT request. For
   example, if versioning were being used and the entity being PUT
   included changes to a resource which conflict with those made by an
   earlier (third-party) request, the server might use the 409 response
   to indicate that it can't complete the request. In this case, the
   response entity would likely contain a list of the differences
   between the two versions in a format defined by the response
   Content-Type.
</t>
</section>

<section title="410 Gone" anchor="status.410">
  <iref primary="true" item="410 Gone (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="410 Gone"/>
  
<t>
   The requested resource is no longer available at the server and no
   forwarding address is known. This condition is expected to be
   considered permanent. Clients with link editing capabilities SHOULD
   delete references to the Request-URI after user approval. If the
   server does not know, or has no facility to determine, whether or not
   the condition is permanent, the status code <xref target="status.404" format="none">404 (Not Found)</xref> SHOULD be
   used instead. This response is cacheable unless indicated otherwise.
</t>
<t>
   The 410 response is primarily intended to assist the task of web
   maintenance by notifying the recipient that the resource is
   intentionally unavailable and that the server owners desire that
   remote links to that resource be removed. Such an event is common for
   limited-time, promotional services and for resources belonging to
   individuals no longer working at the server's site. It is not
   necessary to mark all permanently unavailable resources as "gone" or
   to keep the mark for any length of time -- that is left to the
   discretion of the server owner.
</t>
</section>

<section title="411 Length Required" anchor="status.411">
  <iref primary="true" item="411 Length Required (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="411 Length Required"/>
  
<t>
   The server refuses to accept the request without a defined Content-Length.
   The client MAY repeat the request if it adds a valid
   Content-Length header field containing the length of the message-body
   in the request message.
</t>
</section>

<section title="412 Precondition Failed" anchor="status.412">
  <iref primary="true" item="412 Precondition Failed (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="412 Precondition Failed"/>
  
<t>
   The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields
   evaluated to false when it was tested on the server. This response
   code allows the client to place preconditions on the current resource
   metainformation (header field data) and thus prevent the requested
   method from being applied to a resource other than the one intended.
</t>
</section>

<section title="413 Request Entity Too Large" anchor="status.413">
  <iref primary="true" item="413 Request Entity Too Large (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="413 Request Entity Too Large"/>
<t>
   The server is refusing to process a request because the request
   entity is larger than the server is willing or able to process. The
   server MAY close the connection to prevent the client from continuing
   the request.
</t>
<t>
   If the condition is temporary, the server SHOULD include a Retry-After
   header field to indicate that it is temporary and after what
   time the client MAY try again.
</t>
</section>

<section title="414 Request-URI Too Long" anchor="status.414">
  <iref primary="true" item="414 Request-URI Too Long (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="414 Request-URI Too Long"/>
  
<t>
   The server is refusing to service the request because the Request-URI
   is longer than the server is willing to interpret. This rare
   condition is only likely to occur when a client has improperly
   converted a POST request to a GET request with long query
   information, when the client has descended into a URI "black hole" of
   redirection (e.g., a redirected URI prefix that points to a suffix of
   itself), or when the server is under attack by a client attempting to
   exploit security holes present in some servers using fixed-length
   buffers for reading or manipulating the Request-URI.
</t>
</section>

<section title="415 Unsupported Media Type" anchor="status.415">
  <iref primary="true" item="415 Unsupported Media Type (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="415 Unsupported Media Type"/>
  
<t>
   The server is refusing to service the request because the entity of
   the request is in a format not supported by the requested resource
   for the requested method.
</t>
</section>

<section title="416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable" anchor="status.416">
  <iref primary="true" item="416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable"/>
  
<t>
   A server SHOULD return a response with this status code if a request
   included a Range request-header field (<xref target="header.range"/>), and none of
   the range-specifier values in this field overlap the current extent
   of the selected resource, and the request did not include an If-Range
   request-header field. (For byte-ranges, this means that the first-byte-pos
   of all of the byte-range-spec values were greater than the
   current length of the selected resource.)
</t>
<t>
   When this status code is returned for a byte-range request, the
   response SHOULD include a Content-Range entity-header field
   specifying the current length of the selected resource (see <xref target="header.content-range"/>).
   This response MUST NOT use the multipart/byteranges content-type.
</t>
</section>

<section title="417 Expectation Failed" anchor="status.417">
  <iref primary="true" item="417 Expectation Failed (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="417 Expectation Failed"/>
  
<t>
   The expectation given in an Expect request-header field (see <xref target="header.expect"/>)
   could not be met by this server, or, if the server is a proxy,
   the server has unambiguous evidence that the request could not be met
   by the next-hop server.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Server Error 5xx" anchor="status.5xx">
<t>
   Response status codes beginning with the digit "5" indicate cases in
   which the server is aware that it has erred or is incapable of
   performing the request. Except when responding to a HEAD request, the
   server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
   error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
   condition. User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the
   user. These response codes are applicable to any request method.
</t>

<section title="500 Internal Server Error" anchor="status.500">
  <iref primary="true" item="500 Internal Server Error (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="500 Internal Server Error"/>
  
<t>
   The server encountered an unexpected condition which prevented it
   from fulfilling the request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="501 Not Implemented" anchor="status.501">
  <iref primary="true" item="501 Not Implemented (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="501 Not Implemented"/>
  
<t>
   The server does not support the functionality required to fulfill the
   request. This is the appropriate response when the server does not
   recognize the request method and is not capable of supporting it for
   any resource.
</t>
</section>

<section title="502 Bad Gateway" anchor="status.502">
  <iref primary="true" item="502 Bad Gateway (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="502 Bad Gateway"/>
<t>
   The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid
   response from the upstream server it accessed in attempting to
   fulfill the request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="503 Service Unavailable" anchor="status.503">
  <iref primary="true" item="503 Service Unavailable (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="503 Service Unavailable"/>
  
<t>
   The server is currently unable to handle the request due to a
   temporary overloading or maintenance of the server. The implication
   is that this is a temporary condition which will be alleviated after
   some delay. If known, the length of the delay MAY be indicated in a
   Retry-After header. If no Retry-After is given, the client SHOULD
   handle the response as it would for a 500 response.
  <list><t>
      Note: The existence of the 503 status code does not imply that a
      server must use it when becoming overloaded. Some servers may wish
      to simply refuse the connection.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="504 Gateway Timeout" anchor="status.504">
  <iref primary="true" item="504 Gateway Timeout (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="504 Gateway Timeout"/>
  
<t>
   The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a
   timely response from the upstream server specified by the URI (e.g.
   HTTP, FTP, LDAP) or some other auxiliary server (e.g. DNS) it needed
   to access in attempting to complete the request.
  <list><t>
      Note: Note to implementors: some deployed proxies are known to
      return 400 or 500 when DNS lookups time out.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="505 HTTP Version Not Supported" anchor="status.505">
  <iref primary="true" item="505 HTTP Version Not Supported (status code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Status Codes" subitem="505 HTTP Version Not Supported"/>
<t>
   The server does not support, or refuses to support, the HTTP protocol
   version that was used in the request message. The server is
   indicating that it is unable or unwilling to complete the request
   using the same major version as the client, as described in <xref target="http.version"/>,
   other than with this error message. The response SHOULD contain
   an entity describing why that version is not supported and what other
   protocols are supported by that server.
</t>

</section>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Access Authentication" anchor="access.authentication">
<t>
   HTTP provides several OPTIONAL challenge-response authentication

   mechanisms which can be used by a server to challenge a client
   request and by a client to provide authentication information. The
   general framework for access authentication, and the specification of
   "basic" and "digest" authentication, are specified in "HTTP
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>. This
   specification adopts the definitions of "challenge" and "credentials"
   from that specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content Negotiation" anchor="content.negotiation">

<t>
   Most HTTP responses include an entity which contains information for
   interpretation by a human user. Naturally, it is desirable to supply
   the user with the "best available" entity corresponding to the
   request. Unfortunately for servers and caches, not all users have the
   same preferences for what is "best," and not all user agents are
   equally capable of rendering all entity types. For that reason, HTTP
   has provisions for several mechanisms for "content negotiation" --
   the process of selecting the best representation for a given response
   when there are multiple representations available.
  <list><t>
      Note: This is not called "format negotiation" because the
      alternate representations may be of the same media type, but use
      different capabilities of that type, be in different languages,
      etc.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   Any response containing an entity-body MAY be subject to negotiation,
   including error responses.
</t>
<t>
   There are two kinds of content negotiation which are possible in
   HTTP: server-driven and agent-driven negotiation. These two kinds of
   negotiation are orthogonal and thus may be used separately or in
   combination. One method of combination, referred to as transparent
   negotiation, occurs when a cache uses the agent-driven negotiation
   information provided by the origin server in order to provide
   server-driven negotiation for subsequent requests.
</t>

<section title="Server-driven Negotiation" anchor="server-driven.negotiation">
<t>
   If the selection of the best representation for a response is made by
   an algorithm located at the server, it is called server-driven
   negotiation. Selection is based on the available representations of
   the response (the dimensions over which it can vary; e.g. language,
   content-coding, etc.) and the contents of particular header fields in
   the request message or on other information pertaining to the request
   (such as the network address of the client).
</t>
<t>
   Server-driven negotiation is advantageous when the algorithm for
   selecting from among the available representations is difficult to
   describe to the user agent, or when the server desires to send its
   "best guess" to the client along with the first response (hoping to
   avoid the round-trip delay of a subsequent request if the "best
   guess" is good enough for the user). In order to improve the server's
   guess, the user agent MAY include request header fields (Accept,
   Accept-Language, Accept-Encoding, etc.) which describe its
   preferences for such a response.
</t>
<t>
   Server-driven negotiation has disadvantages:
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>
         It is impossible for the server to accurately determine what
         might be "best" for any given user, since that would require
         complete knowledge of both the capabilities of the user agent
         and the intended use for the response (e.g., does the user want
         to view it on screen or print it on paper?).
    </t>
    <t>
         Having the user agent describe its capabilities in every
         request can be both very inefficient (given that only a small
         percentage of responses have multiple representations) and a
         potential violation of the user's privacy.
    </t>
    <t>
         It complicates the implementation of an origin server and the
         algorithms for generating responses to a request.
    </t>
    <t>
         It may limit a public cache's ability to use the same response
         for multiple user's requests.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 includes the following request-header fields for enabling
   server-driven negotiation through description of user agent
   capabilities and user preferences: Accept (<xref target="header.accept"/>), Accept-Charset
   (<xref target="header.accept-charset"/>), Accept-Encoding (<xref target="header.accept-encoding"/>), Accept-Language
   (<xref target="header.accept-language"/>), and User-Agent (<xref target="header.user-agent"/>). However, an
   origin server is not limited to these dimensions and MAY vary the
   response based on any aspect of the request, including information
   outside the request-header fields or within extension header fields
   not defined by this specification.
</t>
<t>
   The Vary  header field can be used to express the parameters the
   server uses to select a representation that is subject to server-driven
   negotiation. See <xref target="caching.negotiated.responses"/> for use of the Vary header field
   by caches and <xref target="header.vary"/> for use of the Vary header field by
   servers.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Agent-driven Negotiation" anchor="agent-driven.negotiation">
<t>
   With agent-driven negotiation, selection of the best representation
   for a response is performed by the user agent after receiving an
   initial response from the origin server. Selection is based on a list
   of the available representations of the response included within the
   header fields or entity-body of the initial response, with each
   representation identified by its own URI. Selection from among the
   representations may be performed automatically (if the user agent is
   capable of doing so) or manually by the user selecting from a
   generated (possibly hypertext) menu.
</t>
<t>
   Agent-driven negotiation is advantageous when the response would vary
   over commonly-used dimensions (such as type, language, or encoding),
   when the origin server is unable to determine a user agent's
   capabilities from examining the request, and generally when public
   caches are used to distribute server load and reduce network usage.
</t>
<t>
   Agent-driven negotiation suffers from the disadvantage of needing a
   second request to obtain the best alternate representation. This
   second request is only efficient when caching is used. In addition,
   this specification does not define any mechanism for supporting
   automatic selection, though it also does not prevent any such
   mechanism from being developed as an extension and used within
   HTTP/1.1.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 defines the <xref target="status.300" format="none">300 (Multiple Choices)</xref> and <xref target="status.406" format="none">406 (Not Acceptable)</xref>
   status codes for enabling agent-driven negotiation when the server is
   unwilling or unable to provide a varying response using server-driven
   negotiation.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Transparent Negotiation" anchor="transparent.negotiation">
<t>
   Transparent negotiation is a combination of both server-driven and
   agent-driven negotiation. When a cache is supplied with a form of the
   list of available representations of the response (as in agent-driven
   negotiation) and the dimensions of variance are completely understood
   by the cache, then the cache becomes capable of performing server-driven
   negotiation on behalf of the origin server for subsequent
   requests on that resource.
</t>
<t>
   Transparent negotiation has the advantage of distributing the
   negotiation work that would otherwise be required of the origin
   server and also removing the second request delay of agent-driven
   negotiation when the cache is able to correctly guess the right
   response.
</t>
<t>
   This specification does not define any mechanism for transparent
   negotiation, though it also does not prevent any such mechanism from
   being developed as an extension that could be used within HTTP/1.1.
</t>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Caching in HTTP" anchor="caching">

<t>
   HTTP is typically used for distributed information systems, where
   performance can be improved by the use of response caches. The
   HTTP/1.1 protocol includes a number of elements intended to make
   caching work as well as possible. Because these elements are
   inextricable from other aspects of the protocol, and because they
   interact with each other, it is useful to describe the basic caching
   design of HTTP separately from the detailed descriptions of methods,
   headers, response codes, etc.
</t>
<t>
   Caching would be useless if it did not significantly improve
   performance. The goal of caching in HTTP/1.1 is to eliminate the need
   to send requests in many cases, and to eliminate the need to send
   full responses in many other cases. The former reduces the number of
   network round-trips required for many operations; we use an
   "expiration" mechanism for this purpose (see <xref target="expiration.model"/>). The
   latter reduces network bandwidth requirements; we use a "validation"
   mechanism for this purpose (see <xref target="validation.model"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Requirements for performance, availability, and disconnected
   operation require us to be able to relax the goal of semantic
   transparency. The HTTP/1.1 protocol allows origin servers, caches,
   and clients to explicitly reduce transparency when necessary.
   However, because non-transparent operation may confuse non-expert
   users, and might be incompatible with certain server applications
   (such as those for ordering merchandise), the protocol requires that
   transparency be relaxed
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>only by an explicit protocol-level request when relaxed by
        client or origin server</t>

     <t>only with an explicit warning to the end user when relaxed by
        cache or client</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Therefore, the HTTP/1.1 protocol provides these important elements:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>Protocol features that provide full semantic transparency when
         this is required by all parties.</t>

      <t>Protocol features that allow an origin server or user agent to
         explicitly request and control non-transparent operation.</t>

      <t>Protocol features that allow a cache to attach warnings to
         responses that do not preserve the requested approximation of
         semantic transparency.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   A basic principle is that it must be possible for the clients to
   detect any potential relaxation of semantic transparency.
  <list><t>
      Note: The server, cache, or client implementor might be faced with
      design decisions not explicitly discussed in this specification.
      If a decision might affect semantic transparency, the implementor
      ought to err on the side of maintaining transparency unless a
      careful and complete analysis shows significant benefits in
      breaking transparency.
    </t></list>
</t>

<section title="">

<section title="Cache Correctness" anchor="cache.correctness">
<t>
   A correct cache MUST respond to a request with the most up-to-date
   response held by the cache that is appropriate to the request (see
   Sections <xref target="disambiguating.expiration.values" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="disambiguating.multiple.responses" format="counter"/>,
   and <xref target="cache.replacement" format="counter"/>) which meets one of the following
   conditions:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>It has been checked for equivalence with what the origin server
         would have returned by revalidating the response with the
         origin server (<xref target="validation.model"/>);</t>

      <t>It is "fresh enough" (see <xref target="expiration.model"/>). In the default case,
         this means it meets the least restrictive freshness requirement
         of the client, origin server, and cache (see <xref target="header.cache-control"/>); if
         the origin server so specifies, it is the freshness requirement
         of the origin server alone.

         If a stored response is not "fresh enough" by the most
         restrictive freshness requirement of both the client and the
         origin server, in carefully considered circumstances the cache
         MAY still return the response with the appropriate Warning
         header (see Section <xref target="exceptions.to.the.rules.and.warnings" format="counter"/>
         and <xref target="header.warning" format="counter"/>), unless such a response
         is prohibited (e.g., by a "no-store" cache-directive, or by a
         "no-cache" cache-request-directive; see <xref target="header.cache-control"/>).</t>

      <t>It is an appropriate <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>, <xref target="status.305" format="none">305 (Use Proxy)</xref>,
         or error (4xx or 5xx) response message.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If the cache can not communicate with the origin server, then a
   correct cache SHOULD respond as above if the response can be
   correctly served from the cache; if not it MUST return an error or
   warning indicating that there was a communication failure.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache receives a response (either an entire response, or a 304
   (Not Modified) response) that it would normally forward to the
   requesting client, and the received response is no longer fresh, the
   cache SHOULD forward it to the requesting client without adding a new
   Warning (but without removing any existing Warning headers). A cache
   SHOULD NOT  attempt to revalidate a response simply because that
   response became stale in transit; this might lead to an infinite
   loop. A user agent that receives a stale response without a Warning
   MAY display a warning indication to the user.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Warnings" anchor="warnings">

<t>
   Whenever a cache returns a response that is neither first-hand nor
   "fresh enough" (in the sense of condition 2 in <xref target="cache.correctness"/>), it
   MUST attach a warning to that effect, using a Warning general-header.
   The Warning header and the currently defined warnings are described
   in <xref target="header.warning"/>. The warning allows clients to take appropriate
   action.
</t>
<t>
   Warnings MAY be used for other purposes, both cache-related and
   otherwise. The use of a warning, rather than an error status code,
   distinguish these responses from true failures.
</t>
<t>
   Warnings are assigned three digit warn-codes. The first digit
   indicates whether the Warning MUST or MUST NOT be deleted from a
   stored cache entry after a successful revalidation:
</t>
<t>
  <list style="hanging">
    <t hangText="1xx">Warnings that describe the freshness or revalidation status of
     the response, and so MUST be deleted after a successful
     revalidation. 1xx warn-codes MAY be generated by a cache only when
     validating a cached entry. It MUST NOT be generated by clients.</t>

    <t hangText="2xx">Warnings that describe some aspect of the entity body or entity
     headers that is not rectified by a revalidation (for example, a
     lossy compression of the entity bodies) and which MUST NOT be
     deleted after a successful revalidation.</t>
    </list>
</t>
<t>
   See <xref target="header.warning"/> for the definitions of the codes themselves.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.0 caches will cache all Warnings in responses, without
   deleting the ones in the first category. Warnings in responses that
   are passed to HTTP/1.0 caches carry an extra warning-date field,
   which prevents a future HTTP/1.1 recipient from believing an
   erroneously cached Warning.
</t>
<t>
   Warnings also carry a warning text. The text MAY be in any
   appropriate natural language (perhaps based on the client's Accept
   headers), and include an OPTIONAL indication of what character set is
   used.
</t>
<t>
   Multiple warnings MAY be attached to a response (either by the origin
   server or by a cache), including multiple warnings with the same code
   number. For example, a server might provide the same warning with
   texts in both English and Basque.
</t>
<t>
   When multiple warnings are attached to a response, it might not be
   practical or reasonable to display all of them to the user. This
   version of HTTP does not specify strict priority rules for deciding
   which warnings to display and in what order, but does suggest some
   heuristics.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Cache-control Mechanisms" anchor="cache-control.mechanisms">
<t>
   The basic cache mechanisms in HTTP/1.1 (server-specified expiration
   times and validators) are implicit directives to caches. In some
   cases, a server or client might need to provide explicit directives
   to the HTTP caches. We use the Cache-Control header for this purpose.
</t>
<t>
   The Cache-Control header allows a client or server to transmit a
   variety of directives in either requests or responses. These
   directives typically override the default caching algorithms. As a
   general rule, if there is any apparent conflict between header
   values, the most restrictive interpretation is applied (that is, the
   one that is most likely to preserve semantic transparency). However,
   in some cases, cache-control directives are explicitly specified as
   weakening the approximation of semantic transparency (for example,
   "max-stale" or "public").
</t>
<t>
   The cache-control directives are described in detail in <xref target="header.cache-control"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Explicit User Agent Warnings" anchor="explicit.ua.warnings">
<t>
   Many user agents make it possible for users to override the basic
   caching mechanisms. For example, the user agent might allow the user
   to specify that cached entities (even explicitly stale ones) are
   never validated. Or the user agent might habitually add "Cache-Control:
   max-stale=3600" to every request. The user agent SHOULD NOT 
   default to either non-transparent behavior, or behavior that results
   in abnormally ineffective caching, but MAY be explicitly configured
   to do so by an explicit action of the user.
</t>
<t>
   If the user has overridden the basic caching mechanisms, the user
   agent SHOULD explicitly indicate to the user whenever this results in
   the display of information that might not meet the server's
   transparency requirements (in particular, if the displayed entity is
   known to be stale). Since the protocol normally allows the user agent
   to determine if responses are stale or not, this indication need only
   be displayed when this actually happens. The indication need not be a
   dialog box; it could be an icon (for example, a picture of a rotting
   fish) or some other indicator.
</t>
<t>
   If the user has overridden the caching mechanisms in a way that would
   abnormally reduce the effectiveness of caches, the user agent SHOULD
   continually indicate this state to the user (for example, by a
   display of a picture of currency in flames) so that the user does not
   inadvertently consume excess resources or suffer from excessive
   latency.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Exceptions to the Rules and Warnings" anchor="exceptions.to.the.rules.and.warnings">
<t>
   In some cases, the operator of a cache MAY choose to configure it to
   return stale responses even when not requested by clients. This
   decision ought not be made lightly, but may be necessary for reasons
   of availability or performance, especially when the cache is poorly
   connected to the origin server. Whenever a cache returns a stale
   response, it MUST mark it as such (using a Warning header) enabling
   the client software to alert the user that there might be a potential
   problem.
</t>
<t>
   It also allows the user agent to take steps to obtain a first-hand or
   fresh response. For this reason, a cache SHOULD NOT  return a stale
   response if the client explicitly requests a first-hand or fresh one,
   unless it is impossible to comply for technical or policy reasons.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Client-controlled Behavior" anchor="client-controlled.behavior">
<t>
   While the origin server (and to a lesser extent, intermediate caches,
   by their contribution to the age of a response) are the primary
   source of expiration information, in some cases the client might need
   to control a cache's decision about whether to return a cached
   response without validating it. Clients do this using several
   directives of the Cache-Control header.
</t>
<t>
   A client's request MAY specify the maximum age it is willing to
   accept of an unvalidated response; specifying a value of zero forces
   the cache(s) to revalidate all responses. A client MAY also specify
   the minimum time remaining before a response expires. Both of these
   options increase constraints on the behavior of caches, and so cannot
   further relax the cache's approximation of semantic transparency.
</t>
<t>
   A client MAY also specify that it will accept stale responses, up to
   some maximum amount of staleness. This loosens the constraints on the
   caches, and so might violate the origin server's specified
   constraints on semantic transparency, but might be necessary to
   support disconnected operation, or high availability in the face of
   poor connectivity.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Expiration Model" anchor="expiration.model">

<section title="Server-Specified Expiration" anchor="server-specified.expiration">
<t>
   HTTP caching works best when caches can entirely avoid making
   requests to the origin server. The primary mechanism for avoiding
   requests is for an origin server to provide an explicit expiration
   time in the future, indicating that a response MAY be used to satisfy
   subsequent requests. In other words, a cache can return a fresh
   response without first contacting the server.
</t>
<t>
   Our expectation is that servers will assign future explicit
   expiration times to responses in the belief that the entity is not
   likely to change, in a semantically significant way, before the
   expiration time is reached. This normally preserves semantic
   transparency, as long as the server's expiration times are carefully
   chosen.
</t>
<t>
   The expiration mechanism applies only to responses taken from a cache
   and not to first-hand responses forwarded immediately to the
   requesting client.
</t>
<t>
   If an origin server wishes to force a semantically transparent cache
   to validate every request, it MAY assign an explicit expiration time
   in the past. This means that the response is always stale, and so the
   cache SHOULD validate it before using it for subsequent requests. See
   <xref target="cache.revalidation.and.reload.controls"/> for a more restrictive way to force revalidation.
</t>
<t>
   If an origin server wishes to force any HTTP/1.1 cache, no matter how
   it is configured, to validate every request, it SHOULD use the "must-revalidate"
   cache-control directive (see <xref target="header.cache-control"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Servers specify explicit expiration times using either the Expires
   header, or the max-age directive of the Cache-Control header.
</t>
<t>
   An expiration time cannot be used to force a user agent to refresh
   its display or reload a resource; its semantics apply only to caching
   mechanisms, and such mechanisms need only check a resource's
   expiration status when a new request for that resource is initiated.
   See <xref target="history.lists"/> for an explanation of the difference between caches
   and history mechanisms.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Heuristic Expiration" anchor="heuristic.expiration">

<t>
   Since origin servers do not always provide explicit expiration times,
   HTTP caches typically assign heuristic expiration times, employing
   algorithms that use other header values (such as the Last-Modified
   time) to estimate a plausible expiration time. The HTTP/1.1
   specification does not provide specific algorithms, but does impose
   worst-case constraints on their results. Since heuristic expiration
   times might compromise semantic transparency, they ought to be used
   cautiously, and we encourage origin servers to provide explicit
   expiration times as much as possible.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Age Calculations" anchor="age.calculations">
<t>
   In order to know if a cached entry is fresh, a cache needs to know if
   its age exceeds its freshness lifetime. We discuss how to calculate
   the latter in <xref target="expiration.calculations"/>; this section describes how to calculate
   the age of a response or cache entry.
</t>
<t>
   In this discussion, we use the term "now" to mean "the current value
   of the clock at the host performing the calculation." Hosts that use
   HTTP, but especially hosts running origin servers and caches, SHOULD
   use NTP <xref target="RFC1305"/> or some similar protocol to synchronize their clocks to
   a globally accurate time standard.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 requires origin servers to send a Date header, if possible,
   with every response, giving the time at which the response was
   generated (see <xref target="header.date"/>). We use the term "date_value" to denote
   the value of the Date header, in a form appropriate for arithmetic
   operations.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 uses the Age response-header to convey the estimated age of
   the response message when obtained from a cache. The Age field value
   is the cache's estimate of the amount of time since the response was
   generated or revalidated by the origin server.
</t>
<t>
   In essence, the Age value is the sum of the time that the response
   has been resident in each of the caches along the path from the
   origin server, plus the amount of time it has been in transit along
   network paths.
</t>
<t>
   We use the term "age_value" to denote the value of the Age header, in
   a form appropriate for arithmetic operations.
</t>
<t>
   A response's age can be calculated in two entirely independent ways:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>now minus date_value, if the local clock is reasonably well
         synchronized to the origin server's clock. If the result is
         negative, the result is replaced by zero.</t>

      <t>age_value, if all of the caches along the response path
         implement HTTP/1.1.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Given that we have two independent ways to compute the age of a
   response when it is received, we can combine these as
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
    corrected_received_age = max(now - date_value, age_value)
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   and as long as we have either nearly synchronized clocks or all-HTTP/1.1
   paths, one gets a reliable (conservative) result.
</t>
<t>
   Because of network-imposed delays, some significant interval might
   pass between the time that a server generates a response and the time
   it is received at the next outbound cache or client. If uncorrected,
   this delay could result in improperly low ages.
</t>

<t>
   Because the request that resulted in the returned Age value must have
   been initiated prior to that Age value's generation, we can correct
   for delays imposed by the network by recording the time at which the
   request was initiated. Then, when an Age value is received, it MUST
   be interpreted relative to the time the request was initiated, not
   the time that the response was received. This algorithm results in
   conservative behavior no matter how much delay is experienced. So, we
   compute:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
   corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age
                         + (now - request_time)
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   where "request_time" is the time (according to the local clock) when
   the request that elicited this response was sent.
</t>
<t>
   Summary of age calculation algorithm, when a cache receives a
   response:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
   /*
    * age_value
    *      is the value of Age: header received by the cache with
    *              this response.
    * date_value
    *      is the value of the origin server's Date: header
    * request_time
    *      is the (local) time when the cache made the request
    *              that resulted in this cached response
    * response_time
    *      is the (local) time when the cache received the
    *              response
    * now
    *      is the current (local) time
    */

   apparent_age = max(0, response_time - date_value);
   corrected_received_age = max(apparent_age, age_value);
   response_delay = response_time - request_time;
   corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age + response_delay;
   resident_time = now - response_time;
   current_age   = corrected_initial_age + resident_time;
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The current_age of a cache entry is calculated by adding the amount
   of time (in seconds) since the cache entry was last validated by the
   origin server to the corrected_initial_age. When a response is
   generated from a cache entry, the cache MUST include a single Age
   header field in the response with a value equal to the cache entry's
   current_age.
</t>
<t>
   The presence of an Age header field in a response implies that a
   response is not first-hand. However, the converse is not true, since
   the lack of an Age header field in a response does not imply that the
   response is first-hand unless all caches along the request path are
   compliant with HTTP/1.1 (i.e., older HTTP caches did not implement
   the Age header field).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Expiration Calculations" anchor="expiration.calculations">
<t>
   In order to decide whether a response is fresh or stale, we need to
   compare its freshness lifetime to its age. The age is calculated as
   described in <xref target="age.calculations"/>; this section describes how to calculate
   the freshness lifetime, and to determine if a response has expired.
   In the discussion below, the values can be represented in any form
   appropriate for arithmetic operations.
</t>
<t>
   We use the term "expires_value" to denote the value of the Expires
   header. We use the term "max_age_value" to denote an appropriate
   value of the number of seconds carried by the "max-age" directive of
   the Cache-Control header in a response (see <xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism"/>).
</t>
<t>
   The max-age directive takes priority over Expires, so if max-age is
   present in a response, the calculation is simply:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
   freshness_lifetime = max_age_value
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Otherwise, if Expires is present in the response, the calculation is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
   freshness_lifetime = expires_value - date_value
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Note that neither of these calculations is vulnerable to clock skew,
   since all of the information comes from the origin server.
</t>
<t>
   If none of Expires, Cache-Control: max-age, or Cache-Control: s-maxage
   (see <xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism"/>) appears in the response, and the response
   does not include other restrictions on caching, the cache MAY compute
   a freshness lifetime using a heuristic. The cache MUST attach Warning
   113 to any response whose age is more than 24 hours if such warning
   has not already been added.
</t>
<t>
   Also, if the response does have a Last-Modified time, the heuristic
   expiration value SHOULD be no more than some fraction of the interval
   since that time. A typical setting of this fraction might be 10%.
</t>
<t>
   The calculation to determine if a response has expired is quite
   simple:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
   response_is_fresh = (freshness_lifetime > current_age)
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>

<section title="Disambiguating Expiration Values" anchor="disambiguating.expiration.values">
<t>
   Because expiration values are assigned optimistically, it is possible
   for two caches to contain fresh values for the same resource that are
   different.
</t>
<t>
   If a client performing a retrieval receives a non-first-hand response
   for a request that was already fresh in its own cache, and the Date
   header in its existing cache entry is newer than the Date on the new
   response, then the client MAY ignore the response. If so, it MAY
   retry the request with a "Cache-Control: max-age=0" directive (see
   <xref target="header.cache-control"/>), to force a check with the origin server.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache has two fresh responses for the same representation with
   different validators, it MUST use the one with the more recent Date
   header. This situation might arise because the cache is pooling
   responses from other caches, or because a client has asked for a
   reload or a revalidation of an apparently fresh cache entry.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Disambiguating Multiple Responses" anchor="disambiguating.multiple.responses">
<t>
   Because a client might be receiving responses via multiple paths, so
   that some responses flow through one set of caches and other
   responses flow through a different set of caches, a client might
   receive responses in an order different from that in which the origin
   server sent them. We would like the client to use the most recently
   generated response, even if older responses are still apparently
   fresh.
</t>
<t>
   Neither the entity tag nor the expiration value can impose an
   ordering on responses, since it is possible that a later response
   intentionally carries an earlier expiration time. The Date values are
   ordered to a granularity of one second.
</t>
<t>
   When a client tries to revalidate a cache entry, and the response it
   receives contains a Date header that appears to be older than the one
   for the existing entry, then the client SHOULD repeat the request
   unconditionally, and include
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Cache-Control: max-age=0
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   to force any intermediate caches to validate their copies directly
   with the origin server, or
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Cache-Control: no-cache
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   to force any intermediate caches to obtain a new copy from the origin
   server.
</t>
<t>
   If the Date values are equal, then the client MAY use either response
   (or MAY, if it is being extremely prudent, request a new response).
   Servers MUST NOT depend on clients being able to choose
   deterministically between responses generated during the same second,
   if their expiration times overlap.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Validation Model" anchor="validation.model">
<t>
   When a cache has a stale entry that it would like to use as a
   response to a client's request, it first has to check with the origin
   server (or possibly an intermediate cache with a fresh response) to
   see if its cached entry is still usable. We call this "validating"
   the cache entry. Since we do not want to have to pay the overhead of
   retransmitting the full response if the cached entry is good, and we
   do not want to pay the overhead of an extra round trip if the cached
   entry is invalid, the HTTP/1.1 protocol supports the use of
   conditional methods.
</t>
<t>
   The key protocol features for supporting conditional methods are
   those concerned with "cache validators." When an origin server
   generates a full response, it attaches some sort of validator to it,
   which is kept with the cache entry. When a client (user agent or
   proxy cache) makes a conditional request for a resource for which it
   has a cache entry, it includes the associated validator in the
   request.
</t>
<t>
   The server then checks that validator against the current validator
   for the entity, and, if they match (see <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>), it responds
   with a special status code (usually, <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>) and no
   entity-body. Otherwise, it returns a full response (including
   entity-body). Thus, we avoid transmitting the full response if the
   validator matches, and we avoid an extra round trip if it does not
   match.
</t>
<t>
   In HTTP/1.1, a conditional request looks exactly the same as a normal
   request for the same resource, except that it carries a special
   header (which includes the validator) that implicitly turns the
   method (usually, GET) into a conditional.
</t>
<t>
   The protocol includes both positive and negative senses of cache-validating
   conditions. That is, it is possible to request either that
   a method be performed if and only if a validator matches or if and
   only if no validators match.
  <list><t>
      Note: a response that lacks a validator may still be cached, and
      served from cache until it expires, unless this is explicitly
      prohibited by a cache-control directive. However, a cache cannot
      do a conditional retrieval if it does not have a validator for the
      entity, which means it will not be refreshable after it expires.
  </t></list>
</t>

<section title="Last-Modified Dates" anchor="last-modified.dates">
<t>
   The Last-Modified entity-header field value is often used as a cache
   validator. In simple terms, a cache entry is considered to be valid
   if the entity has not been modified since the Last-Modified value.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Entity Tag Cache Validators" anchor="entity.tag.cache.validators">
<t>
   The ETag response-header field value, an entity tag, provides for an
   "opaque" cache validator. This might allow more reliable validation
   in situations where it is inconvenient to store modification dates,
   where the one-second resolution of HTTP date values is not
   sufficient, or where the origin server wishes to avoid certain
   paradoxes that might arise from the use of modification dates.
</t>
<t>
   Entity Tags are described in <xref target="entity.tags"/>. The headers used with
   entity tags are described in Sections <xref target="header.etag" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="header.if-match" format="counter"/>, <xref target="header.if-none-match" format="counter"/>
   and <xref target="header.vary" format="counter"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Weak and Strong Validators" anchor="weak.and.strong.validators">
<t>
   Since both origin servers and caches will compare two validators to
   decide if they represent the same or different entities, one normally
   would expect that if the entity (the entity-body or any entity-headers)
   changes in any way, then the associated validator would
   change as well. If this is true, then we call this validator a
   "strong validator."
</t>
<t>
   However, there might be cases when a server prefers to change the
   validator only on semantically significant changes, and not when
   insignificant aspects of the entity change. A validator that does not
   always change when the resource changes is a "weak validator."
</t>
<t>
   Entity tags are normally "strong validators," but the protocol
   provides a mechanism to tag an entity tag as "weak." One can think of
   a strong validator as one that changes whenever the bits of an entity
   changes, while a weak value changes whenever the meaning of an entity
   changes. Alternatively, one can think of a strong validator as part
   of an identifier for a specific entity, while a weak validator is
   part of an identifier for a set of semantically equivalent entities.
  <list><t>
      Note: One example of a strong validator is an integer that is
      incremented in stable storage every time an entity is changed.
    </t><t>
      An entity's modification time, if represented with one-second
      resolution, could be a weak validator, since it is possible that
      the resource might be modified twice during a single second.
    </t><t>
      Support for weak validators is optional. However, weak validators
      allow for more efficient caching of equivalent objects; for
      example, a hit counter on a site is probably good enough if it is
      updated every few days or weeks, and any value during that period
      is likely "good enough" to be equivalent.
    </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   A "use" of a validator is either when a client generates a request
   and includes the validator in a validating header field, or when a
   server compares two validators.
</t>
<t>
   Strong validators are usable in any context. Weak validators are only
   usable in contexts that do not depend on exact equality of an entity.
   For example, either kind is usable for a conditional GET of a full
   entity. However, only a strong validator is usable for a sub-range
   retrieval, since otherwise the client might end up with an internally
   inconsistent entity.
</t>
<t>
   Clients MAY issue simple (non-subrange) GET requests with either weak
   validators or strong validators. Clients MUST NOT use weak validators
   in other forms of request.
</t>
<t>
   The only function that the HTTP/1.1 protocol defines on validators is
   comparison. There are two validator comparison functions, depending
   on whether the comparison context allows the use of weak validators
   or not:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The strong comparison function: in order to be considered equal,
        both validators MUST be identical in every way, and both MUST NOT
        be weak.</t>
     <t>The weak comparison function: in order to be considered equal,
        both validators MUST be identical in every way, but either or
        both of them MAY be tagged as "weak" without affecting the
        result.</t>
  </list>
</t>


<t>
   An entity tag is strong unless it is explicitly tagged as weak.
   <xref target="entity.tags"/> gives the syntax for entity tags.
</t>
<t>
   A Last-Modified time, when used as a validator in a request, is
   implicitly weak unless it is possible to deduce that it is strong,
   using the following rules:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The validator is being compared by an origin server to the
        actual current validator for the entity and,</t>
     <t>That origin server reliably knows that the associated entity did
        not change twice during the second covered by the presented
        validator.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   or
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The validator is about to be used by a client in an If-Modified-Since
        or If-Unmodified-Since header, because the client
        has a cache entry for the associated entity, and</t>
     <t>That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time
        when the origin server sent the original response, and</t>
     <t>The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before
        the Date value.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   or
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The validator is being compared by an intermediate cache to the
        validator stored in its cache entry for the entity, and</t>
     <t>That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time
        when the origin server sent the original response, and</t>
     <t>The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before
        the Date value.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   This method relies on the fact that if two different responses were
   sent by the origin server during the same second, but both had the
   same Last-Modified time, then at least one of those responses would
   have a Date value equal to its Last-Modified time. The arbitrary 60-second
   limit guards against the possibility that the Date and Last-Modified
   values are generated from different clocks, or at somewhat
   different times during the preparation of the response. An
   implementation MAY use a value larger than 60 seconds, if it is
   believed that 60 seconds is too short.
</t>
<t>
   If a client wishes to perform a sub-range retrieval on a value for
   which it has only a Last-Modified time and no opaque validator, it
   MAY do this only if the Last-Modified time is strong in the sense
   described here.
</t>
<t>
   A cache or origin server receiving a conditional request, other than
   a full-body GET request, MUST use the strong comparison function to
   evaluate the condition.
</t>
<t>
   These rules allow HTTP/1.1 caches and clients to safely perform sub-range
   retrievals on values that have been obtained from HTTP/1.0
   servers.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Rules for When to Use Entity Tags and Last-Modified Dates" anchor="rules.for.when.to.use.entity.tags.and.last-modified.dates">
<t>
   We adopt a set of rules and recommendations for origin servers,
   clients, and caches regarding when various validator types ought to
   be used, and for what purposes.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 origin servers:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>SHOULD send an entity tag validator unless it is not feasible to
        generate one.</t>

     <t>MAY send a weak entity tag instead of a strong entity tag, if
        performance considerations support the use of weak entity tags,
        or if it is unfeasible to send a strong entity tag.</t>

     <t>SHOULD send a Last-Modified value if it is feasible to send one,
        unless the risk of a breakdown in semantic transparency that
        could result from using this date in an If-Modified-Since header
        would lead to serious problems.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   In other words, the preferred behavior for an HTTP/1.1 origin server
   is to send both a strong entity tag and a Last-Modified value.
</t>
<t>
   In order to be legal, a strong entity tag MUST change whenever the
   associated entity value changes in any way. A weak entity tag SHOULD
   change whenever the associated entity changes in a semantically
   significant way.
  <list><t>
      Note: in order to provide semantically transparent caching, an
      origin server must avoid reusing a specific strong entity tag
      value for two different entities, or reusing a specific weak
      entity tag value for two semantically different entities. Cache
      entries might persist for arbitrarily long periods, regardless of
      expiration times, so it might be inappropriate to expect that a
      cache will never again attempt to validate an entry using a
      validator that it obtained at some point in the past.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 clients:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>If an entity tag has been provided by the origin server, MUST
        use that entity tag in any cache-conditional request (using If-Match
        or If-None-Match).</t>

     <t>If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by the origin
        server, SHOULD use that value in non-subrange cache-conditional
        requests (using If-Modified-Since).</t>

     <t>If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by an HTTP/1.0
        origin server, MAY use that value in subrange cache-conditional
        requests (using If-Unmodified-Since:). The user agent SHOULD
        provide a way to disable this, in case of difficulty.</t>

     <t>If both an entity tag and a Last-Modified value have been
        provided by the origin server, SHOULD use both validators in
        cache-conditional requests. This allows both HTTP/1.0 and
        HTTP/1.1 caches to respond appropriately.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 origin server, upon receiving a conditional request that
   includes both a Last-Modified date (e.g., in an If-Modified-Since or
   If-Unmodified-Since header field) and one or more entity tags (e.g.,
   in an If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Range header field) as cache
   validators, MUST NOT return a response status of <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>
   unless doing so is consistent with all of the conditional header
   fields in the request.
</t>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 caching proxy, upon receiving a conditional request that
   includes both a Last-Modified date and one or more entity tags as
   cache validators, MUST NOT return a locally cached response to the
   client unless that cached response is consistent with all of the
   conditional header fields in the request.
  <list><t>
      Note: The general principle behind these rules is that HTTP/1.1
      servers and clients should transmit as much non-redundant
      information as is available in their responses and requests.
      HTTP/1.1 systems receiving this information will make the most
      conservative assumptions about the validators they receive.
  </t><t>
      HTTP/1.0 clients and caches will ignore entity tags. Generally,
      last-modified values received or used by these systems will
      support transparent and efficient caching, and so HTTP/1.1 origin
      servers should provide Last-Modified values. In those rare cases
      where the use of a Last-Modified value as a validator by an
      HTTP/1.0 system could result in a serious problem, then HTTP/1.1
      origin servers should not provide one.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Non-validating Conditionals" anchor="non-validating.conditionals">
<t>
   The principle behind entity tags is that only the service author
   knows the semantics of a resource well enough to select an
   appropriate cache validation mechanism, and the specification of any
   validator comparison function more complex than byte-equality would
   open up a can of worms. Thus, comparisons of any other headers
   (except Last-Modified, for compatibility with HTTP/1.0) are never
   used for purposes of validating a cache entry.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Response Cacheability" anchor="response.cacheability">
<t>
   Unless specifically constrained by a cache-control (<xref target="header.cache-control"/>)
   directive, a caching system MAY always store a successful response
   (see <xref target="errors.or.incomplete.response.cache.behavior"/>) as a cache entry, MAY return it without validation
   if it is fresh, and MAY return it after successful validation. If
   there is neither a cache validator nor an explicit expiration time
   associated with a response, we do not expect it to be cached, but
   certain caches MAY violate this expectation (for example, when little
   or no network connectivity is available). A client can usually detect
   that such a response was taken from a cache by comparing the Date
   header to the current time.
  <list><t>
      Note: some HTTP/1.0 caches are known to violate this expectation
      without providing any Warning.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   However, in some cases it might be inappropriate for a cache to
   retain an entity, or to return it in response to a subsequent
   request. This might be because absolute semantic transparency is
   deemed necessary by the service author, or because of security or
   privacy considerations. Certain cache-control directives are
   therefore provided so that the server can indicate that certain
   resource entities, or portions thereof, are not to be cached
   regardless of other considerations.
</t>
<t>
   Note that <xref target="header.authorization"/> normally prevents a shared cache from saving
   and returning a response to a previous request if that request
   included an Authorization header.
</t>
<t>
   A response received with a status code of 200, 203, 206, 300, 301 or
   410 MAY be stored by a cache and used in reply to a subsequent
   request, subject to the expiration mechanism, unless a cache-control
   directive prohibits caching. However, a cache that does not support
   the Range and Content-Range headers MUST NOT cache 206 (Partial
   Content) responses.
</t>
<t>
   A response received with any other status code (e.g. status codes 302
   and 307) MUST NOT be returned in a reply to a subsequent request
   unless there are cache-control directives or another header(s) that
   explicitly allow it. For example, these include the following: an
   Expires header (<xref target="header.expires"/>); a "max-age", "s-maxage",  "must-revalidate",
   "proxy-revalidate", "public" or "private" cache-control
   directive (<xref target="header.cache-control"/>).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Constructing Responses From Caches" anchor="constructing.responses.from.caches">
<t>
   The purpose of an HTTP cache is to store information received in
   response to requests for use in responding to future requests. In
   many cases, a cache simply returns the appropriate parts of a
   response to the requester. However, if the cache holds a cache entry
   based on a previous response, it might have to combine parts of a new
   response with what is held in the cache entry.
</t>

<section title="End-to-end and Hop-by-hop Headers" anchor="end-to-end.and.hop-by-hop.headers">
<t>
   For the purpose of defining the behavior of caches and non-caching
   proxies, we divide HTTP headers into two categories:
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>End-to-end headers, which are  transmitted to the ultimate
        recipient of a request or response. End-to-end headers in
        responses MUST be stored as part of a cache entry and MUST be
        transmitted in any response formed from a cache entry.</t>

      <t>Hop-by-hop headers, which are meaningful only for a single
        transport-level connection, and are not stored by caches or
        forwarded by proxies.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   The following HTTP/1.1 headers are hop-by-hop headers:
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>Connection</t>
      <t>Keep-Alive</t>
      <t>Proxy-Authenticate</t>
      <t>Proxy-Authorization</t>
      <t>TE</t>
      <t>Trailer</t>
      <t>Transfer-Encoding</t>
      <t>Upgrade</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   All other headers defined by HTTP/1.1 are end-to-end headers.
</t>

<t>
   
   Other hop-by-hop headers, if they are introduced either
	in HTTP/1.1 or later versions of HTTP/1.x, MUST be listed
	in a Connection header (<xref target="header.connection"/>).
  
</t>
</section>

<section title="Non-modifiable Headers" anchor="non-modifiable.headers">

<t>
   Some features of the HTTP/1.1 protocol, such as Digest
   Authentication, depend on the value of certain end-to-end headers. A
   transparent proxy SHOULD NOT  modify an end-to-end header unless the
   definition of that header requires or specifically allows that.
</t>
<t>
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT modify any of the following fields in a
   request or response, and it MUST NOT add any of these fields if not
   already present:
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>Content-Location</t>
      <t>Content-MD5</t>
      <t>ETag</t>
      <t>Last-Modified</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   A transparent proxy MUST NOT modify any of the following fields in a
   response:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Expires</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   but it MAY add any of these fields if not already present. If an
   Expires header is added, it MUST be given a field-value identical to
   that of the Date header in that response.
</t>
<t>
   A  proxy MUST NOT modify or add any of the following fields in a
   message that contains the no-transform cache-control directive, or in
   any request:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Content-Encoding</t>
    <t>Content-Range</t>
    <t>Content-Type</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   A non-transparent proxy MAY modify or add these fields to a message
   that does not include no-transform, but if it does so, it MUST add a
   Warning 214 (Transformation applied) if one does not already appear
   in the message (see <xref target="header.warning"/>).
  <list><t>
      Warning: unnecessary modification of end-to-end headers might
      cause authentication failures if stronger authentication
      mechanisms are introduced in later versions of HTTP. Such
      authentication mechanisms MAY rely on the values of header fields
      not listed here.
    </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   The Content-Length field of a request or response is added or deleted
   according to the rules in <xref target="message.length"/>. A transparent proxy MUST
   preserve the entity-length (<xref target="entity.length"/>) of the entity-body,
   although it MAY change the transfer-length (<xref target="message.length"/>).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Combining Headers" anchor="combining.headers">
<t>
   When a cache makes a validating request to a server, and the server
   provides a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> response or a <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref>
   response, the cache then constructs a response to send to the
   requesting client.
</t>
<t>
   If the status code is <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>, the cache uses the entity-body
   stored in the cache entry as the entity-body of this outgoing
   response. If the status code is <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref> and the ETag or
   Last-Modified headers match exactly, the cache MAY combine the
   contents stored in the cache entry with the new contents received in
   the response and use the result as the entity-body of this outgoing
   response, (see <xref target="combining.byte.ranges" format="counter"/>).
</t>
<t>
   The end-to-end headers stored in the cache entry are used for the
   constructed response, except that
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>any stored Warning headers with warn-code 1xx (see <xref target="header.warning"/>)
      MUST be deleted from the cache entry and the forwarded response.</t>
    <t>any stored Warning headers with warn-code 2xx MUST be retained
        in the cache entry and the forwarded response.</t>
    <t>any end-to-end headers provided in the 304 or 206 response MUST
        replace the corresponding headers from the cache entry.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Unless the cache decides to remove the cache entry, it MUST also
   replace the end-to-end headers stored with the cache entry with
   corresponding headers received in the incoming response, except for
   Warning headers as described immediately above. If a header field-name
   in the incoming response matches more than one header in the
   cache entry, all such old headers MUST be replaced.
</t>
<t>
   In other words, the set of end-to-end headers received in the
   incoming response overrides all corresponding end-to-end headers
   stored with the cache entry (except for stored Warning headers with
   warn-code 1xx, which are deleted even if not overridden).
  <list><t>
      Note: this rule allows an origin server to use a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>
      or a <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref> response to update any header
      associated with a previous response for the same entity or sub-ranges
      thereof, although it might not always be meaningful or
      correct to do so. This rule does not allow an origin server to use
      a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> or a <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref> response to
      entirely delete a header that it had provided with a previous
      response.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Combining Byte Ranges" anchor="combining.byte.ranges">
<t>
   A response might transfer only a subrange of the bytes of an entity-body,
   either because the request included one or more Range
   specifications, or because a connection was broken prematurely. After
   several such transfers, a cache might have received several ranges of
   the same entity-body.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache has a stored non-empty set of subranges for an entity, and
   an incoming response transfers another subrange, the cache MAY
   combine the new subrange with the existing set if both the following
   conditions are met:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Both the incoming response and the cache entry have a cache
        validator.</t>
    <t>The two cache validators match using the strong comparison
        function (see <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>).</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If either requirement is not met, the cache MUST use only the most
   recent partial response (based on the Date values transmitted with
   every response, and using the incoming response if these values are
   equal or missing), and MUST discard the other partial information.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Caching Negotiated Responses" anchor="caching.negotiated.responses">
<t>
   Use of server-driven content negotiation (<xref target="server-driven.negotiation"/>), as indicated
   by the presence of a Vary header field in a response, alters the
   conditions and procedure by which a cache can use the response for
   subsequent requests. See <xref target="header.vary"/> for use of the Vary header
   field by servers.
</t>
<t>
   A server SHOULD use the Vary header field to inform a cache of what
   request-header fields were used to select among multiple
   representations of a cacheable response subject to server-driven
   negotiation. The set of header fields named by the Vary field value
   is known as the "selecting" request-headers.
</t>
<t>
   When the cache receives a subsequent request whose Request-URI
   specifies one or more cache entries including a Vary header field,
   the cache MUST NOT use such a cache entry to construct a response to
   the new request unless all of the selecting request-headers present
   in the new request match the corresponding stored request-headers in
   the original request.
</t>
<t>
   The selecting request-headers from two requests are defined to match
   if and only if the selecting request-headers in the first request can
   be transformed to the selecting request-headers in the second request
   by adding or removing linear white space (LWS) at places where this
   is allowed by the corresponding BNF, and/or combining multiple
   message-header fields with the same field name following the rules
   about message headers in <xref target="message.headers"/>.
</t>
<t>
   A Vary header field-value of "*" always fails to match and subsequent
   requests on that resource can only be properly interpreted by the
   origin server.
</t>
<t>
   If the selecting request header fields for the cached entry do not
   match the selecting request header fields of the new request, then
   the cache MUST NOT use a cached entry to satisfy the request unless
   it first relays the new request to the origin server in a conditional
   request and the server responds with <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>, including an
   entity tag or Content-Location that indicates the entity to be used.
</t>
<t>
   If an entity tag was assigned to a cached representation, the
   forwarded request SHOULD be conditional and include the entity tags
   in an If-None-Match header field from all its cache entries for the
   resource. This conveys to the server the set of entities currently
   held by the cache, so that if any one of these entities matches the
   requested entity, the server can use the ETag header field in its 304
   (Not Modified) response to tell the cache which entry is appropriate.
   If the entity-tag of the new response matches that of an existing
   entry, the new response SHOULD be used to update the header fields of
   the existing entry, and the result MUST be returned to the client.
</t>
<t>
   If any of the existing cache entries contains only partial content
   for the associated entity, its entity-tag SHOULD NOT  be included in
   the If-None-Match header field unless the request is for a range that
   would be fully satisfied by that entry.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache receives a successful response whose Content-Location
   field matches that of an existing cache entry for the same Request-URI,
   whose entity-tag differs from that of the existing entry, and
   whose Date is more recent than that of the existing entry, the
   existing entry SHOULD NOT  be returned in response to future requests
   and SHOULD be deleted from the cache.
</t>



</section>

<section title="Shared and Non-Shared Caches" anchor="shared.and.non-shared.caches">
<t>
   For reasons of security and privacy, it is necessary to make a
   distinction between "shared" and "non-shared" caches. A non-shared
   cache is one that is accessible only to a single user. Accessibility
   in this case SHOULD be enforced by appropriate security mechanisms.
   All other caches are considered to be "shared." Other sections of
   this specification place certain constraints on the operation of
   shared caches in order to prevent loss of privacy or failure of
   access controls.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Errors or Incomplete Response Cache Behavior" anchor="errors.or.incomplete.response.cache.behavior">
<t>
   A cache that receives an incomplete response (for example, with fewer
   bytes of data than specified in a Content-Length header) MAY store
   the response. However, the cache MUST treat this as a partial
   response. Partial responses MAY be combined as described in <xref target="combining.byte.ranges"/>;
   the result might be a full response or might still be
   partial. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response to a client
   without explicitly marking it as such, using the <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref>
   status code. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response
   using a status code of <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref>.
</t>
<t>
   If a cache receives a 5xx response while attempting to revalidate an
   entry, it MAY either forward this response to the requesting client,
   or act as if the server failed to respond. In the latter case, it MAY
   return a previously received response unless the cached entry
   includes the "must-revalidate" cache-control directive (see <xref target="header.cache-control"/>).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Side Effects of GET and HEAD" anchor="side.effects.of.get.and.head">
<t>
   Unless the origin server explicitly prohibits the caching of their
   responses, the application of GET and HEAD methods to any resources
   SHOULD NOT  have side effects that would lead to erroneous behavior if
   these responses are taken from a cache. They MAY still have side
   effects, but a cache is not required to consider such side effects in
   its caching decisions. Caches are always expected to observe an
   origin server's explicit restrictions on caching.
</t>
<t>
   We note one exception to this rule: since some applications have
   traditionally used GETs and HEADs with query URLs (those containing a
   "?" in the rel_path part) to perform operations with significant side
   effects, caches MUST NOT treat responses to such URIs as fresh unless
   the server provides an explicit expiration time. This specifically
   means that responses from HTTP/1.0 servers for such URIs SHOULD NOT 
   be taken from a cache. See <xref target="safe.methods"/> for related information.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Invalidation After Updates or Deletions" anchor="invalidation.after.updates.or.deletions">
<t>
   The effect of certain methods performed on a resource at the origin
   server might cause one or more existing cache entries to become non-transparently
   invalid. That is, although they might continue to be
   "fresh," they do not accurately reflect what the origin server would
   return for a new request on that resource.
</t>
<t>
   There is no way for the HTTP protocol to guarantee that all such
   cache entries are marked invalid. For example, the request that
   caused the change at the origin server might not have gone through
   the proxy where a cache entry is stored. However, several rules help
   reduce the likelihood of erroneous behavior.
</t>
<t>
   In this section, the phrase "invalidate an entity" means that the
   cache will either remove all instances of that entity from its
   storage, or will mark these as "invalid" and in need of a mandatory
   revalidation before they can be returned in response to a subsequent
   request.
</t>
<t>
   Some HTTP methods MUST cause a cache to invalidate an entity. This is
   either the entity referred to by the Request-URI, or by the Location
   or Content-Location headers (if present). These methods are:
  <list style="symbols">
      <t>PUT</t>
      <t>DELETE</t>
      <t>POST</t>
  </list>
</t>  
<t>
   An invalidation based on the URI in a Location or Content-Location header
   MUST NOT be performed if the host part of that URI differs from the host
   part in the Request-URI. This helps prevent denial of service attacks.
   
</t>
<t>
   A cache that passes through requests for methods it does not
   understand SHOULD invalidate any entities referred to by the
   Request-URI.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Write-Through Mandatory" anchor="write-through.mandatory">
<t>
   All methods that might be expected to cause modifications to the
   origin server's resources MUST be written through to the origin
   server. This currently includes all methods except for GET and HEAD.
   A cache MUST NOT reply to such a request from a client before having
   transmitted the request to the inbound server, and having received a
   corresponding response from the inbound server. This does not prevent
   a proxy cache from sending a <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response before the
   inbound server has sent its final reply.
</t>
<t>
   The alternative (known as "write-back" or "copy-back" caching) is not
   allowed in HTTP/1.1, due to the difficulty of providing consistent
   updates and the problems arising from server, cache, or network
   failure prior to write-back.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Cache Replacement" anchor="cache.replacement">
<t>
   If a new cacheable (see Sections <xref target="what.may.be.stored.by.caches" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="disambiguating.expiration.values" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="disambiguating.multiple.responses" format="counter"/>
   and <xref target="errors.or.incomplete.response.cache.behavior" format="counter"/>)
   response is received from a resource while any existing responses for
   the same resource are cached, the cache SHOULD use the new response
   to reply to the current request. It MAY insert it into cache storage
   and MAY, if it meets all other requirements, use it to respond to any
   future requests that would previously have caused the old response to
   be returned. If it inserts the new response into cache storage  the
   rules in <xref target="combining.headers"/> apply.
  <list><t>
      Note: a new response that has an older Date header value than
      existing cached responses is not cacheable.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="History Lists" anchor="history.lists">
<t>
   User agents often have history mechanisms, such as "Back" buttons and
   history lists, which can be used to redisplay an entity retrieved
   earlier in a session.
</t>
<t>
   History mechanisms and caches are different. In particular history
   mechanisms SHOULD NOT  try to show a semantically transparent view of
   the current state of a resource. Rather, a history mechanism is meant
   to show exactly what the user saw at the time when the resource was
   retrieved.
</t>
<t>
   By default, an expiration time does not apply to history mechanisms.
   If the entity is still in storage, a history mechanism SHOULD display
   it even if the entity has expired, unless the user has specifically
   configured the agent to refresh expired history documents.
</t>
<t>
   This is not to be construed to prohibit the history mechanism from
   telling the user that a view might be stale.
  <list><t>
      Note: if history list mechanisms unnecessarily prevent users from
      viewing stale resources, this will tend to force service authors
      to avoid using HTTP expiration controls and cache controls when
      they would otherwise like to. Service authors may consider it
      important that users not be presented with error messages or
      warning messages when they use navigation controls (such as BACK)
      to view previously fetched resources. Even though sometimes such
      resources ought not be cached, or ought to expire quickly, user
      interface considerations may force service authors to resort to
      other means of preventing caching (e.g. "once-only" URLs) in order
      not to suffer the effects of improperly functioning history
      mechanisms.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>
</section>




<section title="Header Field Definitions" anchor="header.fields">
<t>
   This section defines the syntax and semantics of all standard
   HTTP/1.1 header fields. For entity-header fields, both sender and
   recipient refer to either the client or the server, depending on who
   sends and who receives the entity.
</t>

<section title="Accept" anchor="header.accept">
  <iref primary="true" item="Accept header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Accept"/>
<t>
   The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media
   types which are acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be
   used to indicate that the request is specifically limited to a small
   set of desired types, as in the case of a request for an in-line
   image.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Accept"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="media-range"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="accept-params"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="accept-extension"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Accept         = "Accept" ":"
                   #( media-range [ accept-params ] )

  media-range    = ( "*/*"
                   | ( type "/" "*" )
                   | ( type "/" subtype )
                   ) *( ";" parameter )
  accept-params  = ";" "q" "=" qvalue *( accept-extension )
  accept-extension = ";" token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The asterisk "*" character is used to group media types into ranges,
   with "*/*" indicating all media types and "type/*" indicating all
   subtypes of that type. The media-range MAY include media type
   parameters that are applicable to that range.
</t>
<t>
   Each media-range MAY be followed by one or more accept-params,
   beginning with the "q" parameter for indicating a relative quality
   factor. The first "q" parameter (if any) separates the media-range
   parameter(s) from the accept-params. Quality factors allow the user
   or user agent to indicate the relative degree of preference for that
   media-range, using the qvalue scale from 0 to 1 (<xref target="quality.values"/>). The
   default value is q=1.
  <list><t>
      Note: Use of the "q" parameter name to separate media type
      parameters from Accept extension parameters is due to historical
      practice. Although this prevents any media type parameter named
      "q" from being used with a media range, such an event is believed
      to be unlikely given the lack of any "q" parameters in the IANA
      media type registry and the rare usage of any media type
      parameters in Accept. Future media types are discouraged from
      registering any parameter named "q".
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   The example
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept: audio/*; q=0.2, audio/basic
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   SHOULD be interpreted as "I prefer audio/basic, but send me any audio
   type if it is the best available after an 80% mark-down in quality."
</t>
<t>
   If no Accept header field is present, then it is assumed that the
   client accepts all media types. If an Accept header field is present,
   and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
   according to the combined Accept field value, then the server SHOULD
   send a <xref target="status.406" format="none">406 (Not Acceptable)</xref> response.
</t>
<t>
   A more elaborate example is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept: text/plain; q=0.5, text/html,
            text/x-dvi; q=0.8, text/x-c
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Verbally, this would be interpreted as "text/html and text/x-c are
   the preferred media types, but if they do not exist, then send the
   text/x-dvi entity, and if that does not exist, send the text/plain
   entity."
</t>
<t>
   Media ranges can be overridden by more specific media ranges or
   specific media types. If more than one media range applies to a given
   type, the most specific reference has precedence. For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept: text/*, text/html, text/html;level=1, */*
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   have the following precedence:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    1) text/html;level=1
    2) text/html
    3) text/*
    4) */*
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The media type quality factor associated with a given type is
   determined by finding the media range with the highest precedence
   which matches that type. For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept: text/*;q=0.3, text/html;q=0.7, text/html;level=1,
            text/html;level=2;q=0.4, */*;q=0.5
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   would cause the following values to be associated:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    text/html;level=1         = 1
    text/html                 = 0.7
    text/plain                = 0.3
    image/jpeg                = 0.5
    text/html;level=2         = 0.4
    text/html;level=3         = 0.7
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Note: A user agent might be provided with a default set of quality
      values for certain media ranges. However, unless the user agent is
      a closed system which cannot interact with other rendering agents,
      this default set ought to be configurable by the user.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Accept-Charset" anchor="header.accept-charset">
  <iref primary="true" item="Accept-Charset header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Accept-Charset"/>
<t>
   The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what
   character sets are acceptable for the response. This field allows
   clients capable of understanding more comprehensive or special-purpose
   character sets to signal that capability to a server which is
   capable of representing documents in those character sets.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Accept-Charset"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Accept-Charset = "Accept-Charset" ":"
          1#( ( charset | "*" ) [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Character set values are described in <xref target="character.sets"/>. Each charset MAY
   be given an associated quality value which represents the user's
   preference for that charset. The default value is q=1. An example is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   Accept-Charset: iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1;q=0.8
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The special value "*", if present in the Accept-Charset field,
   matches every character set (including ISO-8859-1) which is not
   mentioned elsewhere in the Accept-Charset field. If no "*" is present
   in an Accept-Charset field, then all character sets not explicitly
   mentioned get a quality value of 0, except for ISO-8859-1, which gets
   a quality value of 1 if not explicitly mentioned.
</t>
<t>
   If no Accept-Charset header is present, the default is that any
   character set is acceptable. If an Accept-Charset header is present,
   and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
   according to the Accept-Charset header, then the server SHOULD send
   an error response with the <xref target="status.406" format="none">406 (Not Acceptable)</xref> status code, though
   the sending of an unacceptable response is also allowed.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Accept-Encoding" anchor="header.accept-encoding">
  <iref primary="true" item="Accept-Encoding header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Accept-Encoding"/>
<t>
   The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept, but
   restricts the content-codings (<xref target="content.codings"/>) that are acceptable in
   the response.
</t>

<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Accept-Encoding"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="codings"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Accept-Encoding  = "Accept-Encoding" ":"
                     #( codings [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
  codings          = ( content-coding | "*" )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Examples of its use are:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept-Encoding: compress, gzip
    Accept-Encoding:
    Accept-Encoding: *
    Accept-Encoding: compress;q=0.5, gzip;q=1.0
    Accept-Encoding: gzip;q=1.0, identity; q=0.5, *;q=0
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A server tests whether a content-coding is acceptable, according to
   an Accept-Encoding field, using these rules:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>If the content-coding is one of the content-codings listed in
         the Accept-Encoding field, then it is acceptable, unless it is
         accompanied by a qvalue of 0. (As defined in <xref target="quality.values"/>, a
         qvalue of 0 means "not acceptable.")</t>

      <t>The special "*" symbol in an Accept-Encoding field matches any
         available content-coding not explicitly listed in the header
         field.</t>

      <t>If multiple content-codings are acceptable, then the acceptable
         content-coding with the highest non-zero qvalue is preferred.</t>

      <t>The "identity" content-coding is always acceptable, unless
         specifically refused because the Accept-Encoding field includes
         "identity;q=0", or because the field includes "*;q=0" and does
         not explicitly include the "identity" content-coding. If the
         Accept-Encoding field-value is empty, then only the "identity"
         encoding is acceptable.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If an Accept-Encoding field is present in a request, and if the
   server cannot send a response which is acceptable according to the
   Accept-Encoding header, then the server SHOULD send an error response
   with the <xref target="status.406" format="none">406 (Not Acceptable)</xref> status code.
</t>
<t>
   If no Accept-Encoding field is present in a request, the server MAY
   assume that the client will accept any content coding. In this case,
   if "identity" is one of the available content-codings, then the
   server SHOULD use the "identity" content-coding, unless it has
   additional information that a different content-coding is meaningful
   to the client.
  <list><t>
      Note: If the request does not include an Accept-Encoding field,
      and if the "identity" content-coding is unavailable, then
      content-codings commonly understood by HTTP/1.0 clients (i.e.,
      "gzip" and "compress") are preferred; some older clients
      improperly display messages sent with other content-codings.  The
      server might also make this decision based on information about
      the particular user-agent or client.
    </t><t>
      Note: Most HTTP/1.0 applications do not recognize or obey qvalues
      associated with content-codings. This means that qvalues will not
      work and are not permitted with x-gzip or x-compress.
    </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Accept-Language" anchor="header.accept-language">
  <iref primary="true" item="Accept-Language header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Accept-Language"/>
<t>
   The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept, but
   restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred as a
   response to the request. Language tags are defined in <xref target="language.tags"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Accept-Language"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="language-range"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Accept-Language = "Accept-Language" ":"
                    1#( language-range [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
  language-range  = ( ( 1*8ALPHA *( "-" 1*8ALPHA ) ) | "*" )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Each language-range MAY be given an associated quality value which
   represents an estimate of the user's preference for the languages
   specified by that range. The quality value defaults to "q=1". For
   example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   would mean: "I prefer Danish, but will accept British English and
   other types of English." A language-range matches a language-tag if
   it exactly equals the tag, or if it exactly equals a prefix of the
   tag such that the first tag character following the prefix is "-".
   The special range "*", if present in the Accept-Language field,
   matches every tag not matched by any other range present in the
   Accept-Language field.
  <list><t>
      Note: This use of a prefix matching rule does not imply that
      language tags are assigned to languages in such a way that it is
      always true that if a user understands a language with a certain
      tag, then this user will also understand all languages with tags
      for which this tag is a prefix. The prefix rule simply allows the
      use of prefix tags if this is the case.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   The language quality factor assigned to a language-tag by the
   Accept-Language field is the quality value of the longest language-range
   in the field that matches the language-tag. If no language-range
   in the field matches the tag, the language quality factor
   assigned is 0. If no Accept-Language header is present in the
   request, the server
   SHOULD assume that all languages are equally acceptable. If an
   Accept-Language header is present, then all languages which are
   assigned a quality factor greater than 0 are acceptable.
</t>
<t>
   It might be contrary to the privacy expectations of the user to send
   an Accept-Language header with the complete linguistic preferences of
   the user in every request. For a discussion of this issue, see
   <xref target="privacy.issues.connected.to.accept.headers"/>.
</t>
<t>
   As intelligibility is highly dependent on the individual user, it is
   recommended that client applications make the choice of linguistic
   preference available to the user. If the choice is not made
   available, then the Accept-Language header field MUST NOT be given in
   the request.
  <list><t>
      Note: When making the choice of linguistic preference available to
      the user, we remind implementors of  the fact that users are not
      familiar with the details of language matching as described above,
      and should provide appropriate guidance. As an example, users
      might assume that on selecting "en-gb", they will be served any
      kind of English document if British English is not available. A
      user agent might suggest in such a case to add "en" to get the
      best matching behavior.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Accept-Ranges" anchor="header.accept-ranges">
  <iref primary="true" item="Accept-Ranges header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Accept-Ranges"/>
<t>
      The Accept-Ranges response-header field allows the server to
      indicate its acceptance of range requests for a resource:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Accept-Ranges"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="acceptable-ranges"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Accept-Ranges     = "Accept-Ranges" ":" acceptable-ranges
  acceptable-ranges = 1#range-unit | "none"
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Origin servers that accept byte-range requests MAY send
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
       Accept-Ranges: bytes
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      but are not required to do so. Clients MAY generate byte-range
      requests without having received this header for the resource
      involved. Range units are defined in <xref target="range.units"/>.
</t>
<t>
      Servers that do not accept any kind of range request for a
      resource MAY send
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
       Accept-Ranges: none
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      to advise the client not to attempt a range request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Age" anchor="header.age">
  <iref primary="true" item="Age header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Age"/>
<t>
      The Age response-header field conveys the sender's estimate of the
      amount of time since the response (or its revalidation) was
      generated at the origin server. A cached response is "fresh" if
      its age does not exceed its freshness lifetime. Age values are
      calculated as specified in <xref target="age.calculations"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Age"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="age-value"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Age = "Age" ":" age-value
  age-value = delta-seconds
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Age values are non-negative decimal integers, representing time in
      seconds.
</t>
<t>
      If a cache receives a value larger than the largest positive
      integer it can represent, or if any of its age calculations
      overflows, it MUST transmit an Age header with a value of
      2147483648 (2^31). An HTTP/1.1 server that includes a cache MUST
      include an Age header field in every response generated from its
      own cache. Caches SHOULD use an arithmetic type of at least 31
      bits of range.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Allow" anchor="header.allow">
  <iref primary="true" item="Allow header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Allow"/>
<t>
      The Allow entity-header field lists the set of methods supported
      by the resource identified by the Request-URI. The purpose of this
      field is strictly to inform the recipient of valid methods
      associated with the resource. An Allow header field MUST be
      present in a <xref target="status.405" format="none">405 (Method Not Allowed)</xref> response.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Allow"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Allow   = "Allow" ":" #Method
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Example of use:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
       Allow: GET, HEAD, PUT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      This field cannot prevent a client from trying other methods.
      However, the indications given by the Allow header field value
      SHOULD be followed. The actual set of allowed methods is defined
      by the origin server at the time of each request.
</t>
<t>
      The Allow header field MAY be provided with a PUT request to
      recommend the methods to be supported by the new or modified
      resource. The server is not required to support these methods and
      SHOULD include an Allow header in the response giving the actual
      supported methods.
</t>
<t>
      A proxy MUST NOT modify the Allow header field even if it does not
      understand all the methods specified, since the user agent might
      have other means of communicating with the origin server.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Authorization" anchor="header.authorization">
  <iref primary="true" item="Authorization header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Authorization"/>
<t>
      A user agent that wishes to authenticate itself with a server--
      usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 401 response--does
      so by including an Authorization request-header field with the
      request.  The Authorization field value consists of credentials
      containing the authentication information of the user agent for
      the realm of the resource being requested.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Authorization"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Authorization  = "Authorization" ":" credentials
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      HTTP access authentication is described in "HTTP Authentication:
      Basic and Digest Access Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>. If a request is
      authenticated and a realm specified, the same credentials SHOULD
      be valid for all other requests within this realm (assuming that
      the authentication scheme itself does not require otherwise, such
      as credentials that vary according to a challenge value or using
      synchronized clocks).
</t>
<t>
      When a shared cache (see <xref target="shared.and.non-shared.caches"/>) receives a request
      containing an Authorization field, it MUST NOT return the
      corresponding response as a reply to any other request, unless one
      of the following specific exceptions holds:
</t>
<t>
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>If the response includes the "s-maxage" cache-control
         directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
         subsequent request. But (if the specified maximum age has
         passed) a proxy cache MUST first revalidate it with the origin
         server, using the request-headers from the new request to allow
         the origin server to authenticate the new request. (This is the
         defined behavior for s-maxage.) If the response includes "s-maxage=0",
         the proxy MUST always revalidate it before re-using
         it.</t>

      <t>If the response includes the "must-revalidate" cache-control
         directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
         subsequent request. But if the response is stale, all caches
         MUST first revalidate it with the origin server, using the
         request-headers from the new request to allow the origin server
         to authenticate the new request.</t>

      <t>If the response includes the "public" cache-control directive,
         it MAY be returned in reply to any subsequent request.</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Cache-Control" anchor="header.cache-control">
  <iref primary="true" item="Cache-Control header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Cache-Control"/>
<t>
   The Cache-Control general-header field is used to specify directives
   that MUST be obeyed by all caching mechanisms along the
   request/response chain. The directives specify behavior intended to
   prevent caches from adversely interfering with the request or
   response. These directives typically override the default caching
   algorithms. Cache directives are unidirectional in that the presence
   of a directive in a request does not imply that the same directive is
   to be given in the response.
  <list><t>
      Note that HTTP/1.0 caches might not implement Cache-Control and
      might only implement Pragma: no-cache (see <xref target="header.pragma"/>).
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   Cache directives MUST be passed through by a proxy or gateway
   application, regardless of their significance to that application,
   since the directives might be applicable to all recipients along the
   request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a cache-directive
   for a specific cache.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Cache-Control"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="cache-directive"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="cache-request-directive"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="cache-response-directive"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="cache-extension"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Cache-Control   = "Cache-Control" ":" 1#cache-directive

  cache-directive = cache-request-directive
       | cache-response-directive

  cache-request-directive =
         "no-cache"                          ; Section 14.9.1
       | "no-store"                          ; Section 14.9.2
       | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds         ; Section 14.9.3, 14.9.4
       | "max-stale" [ "=" delta-seconds ]   ; Section 14.9.3
       | "min-fresh" "=" delta-seconds       ; Section 14.9.3
       | "no-transform"                      ; Section 14.9.5
       | "only-if-cached"                    ; Section 14.9.4
       | cache-extension                     ; Section 14.9.6

  cache-response-directive =
        "public"                               ; Section 14.9.1
      | "private" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ] ; Section 14.9.1
      | "no-cache" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ]; Section 14.9.1
      | "no-store"                             ; Section 14.9.2
      | "no-transform"                         ; Section 14.9.5
      | "must-revalidate"                      ; Section 14.9.4
      | "proxy-revalidate"                     ; Section 14.9.4
      | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds            ; Section 14.9.3
      | "s-maxage" "=" delta-seconds           ; Section 14.9.3
      | cache-extension                        ; Section 14.9.6

  cache-extension = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   When a directive appears without any 1#field-name parameter, the
   directive applies to the entire request or response. When such a
   directive appears with a 1#field-name parameter, it applies only to
   the named field or fields, and not to the rest of the request or
   response. This mechanism supports extensibility; implementations of
   future versions of the HTTP protocol might apply these directives to
   header fields not defined in HTTP/1.1.
</t>
<t>
   The cache-control directives can be broken down into these general
   categories:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>Restrictions on what are cacheable; these may only be imposed by
        the origin server.</t>

     <t>Restrictions on what may be stored by a cache; these may be
        imposed by either the origin server or the user agent.</t>

     <t>Modifications of the basic expiration mechanism; these may be
        imposed by either the origin server or the user agent.</t>

     <t>Controls over cache revalidation and reload; these may only be
        imposed by a user agent.</t>

     <t>Control over transformation of entities.</t>

     <t>Extensions to the caching system.</t>
  </list>
</t>

<section title="What is Cacheable" anchor="what.is.cacheable">
<t>
   By default, a response is cacheable if the requirements of the
   request method, request header fields, and the response status
   indicate that it is cacheable. <xref target="response.cacheability"/> summarizes these defaults
   for cacheability. The following Cache-Control response directives
   allow an origin server to override the default cacheability of a
   response:
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="public" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="public" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   public
  <list><t>
      Indicates that the response MAY be cached by any cache, even if it
      would normally be non-cacheable or cacheable only within a non-shared
      cache. (See also Authorization, <xref target="header.authorization"/>, for
      additional details.)
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="private" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="private" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   private
  <list><t>
      Indicates that all or part of the response message is intended for
      a single user and MUST NOT be cached by a shared cache. This
      allows an origin server to state that the specified parts of the
      response are intended for only one user and are not a valid
      response for requests by other users. A private (non-shared) cache
      MAY cache the response.
    </t><t>
       Note: This usage of the word private only controls where the
       response may be cached, and cannot ensure the privacy of the
       message content.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="no-cache" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="no-cache" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   no-cache
  <list><t>
       If the no-cache directive does not specify a field-name, then a
      cache MUST NOT use the response to satisfy a subsequent request
      without successful revalidation with the origin server. This
      allows an origin server to prevent caching even by caches that
      have been configured to return stale responses to client requests.
    </t><t>
      If the no-cache directive does specify one or more field-names,
      then a cache MAY use the response to satisfy a subsequent request,
      subject to any other restrictions on caching. However, the
      specified field-name(s) MUST NOT be sent in the response to a
      subsequent request without successful revalidation with the origin
      server. This allows an origin server to prevent the re-use of
      certain header fields in a response, while still allowing caching
      of the rest of the response.
    <list><t>
       Note: Most HTTP/1.0 caches will not recognize or obey this
       directive.
    </t></list>
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="What May be Stored by Caches" anchor="what.may.be.stored.by.caches">

<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="no-store" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="no-store" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   no-store
  <list><t>   
      The purpose of the no-store directive is to prevent the
      inadvertent release or retention of sensitive information (for
      example, on backup tapes). The no-store directive applies to the
      entire message, and MAY be sent either in a response or in a
      request. If sent in a request, a cache MUST NOT store any part of
      either this request or any response to it. If sent in a response,
      a cache MUST NOT store any part of either this response or the
      request that elicited it. This directive applies to both non-shared
      and shared caches. "MUST NOT store" in this context means
      that the cache MUST NOT intentionally store the information in
      non-volatile storage, and MUST make a best-effort attempt to
      remove the information from volatile storage as promptly as
      possible after forwarding it.
  </t><t>
      Even when this directive is associated with a response, users
      might explicitly store such a response outside of the caching
      system (e.g., with a "Save As" dialog). History buffers MAY store
      such responses as part of their normal operation.
  </t><t>
      The purpose of this directive is to meet the stated requirements
      of certain users and service authors who are concerned about
      accidental releases of information via unanticipated accesses to
      cache data structures. While the use of this directive might
      improve privacy in some cases, we caution that it is NOT in any
      way a reliable or sufficient mechanism for ensuring privacy. In
      particular, malicious or compromised caches might not recognize or
      obey this directive, and communications networks might be
      vulnerable to eavesdropping.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Modifications of the Basic Expiration Mechanism" anchor="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism">
<t>
   The expiration time of an entity MAY be specified by the origin
   server using the Expires header (see <xref target="header.expires"/>). Alternatively,
   it MAY be specified using the max-age directive in a response. When
   the max-age cache-control directive is present in a cached response,
   the response is stale if its current age is greater than the age
   value given (in seconds) at the time of a new request for that
   resource. The max-age directive on a response implies that the
   response is cacheable (i.e., "public") unless some other, more
   restrictive cache directive is also present.
</t>
<t>
   If a response includes both an Expires header and a max-age
   directive, the max-age directive overrides the Expires header, even
   if the Expires header is more restrictive. This rule allows an origin
   server to provide, for a given response, a longer expiration time to
   an HTTP/1.1 (or later) cache than to an HTTP/1.0 cache. This might be
   useful if certain HTTP/1.0 caches improperly calculate ages or
   expiration times, perhaps due to desynchronized clocks.
</t>
<t>
   Many HTTP/1.0 cache implementations will treat an Expires value that
   is less than or equal to the response Date value as being equivalent
   to the Cache-Control response directive "no-cache". If an HTTP/1.1
   cache receives such a response, and the response does not include a
   Cache-Control header field, it SHOULD consider the response to be
   non-cacheable in order to retain compatibility with HTTP/1.0 servers.
  <list><t>
       Note: An origin server might wish to use a relatively new HTTP
       cache control feature, such as the "private" directive, on a
       network including older caches that do not understand that
       feature. The origin server will need to combine the new feature
       with an Expires field whose value is less than or equal to the
       Date value. This will prevent older caches from improperly
       caching the response.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="s-maxage" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="s-maxage" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   s-maxage
  <list><t>
       If a response includes an s-maxage directive, then for a shared
       cache (but not for a private cache), the maximum age specified by
       this directive overrides the maximum age specified by either the
       max-age directive or the Expires header. The s-maxage directive
       also implies the semantics of the proxy-revalidate directive (see
       <xref target="cache.revalidation.and.reload.controls"/>), i.e., that the shared cache must not use the
       entry after it becomes stale to respond to a subsequent request
       without first revalidating it with the origin server. The s-maxage
       directive is always ignored by a private cache.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   Note that most older caches, not compliant with this specification,
   do not implement any cache-control directives. An origin server
   wishing to use a cache-control directive that restricts, but does not
   prevent, caching by an HTTP/1.1-compliant cache MAY exploit the
   requirement that the max-age directive overrides the Expires header,
   and the fact that pre-HTTP/1.1-compliant caches do not observe the
   max-age directive.
</t>
<t>
   Other directives allow a user agent to modify the basic expiration
   mechanism. These directives MAY be specified on a request:
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="max-age" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="max-age" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   max-age
  <list><t>
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose
      age is no greater than the specified time in seconds. Unless max-stale
      directive is also included, the client is not willing to
      accept a stale response.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="min-fresh" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="min-fresh" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   min-fresh
  <list><t>
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose
      freshness lifetime is no less than its current age plus the
      specified time in seconds. That is, the client wants a response
      that will still be fresh for at least the specified number of
      seconds.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="max-stale" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="max-stale" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   max-stale
  <list><t>
      Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response that has
      exceeded its expiration time. If max-stale is assigned a value,
      then the client is willing to accept a response that has exceeded
      its expiration time by no more than the specified number of
      seconds. If no value is assigned to max-stale, then the client is
      willing to accept a stale response of any age.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   If a cache returns a stale response, either because of a max-stale
   directive on a request, or because the cache is configured to
   override the expiration time of a response, the cache MUST attach a
   Warning header to the stale response, using Warning 110 (Response is
   stale).
</t>
<t>
   A cache MAY be configured to return stale responses without
   validation, but only if this does not conflict with any "MUST"-level
   requirements concerning cache validation (e.g., a "must-revalidate"
   cache-control directive).
</t>
<t>
   If both the new request and the cached entry include "max-age"
   directives, then the lesser of the two values is used for determining
   the freshness of the cached entry for that request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Cache Revalidation and Reload Controls" anchor="cache.revalidation.and.reload.controls">
<t>
   Sometimes a user agent might want or need to insist that a cache
   revalidate its cache entry with the origin server (and not just with
   the next cache along the path to the origin server), or to reload its
   cache entry from the origin server. End-to-end revalidation might be
   necessary if either the cache or the origin server has overestimated
   the expiration time of the cached response. End-to-end reload may be
   necessary if the cache entry has become corrupted for some reason.
</t>
<t>
   End-to-end revalidation may be requested either when the client does
   not have its own local cached copy, in which case we call it
   "unspecified end-to-end revalidation", or when the client does have a
   local cached copy, in which case we call it "specific end-to-end
   revalidation."
</t>
<t>
   The client can specify these three kinds of action using Cache-Control
   request directives:
</t>
<t>
   End-to-end reload
  <list><t>
      The request includes a "no-cache" cache-control directive or, for
      compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients, "Pragma: no-cache". Field
      names MUST NOT be included with the no-cache directive in a
      request. The server MUST NOT use a cached copy when responding to
      such a request.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   Specific end-to-end revalidation
  <list><t>
      The request includes a "max-age=0" cache-control directive, which
      forces each cache along the path to the origin server to
      revalidate its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server.
      The initial request includes a cache-validating conditional with
      the client's current validator.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   Unspecified end-to-end revalidation
  <list><t>
      The request includes "max-age=0" cache-control directive, which
      forces each cache along the path to the origin server to
      revalidate its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server.
      The initial request does not include a cache-validating
      conditional; the first cache along the path (if any) that holds a
      cache entry for this resource includes a cache-validating
      conditional with its current validator.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="max-age" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="max-age" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   max-age
  <list><t>
      When an intermediate cache is forced, by means of a max-age=0
      directive, to revalidate its own cache entry, and the client has
      supplied its own validator in the request, the supplied validator
      might differ from the validator currently stored with the cache
      entry. In this case, the cache MAY use either validator in making
      its own request without affecting semantic transparency.
  </t><t>
      However, the choice of validator might affect performance. The
      best approach is for the intermediate cache to use its own
      validator when making its request. If the server replies with 304
      (Not Modified), then the cache can return its now validated copy
      to the client with a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response. If the server replies with
      a new entity and cache validator, however, the intermediate cache
      can compare the returned validator with the one provided in the
      client's request, using the strong comparison function. If the
      client's validator is equal to the origin server's, then the
      intermediate cache simply returns <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>. Otherwise,
      it returns the new entity with a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response.
  </t><t>
      If a request includes the no-cache directive, it SHOULD NOT 
      include min-fresh, max-stale, or max-age.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="only-if-cached" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="only-if-cached" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   only-if-cached
  <list><t>
      In some cases, such as times of extremely poor network
      connectivity, a client may want a cache to return only those
      responses that it currently has stored, and not to reload or
      revalidate with the origin server. To do this, the client may
      include the only-if-cached directive in a request. If it receives
      this directive, a cache SHOULD either respond using a cached entry
      that is consistent with the other constraints of the request, or
      respond with a <xref target="status.504" format="none">504 (Gateway Timeout)</xref> status. However, if a group
      of caches is being operated as a unified system with good internal
      connectivity, such a request MAY be forwarded within that group of
      caches.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="must-revalidate" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="must-revalidate" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   must-revalidate
  <list><t>
      Because a cache MAY be configured to ignore a server's specified
      expiration time, and because a client request MAY include a max-stale
      directive (which has a similar effect), the protocol also
      includes a mechanism for the origin server to require revalidation
      of a cache entry on any subsequent use. When the must-revalidate
      directive is present in a response received by a cache, that cache
      MUST NOT use the entry after it becomes stale to respond to a
      subsequent request without first revalidating it with the origin
      server. (I.e., the cache MUST do an end-to-end revalidation every
      time, if, based solely on the origin server's Expires or max-age
      value, the cached response is stale.)
  </t><t>
      The must-revalidate directive is necessary to support reliable
      operation for certain protocol features. In all circumstances an
      HTTP/1.1 cache MUST obey the must-revalidate directive; in
      particular, if the cache cannot reach the origin server for any
      reason, it MUST generate a <xref target="status.504" format="none">504 (Gateway Timeout)</xref> response.
  </t><t>
      Servers SHOULD send the must-revalidate directive if and only if
      failure to revalidate a request on the entity could result in
      incorrect operation, such as a silently unexecuted financial
      transaction. Recipients MUST NOT take any automated action that
      violates this directive, and MUST NOT automatically provide an
      unvalidated copy of the entity if revalidation fails.
  </t><t>
      Although this is not recommended, user agents operating under
      severe connectivity constraints MAY violate this directive but, if
      so, MUST explicitly warn the user that an unvalidated response has
      been provided. The warning MUST be provided on each unvalidated
      access, and SHOULD require explicit user confirmation.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="proxy-revalidate" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="proxy-revalidate" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   proxy-revalidate
  <list><t>
      The proxy-revalidate directive has the same meaning as the must-revalidate
      directive, except that it does not apply to non-shared
      user agent caches. It can be used on a response to an
      authenticated request to permit the user's cache to store and
      later return the response without needing to revalidate it (since
      it has already been authenticated once by that user), while still
      requiring proxies that service many users to revalidate each time
      (in order to make sure that each user has been authenticated).
      Note that such authenticated responses also need the public cache
      control directive in order to allow them to be cached at all.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="No-Transform Directive" anchor="no-transform.directive">
<t>
  <iref item="Cache Directives" subitem="no-transform" primary="true"/>
  <iref item="no-transform" subitem="Cache Directive" primary="true"/>
   no-transform
  <list><t>
      Implementors of intermediate caches (proxies) have found it useful
      to convert the media type of certain entity bodies. A non-transparent
      proxy might, for example, convert between image
      formats in order to save cache space or to reduce the amount of
      traffic on a slow link.
  </t><t>
      Serious operational problems occur, however, when these
      transformations are applied to entity bodies intended for certain
      kinds of applications. For example, applications for medical
      imaging, scientific data analysis and those using end-to-end
      authentication, all depend on receiving an entity body that is bit
      for bit identical to the original entity-body.
  </t><t>
      Therefore, if a message includes the no-transform directive, an
      intermediate cache or proxy MUST NOT change those headers that are
      listed in <xref target="non-modifiable.headers"/> as being subject to the no-transform
      directive. This implies that the cache or proxy MUST NOT change
      any aspect of the entity-body that is specified by these headers,
      including the value of the entity-body itself.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Cache Control Extensions" anchor="cache.control.extensions">
<t>
   The Cache-Control header field can be extended through the use of one
   or more cache-extension tokens, each with an optional assigned value.
   Informational extensions (those which do not require a change in
   cache behavior) MAY be added without changing the semantics of other
   directives. Behavioral extensions are designed to work by acting as
   modifiers to the existing base of cache directives. Both the new
   directive and the standard directive are supplied, such that
   applications which do not understand the new directive will default
   to the behavior specified by the standard directive, and those that
   understand the new directive will recognize it as modifying the
   requirements associated with the standard directive. In this way,
   extensions to the cache-control directives can be made without
   requiring changes to the base protocol.
</t>
<t>
   This extension mechanism depends on an HTTP cache obeying all of the
   cache-control directives defined for its native HTTP-version, obeying
   certain extensions, and ignoring all directives that it does not
   understand.
</t>
<t>
   For example, consider a hypothetical new response directive called
   community which acts as a modifier to the private directive. We
   define this new directive to mean that, in addition to any non-shared
   cache, any cache which is shared only by members of the community
   named within its value may cache the response. An origin server
   wishing to allow the UCI community to use an otherwise private
   response in their shared cache(s) could do so by including
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Cache-Control: private, community="UCI"
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A cache seeing this header field will act correctly even if the cache
   does not understand the community cache-extension, since it will also
   see and understand the private directive and thus default to the safe
   behavior.
</t>
<t>
   Unrecognized cache-directives MUST be ignored; it is assumed that any
   cache-directive likely to be unrecognized by an HTTP/1.1 cache will
   be combined with standard directives (or the response's default
   cacheability) such that the cache behavior will remain minimally
   correct even if the cache does not understand the extension(s).
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Connection" anchor="header.connection">
  <iref primary="true" item="Connection header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Connection"/>
<t>
   The Connection general-header field allows the sender to specify
   options that are desired for that particular connection and MUST NOT
   be communicated by proxies over further connections.
</t>
<t>
   The Connection header has the following grammar:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Connection"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="connection-token"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Connection = "Connection" ":" 1#(connection-token)
  connection-token  = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 proxies MUST parse the Connection header field before a
   message is forwarded and, for each connection-token in this field,
   remove any header field(s) from the message with the same name as the
   connection-token. Connection options are signaled by the presence of
   a connection-token in the Connection header field, not by any
   corresponding additional header field(s), since the additional header
   field may not be sent if there are no parameters associated with that
   connection option.
</t>
<t>
   Message headers listed in the Connection header MUST NOT include
   end-to-end headers, such as Cache-Control.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 defines the "close" connection option for the sender to
   signal that the connection will be closed after completion of the
   response. For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Connection: close
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   in either the request or the response header fields indicates that
   the connection SHOULD NOT  be considered `persistent' (<xref target="persistent.connections"/>)
   after the current request/response is complete.
</t>


<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 client that does not support persistent connections MUST
   include the "close" connection option in every request message. 
</t>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 server that does not support persistent connections MUST
   include the "close" connection option in every response message that does
   not have a 1xx (informational) status code.
</t>
<t>
   A system receiving an HTTP/1.0 (or lower-version) message that
   includes a Connection header MUST, for each connection-token in this
   field, remove and ignore any header field(s) from the message with
   the same name as the connection-token. This protects against mistaken
   forwarding of such header fields by pre-HTTP/1.1 proxies. See <xref target="compatibility.with.http.1.0.persistent.connections"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Encoding" anchor="header.content-encoding">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Encoding header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Encoding"/>
<t>
   The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the
   media-type. When present, its value indicates what additional content
   codings have been applied to the entity-body, and thus what decoding
   mechanisms must be applied in order to obtain the media-type
   referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding is
   primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing
   the identity of its underlying media type.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Encoding"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Encoding  = "Content-Encoding" ":" 1#content-coding
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Content codings are defined in <xref target="content.codings"/>. An example of its use is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Content-Encoding: gzip
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The content-coding is a characteristic of the entity identified by
   the Request-URI. Typically, the entity-body is stored with this
   encoding and is only decoded before rendering or analogous usage.
   However, a non-transparent proxy MAY modify the content-coding if the
   new coding is known to be acceptable to the recipient, unless the
   "no-transform" cache-control directive is present in the message.
</t>

<t>
   If the content-coding of an entity is not "identity", then the
   response MUST include a Content-Encoding entity-header
   that lists the non-identity content-coding(s) used.
</t>
<t>
   If the content-coding of an entity in a request message is not
   acceptable to the origin server, the server SHOULD respond with a
   status code of <xref target="status.415" format="none">415 (Unsupported Media Type)</xref>.
</t>
<t>
   If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity, the content
   codings MUST be listed in the order in which they were applied.
   Additional information about the encoding parameters MAY be provided
   by other entity-header fields not defined by this specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Language" anchor="header.content-language">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Language header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Language"/>
<t>
   The Content-Language entity-header field describes the natural
   language(s) of the intended audience for the enclosed entity. Note
   that this might not be equivalent to all the languages used within
   the entity-body.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Language"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Language  = "Content-Language" ":" 1#language-tag
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Language tags are defined in <xref target="language.tags"/>. The primary purpose of
   Content-Language is to allow a user to identify and differentiate
   entities according to the user's own preferred language. Thus, if the
   body content is intended only for a Danish-literate audience, the
   appropriate field is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Content-Language: da
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If no Content-Language is specified, the default is that the content
   is intended for all language audiences. This might mean that the
   sender does not consider it to be specific to any natural language,
   or that the sender does not know for which language it is intended.
</t>
<t>
   Multiple languages MAY be listed for content that is intended for
   multiple audiences. For example, a rendition of the "Treaty of
   Waitangi," presented simultaneously in the original Maori and English
   versions, would call for
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Content-Language: mi, en
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   However, just because multiple languages are present within an entity
   does not mean that it is intended for multiple linguistic audiences.
   An example would be a beginner's language primer, such as "A First
   Lesson in Latin," which is clearly intended to be used by an
   English-literate audience. In this case, the Content-Language would
   properly only include "en".
</t>
<t>
   Content-Language MAY be applied to any media type -- it is not
   limited to textual documents.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Length" anchor="header.content-length">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Length header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Length"/>
<t>
   The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the
   entity-body, in decimal number of <xref target="basic.rules" format="none">OCTET</xref>s, sent to the recipient or,
   in the case of the HEAD method, the size of the entity-body that
   would have been sent had the request been a GET.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Length"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Length    = "Content-Length" ":" 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Content-Length: 3495
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Applications SHOULD use this field to indicate the transfer-length of
   the message-body, unless this is prohibited by the rules in <xref target="message.length"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Any Content-Length greater than or equal to zero is a valid value.
   <xref target="message.length"/> describes how to determine the length of a message-body
   if a Content-Length is not given.
</t>
<t>
   Note that the meaning of this field is significantly different from
   the corresponding definition in MIME, where it is an optional field
   used within the "message/external-body" content-type. In HTTP, it
   SHOULD be sent whenever the message's length can be determined prior
   to being transferred, unless this is prohibited by the rules in
   <xref target="message.length"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Location" anchor="header.content-location">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Location header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Location"/>
<t>
   The Content-Location entity-header field MAY be used to supply the
   resource location for the entity enclosed in the message when that
   entity is accessible from a location separate from the requested
   resource's URI. A server SHOULD provide a Content-Location for the
   variant corresponding to the response entity; especially in the case
   where a resource has multiple entities associated with it, and those
   entities actually have separate locations by which they might be
   individually accessed, the server SHOULD provide a Content-Location
   for the particular variant which is returned.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Location"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Location = "Content-Location" ":"
                    ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The value of Content-Location also defines the base URI for the
   entity.
</t>
<t>
   The Content-Location value is not a replacement for the original
   requested URI; it is only a statement of the location of the resource
   corresponding to this particular entity at the time of the request.
   Future requests MAY specify the Content-Location URI as the request-URI
   if the desire is to identify the source of that particular
   entity.
</t>
<t>
   A cache cannot assume that an entity with a Content-Location
   different from the URI used to retrieve it can be used to respond to
   later requests on that Content-Location URI. However, the Content-Location
   can be used to differentiate between multiple entities
   retrieved from a single requested resource, as described in <xref target="caching.negotiated.responses"/>.
</t>
<t>
   If the Content-Location is a relative URI, the relative URI is
   interpreted relative to the Request-URI.
</t>

<t>
   The meaning of the Content-Location header in PUT or POST requests is
   undefined; servers are free to ignore it in those cases.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-MD5" anchor="header.content-md5">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-MD5 header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-MD5"/>
<t>
   The Content-MD5 entity-header field, as defined in <xref target="RFC1864"/>, is
   an MD5 digest of the entity-body for the purpose of providing an
   end-to-end message integrity check (MIC) of the entity-body. (Note: a
   MIC is good for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body
   in transit, but is not proof against malicious attacks.)
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-MD5"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="md5-digest"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-MD5   = "Content-MD5" ":" md5-digest
  md5-digest   = <base64 of 128 bit MD5 digest as per [RFC1864]>
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The Content-MD5 header field MAY be generated by an origin server or
   client to function as an integrity check of the entity-body. Only
   origin servers or clients MAY generate the Content-MD5 header field;
   proxies and gateways MUST NOT generate it, as this would defeat its
   value as an end-to-end integrity check. Any recipient of the entity-body,
   including gateways and proxies, MAY check that the digest value
   in this header field matches that of the entity-body as received.
</t>
<t>
   The MD5 digest is computed based on the content of the entity-body,
   including any content-coding that has been applied, but not including
   any transfer-encoding applied to the message-body. If the message is
   received with a transfer-encoding, that encoding MUST be removed
   prior to checking the Content-MD5 value against the received entity.
</t>
<t>
   This has the result that the digest is computed on the octets of the
   entity-body exactly as, and in the order that, they would be sent if
   no transfer-encoding were being applied.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP extends RFC 1864 to permit the digest to be computed for MIME
   composite media-types (e.g., multipart/* and message/rfc822), but
   this does not change how the digest is computed as defined in the
   preceding paragraph.
</t>
<t>
   There are several consequences of this. The entity-body for composite
   types MAY contain many body-parts, each with its own MIME and HTTP
   headers (including Content-MD5, Content-Transfer-Encoding, and
   Content-Encoding headers). If a body-part has a Content-Transfer-Encoding
   or Content-Encoding header, it is assumed that the content
   of the body-part has had the encoding applied, and the body-part is
   included in the Content-MD5 digest as is -- i.e., after the
   application. The Transfer-Encoding header field is not allowed within
   body-parts.
</t>
<t>
   Conversion of all line breaks to CRLF MUST NOT be done before
   computing or checking the digest: the line break convention used in
   the text actually transmitted MUST be left unaltered when computing
   the digest.
  <list><t>
      Note: while the definition of Content-MD5 is exactly the same for
      HTTP as in RFC 1864 for MIME entity-bodies, there are several ways
      in which the application of Content-MD5 to HTTP entity-bodies
      differs from its application to MIME entity-bodies. One is that
      HTTP, unlike MIME, does not use Content-Transfer-Encoding, and
      does use Transfer-Encoding and Content-Encoding. Another is that
      HTTP more frequently uses binary content types than MIME, so it is
      worth noting that, in such cases, the byte order used to compute
      the digest is the transmission byte order defined for the type.
      Lastly, HTTP allows transmission of text types with any of several
      line break conventions and not just the canonical form using CRLF.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Range" anchor="header.content-range">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Range header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Range"/>
<t>
   The Content-Range entity-header is sent with a partial entity-body to
   specify where in the full entity-body the partial body should be
   applied. Range units are defined in <xref target="range.units"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Range"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="content-range-spec"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="byte-content-range-spec"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="byte-range-resp-spec"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="instance-length"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Range = "Content-Range" ":" content-range-spec

  content-range-spec      = byte-content-range-spec
  byte-content-range-spec = bytes-unit SP
                            byte-range-resp-spec "/"
                            ( instance-length | "*" )

  byte-range-resp-spec = (first-byte-pos "-" last-byte-pos)
                                 | "*"
  instance-length           = 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The header SHOULD indicate the total length of the full entity-body,
   unless this length is unknown or difficult to determine. The asterisk
   "*" character means that the instance-length is unknown at the time
   when the response was generated.
</t>
<t>
   Unlike byte-ranges-specifier values (see <xref target="byte.ranges"/>), a byte-range-resp-spec
   MUST only specify one range, and MUST contain
   absolute byte positions for both the first and last byte of the
   range.
</t>
<t>
   A byte-content-range-spec with a byte-range-resp-spec whose last-byte-pos
   value is less than its first-byte-pos value, or whose
   instance-length value is less than or equal to its last-byte-pos
   value, is invalid. The recipient of an invalid byte-content-range-spec
   MUST ignore it and any content transferred along with it.
</t>
<t>
   A server sending a response with status code 416 (Requested range not
   satisfiable) SHOULD include a Content-Range field with a byte-range-resp-spec
   of "*". The instance-length specifies the current length of
   the selected resource. A response with status code 206 (Partial
   Content) MUST NOT include a Content-Range field with a byte-range-resp-spec of "*".
</t>
<t>
   Examples of byte-content-range-spec values, assuming that the entity
   contains a total of 1234 bytes:
   <list style="symbols">
      <t>
        The first 500 bytes:
<figure><artwork type="text/plain"><![CDATA[
   bytes 0-499/1234
]]></artwork></figure>
      </t>    
      <t>
        The second 500 bytes:
<figure><artwork type="text/plain"><![CDATA[
   bytes 500-999/1234
]]></artwork></figure>
      </t>    
      <t>
        All except for the first 500 bytes:
<figure><artwork type="text/plain"><![CDATA[
   bytes 500-1233/1234
]]></artwork></figure>
      </t>    
      <t>
        The last 500 bytes:
<figure><artwork type="text/plain"><![CDATA[
   bytes 734-1233/1234
]]></artwork></figure>
      </t>    
   </list>
</t>
<t>
   When an HTTP message includes the content of a single range (for
   example, a response to a request for a single range, or to a request
   for a set of ranges that overlap without any holes), this content is
   transmitted with a Content-Range header, and a Content-Length header
   showing the number of bytes actually transferred. For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content
    Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
    Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
    Content-Range: bytes 21010-47021/47022
    Content-Length: 26012
    Content-Type: image/gif
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   When an HTTP message includes the content of multiple ranges (for
   example, a response to a request for multiple non-overlapping
   ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart message. The multipart
   media type used for this purpose is "multipart/byteranges" as defined
   in <xref target="internet.media.type.multipart.byteranges"/>. See <xref target="changes.from.rfc.2068"/> for a compatibility issue.
</t>
<t>
   A response to a request for a single range MUST NOT be sent using the
   multipart/byteranges media type.  A response to a request for
   multiple ranges, whose result is a single range, MAY be sent as a
   multipart/byteranges media type with one part. A client that cannot
   decode a multipart/byteranges message MUST NOT ask for multiple
   byte-ranges in a single request.
</t>
<t>
   When a client requests multiple byte-ranges in one request, the
   server SHOULD return them in the order that they appeared in the
   request.
</t>
<t>
   If the server ignores a byte-range-spec because it is syntactically
   invalid, the server SHOULD treat the request as if the invalid Range
   header field did not exist. (Normally, this means return a 200
   response containing the full entity).
</t>
<t>
   If the server receives a request (other than one including an If-Range
   request-header field) with an unsatisfiable Range request-header
   field (that is, all of whose byte-range-spec values have a
   first-byte-pos value greater than the current length of the selected
   resource), it SHOULD return a response code of 416 (Requested range
   not satisfiable) (<xref target="status.416"/>).
  <list><t>
      Note: clients cannot depend on servers to send a <xref target="status.416" format="none">416 (Requested range not satisfiable)</xref>
      response instead of a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response for
      an unsatisfiable Range request-header, since not all servers
      implement this request-header.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Type" anchor="header.content-type">
  <iref primary="true" item="Content-Type header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Content-Type"/>
<t>
   The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the
   entity-body sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method,
   the media type that would have been sent had the request been a GET.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Content-Type"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Content-Type   = "Content-Type" ":" media-type
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Media types are defined in <xref target="media.types"/>. An example of the field is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-4
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Further discussion of methods for identifying the media type of an
   entity is provided in <xref target="type"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Date" anchor="header.date">
  <iref primary="true" item="Date header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Date"/>
<t>
   The Date general-header field represents the date and time at which
   the message was originated, having the same semantics as orig-date in
   <xref target="RFC2822"/>. The field value is an HTTP-date, as described in <xref target="full.date"/>;
   it MUST be sent in rfc1123-date format.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Date"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Date  = "Date" ":" HTTP-date
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Date: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 08:12:31 GMT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Origin servers MUST include a Date header field in all responses,
   except in these cases:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>If the response status code is <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> or
         <xref target="status.101" format="none">101 (Switching Protocols)</xref>, the response MAY include a Date header field, at
         the server's option.</t>

      <t>If the response status code conveys a server error, e.g. <xref target="status.500" format="none">500 (Internal Server Error)</xref>
         or <xref target="status.503" format="none">503 (Service Unavailable)</xref>, and it is
         inconvenient or impossible to generate a valid Date.</t>

      <t>If the server does not have a clock that can provide a
         reasonable approximation of the current time, its responses
         MUST NOT include a Date header field. In this case, the rules
         in <xref target="clockless.origin.server.operation"/> MUST be followed.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   A received message that does not have a Date header field MUST be
   assigned one by the recipient if the message will be cached by that
   recipient or gatewayed via a protocol which requires a Date. An HTTP
   implementation without a clock MUST NOT cache responses without
   revalidating them on every use. An HTTP cache, especially a shared
   cache, SHOULD use a mechanism, such as NTP <xref target="RFC1305"/>, to synchronize its
   clock with a reliable external standard.
</t>
<t>
   Clients SHOULD only send a Date header field in messages that include
   an entity-body, as in the case of the PUT and POST requests, and even
   then it is optional. A client without a clock MUST NOT send a Date
   header field in a request.
</t>
<t>
   The HTTP-date sent in a Date header SHOULD NOT  represent a date and
   time subsequent to the generation of the message. It SHOULD represent
   the best available approximation of the date and time of message
   generation, unless the implementation has no means of generating a
   reasonably accurate date and time. In theory, the date ought to
   represent the moment just before the entity is generated. In
   practice, the date can be generated at any time during the message
   origination without affecting its semantic value.
</t>

<section title="Clockless Origin Server Operation" anchor="clockless.origin.server.operation">
<t>
   Some origin server implementations might not have a clock available.
   An origin server without a clock MUST NOT assign Expires or Last-Modified
   values to a response, unless these values were associated
   with the resource by a system or user with a reliable clock. It MAY
   assign an Expires value that is known, at or before server
   configuration time, to be in the past (this allows "pre-expiration"
   of responses without storing separate Expires values for each
   resource).
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="ETag" anchor="header.etag">
  <iref primary="true" item="ETag header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="ETag"/>

<t>
   The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the
   entity tag for the requested variant. The headers used with entity
   tags are described in Sections <xref target="header.if-match" format="counter"/>, <xref target="header.if-none-match" format="counter"/> and <xref target="header.vary" format="counter"/>. The entity tag
   MAY be used for comparison with other entities from the same resource
   (see <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>).
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="ETag"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  ETag = "ETag" ":" entity-tag
]]></artwork></figure>
<figure><preamble>
   Examples:
</preamble>
<artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   ETag: "xyzzy"
   ETag: W/"xyzzy"
   ETag: ""
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>

<section title="Expect" anchor="header.expect">
  <iref primary="true" item="Expect header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Expect"/>
<t>
   The Expect request-header field is used to indicate that particular
   server behaviors are required by the client.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Expect"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="expectation"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="expectation-extension"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="expect-params"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Expect       =  "Expect" ":" 1#expectation

  expectation  =  "100-continue" | expectation-extension
  expectation-extension =  token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string )
                           *expect-params ]
  expect-params =  ";" token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A server that does not understand or is unable to comply with any of
   the expectation values in the Expect field of a request MUST respond
   with appropriate error status. The server MUST respond with a <xref target="status.417" format="none">417 (Expectation Failed)</xref>
   status if any of the expectations cannot be met
   or, if there are other problems with the request, some other 4xx
   status.
</t>
<t>
   This header field is defined with extensible syntax to allow for
   future extensions. If a server receives a request containing an
   Expect field that includes an expectation-extension that it does not
   support, it MUST respond with a <xref target="status.417" format="none">417 (Expectation Failed)</xref> status.
</t>
<t>
   Comparison of expectation values is case-insensitive for unquoted
   tokens (including the 100-continue token), and is case-sensitive for
   quoted-string expectation-extensions.
</t>
<t>
   The Expect mechanism is hop-by-hop: that is, an HTTP/1.1 proxy MUST
   return a <xref target="status.417" format="none">417 (Expectation Failed)</xref> status if it receives a request
   with an expectation that it cannot meet. However, the Expect
   request-header itself is end-to-end; it MUST be forwarded if the
   request is forwarded.
</t>
<t>
   Many older HTTP/1.0 and HTTP/1.1 applications do not understand the
   Expect header.
</t>
<t>
   See <xref target="use.of.the.100.status"/> for the use of the <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> status.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Expires" anchor="header.expires">
  <iref primary="true" item="Expires header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Expires"/>
<t>
   The Expires entity-header field gives the date/time after which the
   response is considered stale. A stale cache entry may not normally be
   returned by a cache (either a proxy cache or a user agent cache)
   unless it is first validated with the origin server (or with an
   intermediate cache that has a fresh copy of the entity). See <xref target="expiration.model"/>
   for further discussion of the expiration model.
</t>
<t>
   The presence of an Expires field does not imply that the original
   resource will change or cease to exist at, before, or after that
   time.
</t>
<t>
   The format is an absolute date and time as defined by HTTP-date in
   <xref target="full.date"/>; it MUST be in rfc1123-date format:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Expires"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Expires = "Expires" ":" HTTP-date
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example of its use is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   Expires: Thu, 01 Dec 1994 16:00:00 GMT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
  <list><t>
      Note: if a response includes a Cache-Control field with the max-age
      directive (see <xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism"/>), that directive overrides the
      Expires field.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 clients and caches MUST treat other invalid date formats,
   especially including the value "0", as in the past (i.e., "already
   expired").
</t>
<t>
   To mark a response as "already expired," an origin server sends an
   Expires date that is equal to the Date header value. (See the rules
   for expiration calculations in <xref target="expiration.calculations"/>.)
</t>
<t>
   To mark a response as "never expires," an origin server sends an
   Expires date approximately one year from the time the response is
   sent. HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD NOT  send Expires dates more than one
   year in the future.
</t>
<t>
   The presence of an Expires header field with a date value of some
   time in the future on a response that otherwise would by default be
   non-cacheable indicates that the response is cacheable, unless
   indicated otherwise by a Cache-Control header field (<xref target="header.cache-control"/>).
</t>
</section>

<section title="From" anchor="header.from">
  <iref primary="true" item="From header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="From"/>
<t>
   The From request-header field, if given, SHOULD contain an Internet
   e-mail address for the human user who controls the requesting user
   agent. The address SHOULD be machine-usable, as defined by "mailbox"
   in Section 3.4 of <xref target="RFC2822"/>:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="From"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  From   = "From" ":" mailbox
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    From: webmaster@w3.org
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   This header field MAY be used for logging purposes and as a means for
   identifying the source of invalid or unwanted requests. It SHOULD NOT 
   be used as an insecure form of access protection. The interpretation
   of this field is that the request is being performed on behalf of the
   person given, who accepts responsibility for the method performed. In
   particular, robot agents SHOULD include this header so that the
   person responsible for running the robot can be contacted if problems
   occur on the receiving end.
</t>
<t>
   The Internet e-mail address in this field MAY be separate from the
   Internet host which issued the request. For example, when a request
   is passed through a proxy the original issuer's address SHOULD be
   used.
</t>
<t>
   The client SHOULD NOT  send the From header field without the user's
   approval, as it might conflict with the user's privacy interests or
   their site's security policy. It is strongly recommended that the
   user be able to disable, enable, and modify the value of this field
   at any time prior to a request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Host" anchor="header.host">
  <iref primary="true" item="Host header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Host"/>
<t>
   The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port
   number of the resource being requested, as obtained from the original
   URI given by the user or referring resource (generally an HTTP URL,
   as described in <xref target="http.url"/>). The Host field value MUST represent
   the naming authority of the origin server or gateway given by the
   original URL. This allows the origin server or gateway to
   differentiate between internally-ambiguous URLs, such as the root "/"
   URL of a server for multiple host names on a single IP address.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Host"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Host = "Host" ":" host [ ":" port ] ; Section 3.2.2
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A "host" without any trailing port information implies the default
   port for the service requested (e.g., "80" for an HTTP URL). For
   example, a request on the origin server for
   &lt;http://www.example.org/pub/WWW/&gt; would properly include:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    GET /pub/WWW/ HTTP/1.1
    Host: www.example.org
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A client MUST include a Host header field in all HTTP/1.1 request
   messages. If the requested URI does not include an Internet host
   name for the service being requested, then the Host header field MUST
   be given with an empty value. An HTTP/1.1 proxy MUST ensure that any
   request message it forwards does contain an appropriate Host header
   field that identifies the service being requested by the proxy. All
   Internet-based HTTP/1.1 servers MUST respond with a <xref target="status.400" format="none">400 (Bad Request)</xref>
   status code to any HTTP/1.1 request message which lacks a Host header
   field.
</t>
<t>
   See Sections <xref target="the.resource.identified.by.a.request" format="counter"/>
   and <xref target="changes.to.simplify.multi-homed.web.servers.and.conserve.ip.addresses" format="counter"/>
   for other requirements relating to Host.
</t>
</section>

<section title="If-Match" anchor="header.if-match">
  <iref primary="true" item="If-Match header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="If-Match"/>
<t>
   The If-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it
   conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
   obtained from the resource can verify that one of those entities is
   current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
   If-Match header field. Entity tags are defined in <xref target="entity.tags"/>. The
   purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached
   information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also
   used, on updating requests, to prevent inadvertent modification of
   the wrong version of a resource. As a special case, the value "*"
   matches any current entity of the resource.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="If-Match"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  If-Match = "If-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
   would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
   (without the If-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is given
   and any current entity exists for that resource, then the server MAY
   perform the requested method as if the If-Match header field did not
   exist.
</t>
<t>
   A server MUST use the strong comparison function (see <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/>)
   to compare the entity tags in If-Match.
</t>
<t>
   If none of the entity tags match, or if "*" is given and no current
   entity exists, the server MUST NOT perform the requested method, and
   MUST return a <xref target="status.412" format="none">412 (Precondition Failed)</xref> response. This behavior is
   most useful when the client wants to prevent an updating method, such
   as PUT, from modifying a resource that has changed since the client
   last retrieved it.
</t>
<t>
   If the request would, without the If-Match header field, result in
   anything other than a 2xx or 412 status, then the If-Match header
   MUST be ignored.
</t>
<t>
   The meaning of "If-Match: *" is that the method SHOULD be performed
   if the representation selected by the origin server (or by a cache,
   possibly using the Vary mechanism, see <xref target="header.vary"/>) exists, and
   MUST NOT be performed if the representation does not exist.
</t>
<t>
   A request intended to update a resource (e.g., a PUT) MAY include an
   If-Match header field to signal that the request method MUST NOT be
   applied if the entity corresponding to the If-Match value (a single
   entity tag) is no longer a representation of that resource. This
   allows the user to indicate that they do not wish the request to be
   successful if the resource has been changed without their knowledge.
   Examples:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    If-Match: "xyzzy"
    If-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
    If-Match: *
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The result of a request having both an If-Match header field and
   either an If-None-Match or an If-Modified-Since header fields is
   undefined by this specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="If-Modified-Since" anchor="header.if-modified-since">
  <iref primary="true" item="If-Modified-Since header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="If-Modified-Since"/>
<t>
   The If-Modified-Since request-header field is used with a method to
   make it conditional: if the requested variant has not been modified
   since the time specified in this field, an entity will not be
   returned from the server; instead, a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> response will
   be returned without any message-body.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="If-Modified-Since"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  If-Modified-Since = "If-Modified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example of the field is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    If-Modified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A GET method with an If-Modified-Since header and no Range header
   requests that the identified entity be transferred only if it has
   been modified since the date given by the If-Modified-Since header.
   The algorithm for determining this includes the following cases:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>If the request would normally result in anything other than a
         <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> status, or if the passed If-Modified-Since date is
         invalid, the response is exactly the same as for a normal GET.
         A date which is later than the server's current time is
         invalid.</t>

      <t>If the variant has been modified since the If-Modified-Since
         date, the response is exactly the same as for a normal GET.</t>

      <t>If the variant has not been modified since a valid If-Modified-Since
         date, the server SHOULD return a 304 (Not
         Modified) response.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached
   information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead.
  <list><t>
      Note: The Range request-header field modifies the meaning of If-Modified-Since;
      see <xref target="header.range"/> for full details.
    </t><t>
      Note: If-Modified-Since times are interpreted by the server, whose
      clock might not be synchronized with the client.
    </t><t>
      Note: When handling an If-Modified-Since header field, some
      servers will use an exact date comparison function, rather than a
      less-than function, for deciding whether to send a 304 (Not
      Modified) response. To get best results when sending an If-Modified-Since
      header field for cache validation, clients are
      advised to use the exact date string received in a previous Last-Modified
      header field whenever possible.
    </t><t>
      Note: If a client uses an arbitrary date in the If-Modified-Since
      header instead of a date taken from the Last-Modified header for
      the same request, the client should be aware of the fact that this
      date is interpreted in the server's understanding of time. The
      client should consider unsynchronized clocks and rounding problems
      due to the different encodings of time between the client and
      server. This includes the possibility of race conditions if the
      document has changed between the time it was first requested and
      the If-Modified-Since date of a subsequent request, and the
      possibility of clock-skew-related problems if the If-Modified-Since
      date is derived from the client's clock without correction
      to the server's clock. Corrections for different time bases
      between client and server are at best approximate due to network
      latency.
    </t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   The result of a request having both an If-Modified-Since header field
   and either an If-Match or an If-Unmodified-Since header fields is
   undefined by this specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="If-None-Match" anchor="header.if-none-match">
  <iref primary="true" item="If-None-Match header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="If-None-Match"/>
<t>
   The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make
   it conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
   obtained from the resource can verify that none of those entities is
   current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
   If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow
   efficient updates of cached information with a minimum amount of
   transaction overhead. It is also used to prevent a method (e.g. PUT)
   from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the client
   believes that the resource does not exist.
</t>
<t>
   As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the
   resource.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="If-None-Match"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  If-None-Match = "If-None-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
   would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
   (without the If-None-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is
   given and any current entity exists for that resource, then the
   server MUST NOT perform the requested method, unless required to do
   so because the resource's modification date fails to match that
   supplied in an If-Modified-Since header field in the request.
   Instead, if the request method was GET or HEAD, the server SHOULD
   respond with a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> response, including the cache-related
   header fields (particularly ETag) of one of the entities that
   matched. For all other request methods, the server MUST respond with
   a status of <xref target="status.412" format="none">412 (Precondition Failed)</xref>.
</t>
<t>
   See <xref target="weak.and.strong.validators"/> for rules on how to determine if two entities tags
   match. The weak comparison function can only be used with GET or HEAD
   requests.
</t>
<t>
   If none of the entity tags match, then the server MAY perform the
   requested method as if the If-None-Match header field did not exist,
   but MUST also ignore any If-Modified-Since header field(s) in the
   request. That is, if no entity tags match, then the server MUST NOT
   return a <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref> response.
</t>
<t>
   If the request would, without the If-None-Match header field, result
   in anything other than a 2xx or 304 status, then the If-None-Match
   header MUST be ignored. (See <xref target="rules.for.when.to.use.entity.tags.and.last-modified.dates"/> for a discussion of
   server behavior when both If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match appear
   in the same request.)
</t>
<t>
   The meaning of "If-None-Match: *" is that the method MUST NOT be
   performed if the representation selected by the origin server (or by
   a cache, possibly using the Vary mechanism, see <xref target="header.vary"/>)
   exists, and SHOULD be performed if the representation does not exist.
   This feature is intended to be useful in preventing races between PUT
   operations.
</t>
<t>
   Examples:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    If-None-Match: "xyzzy"
    If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy"
    If-None-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
    If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy", W/"r2d2xxxx", W/"c3piozzzz"
    If-None-Match: *
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The result of a request having both an If-None-Match header field and
   either an If-Match or an If-Unmodified-Since header fields is
   undefined by this specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="If-Range" anchor="header.if-range">
  <iref primary="true" item="If-Range header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="If-Range"/>
<t>
   If a client has a partial copy of an entity in its cache, and wishes
   to have an up-to-date copy of the entire entity in its cache, it
   could use the Range request-header with a conditional GET (using
   either or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match.) However, if the
   condition fails because the entity has been modified, the client
   would then have to make a second request to obtain the entire current
   entity-body.
</t>
<t>
   The If-Range header allows a client to "short-circuit" the second
   request. Informally, its meaning is `if the entity is unchanged, send
   me the part(s) that I am missing; otherwise, send me the entire new
   entity'.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="If-Range"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  If-Range = "If-Range" ":" ( entity-tag | HTTP-date )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If the client has no entity tag for an entity, but does have a Last-Modified
   date, it MAY use that date in an If-Range header. (The
   server can distinguish between a valid HTTP-date and any form of
   entity-tag by examining no more than two characters.) The If-Range
   header SHOULD only be used together with a Range header, and MUST be
   ignored if the request does not include a Range header, or if the
   server does not support the sub-range operation.
</t>
<t>
   If the entity tag given in the If-Range header matches the current
   entity tag for the entity, then the server SHOULD provide the
   specified sub-range of the entity using a <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref>
   response. If the entity tag does not match, then the server SHOULD
   return the entire entity using a <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref> response.
</t>
</section>

<section title="If-Unmodified-Since" anchor="header.if-unmodified-since">
  <iref primary="true" item="If-Unmodified-Since header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="If-Unmodified-Since"/>
<t>
   The If-Unmodified-Since request-header field is used with a method to
   make it conditional. If the requested resource has not been modified
   since the time specified in this field, the server SHOULD perform the
   requested operation as if the If-Unmodified-Since header were not
   present.
</t>
<t>
   If the requested variant has been modified since the specified time,
   the server MUST NOT perform the requested operation, and MUST return
   a <xref target="status.412" format="none">412 (Precondition Failed)</xref>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="If-Unmodified-Since"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  If-Unmodified-Since = "If-Unmodified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example of the field is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    If-Unmodified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If the request normally (i.e., without the If-Unmodified-Since
   header) would result in anything other than a 2xx or 412 status, the
   If-Unmodified-Since header SHOULD be ignored.
</t>
<t>
   If the specified date is invalid, the header is ignored.
</t>
<t>
   The result of a request having both an If-Unmodified-Since header
   field and either an If-None-Match or an If-Modified-Since header
   fields is undefined by this specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Last-Modified" anchor="header.last-modified">
  <iref primary="true" item="Last-Modified header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Last-Modified"/>
<t>
   The Last-Modified entity-header field indicates the date and time at
   which the origin server believes the variant was last modified.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Last-Modified"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Last-Modified  = "Last-Modified" ":" HTTP-date
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example of its use is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Last-Modified: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 12:45:26 GMT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The exact meaning of this header field depends on the implementation
   of the origin server and the nature of the original resource. For
   files, it may be just the file system last-modified time. For
   entities with dynamically included parts, it may be the most recent
   of the set of last-modify times for its component parts. For database
   gateways, it may be the last-update time stamp of the record. For
   virtual objects, it may be the last time the internal state changed.
</t>
<t>
   An origin server MUST NOT send a Last-Modified date which is later
   than the server's time of message origination. In such cases, where
   the resource's last modification would indicate some time in the
   future, the server MUST replace that date with the message
   origination date.
</t>
<t>
   An origin server SHOULD obtain the Last-Modified value of the entity
   as close as possible to the time that it generates the Date value of
   its response. This allows a recipient to make an accurate assessment
   of the entity's modification time, especially if the entity changes
   near the time that the response is generated.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD send Last-Modified whenever feasible.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Location" anchor="header.location">
  <iref primary="true" item="Location header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Location"/>

<t>
   The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient
   to a location other than the Request-URI for completion of the
   request or identification of a new resource. For <xref target="status.201" format="none">201 (Created)</xref>
   responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created
   by the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the
   server's preferred URI for automatic redirection to the resource. The
   field value consists of a single absolute URI.
</t>

<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Location"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Location       = "Location" ":" absoluteURI [ "#" fragment ]
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Location: http://www.example.org/pub/WWW/People.html
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
  <list><t>
      Note: The Content-Location header field (<xref target="header.content-location"/>) differs
      from Location in that the Content-Location identifies the original
      location of the entity enclosed in the request. It is therefore
      possible for a response to contain header fields for both Location
      and Content-Location. Also see <xref target="invalidation.after.updates.or.deletions"/> for cache
      requirements of some methods.
  </t></list>
</t>

<t>
  There are circumstances in which a fragment identifier in a Location URL would not be appropriate:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>With a 201 Created response, because in this usage the Location header specifies the URL for the entire created resource.</t>
    <t>With a 300 Multiple Choices, since the choice decision is intended to be made on resource characteristics and not fragment characteristics.</t>
    <t>With 305 Use Proxy.</t>
  </list>
</t>

</section>

<section title="Max-Forwards" anchor="header.max-forwards">
  <iref primary="true" item="Max-Forwards header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Max-Forwards"/>
<t>
   The Max-Forwards request-header field provides a mechanism with the
   TRACE (<xref target="TRACE"/>) and OPTIONS (<xref target="OPTIONS"/>) methods to limit the
   number of proxies or gateways that can forward the request to the
   next inbound server. This can be useful when the client is attempting
   to trace a request chain which appears to be failing or looping in
   mid-chain.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Max-Forwards"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Max-Forwards   = "Max-Forwards" ":" 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The Max-Forwards value is a decimal integer indicating the remaining
   number of times this request message may be forwarded.
</t>
<t>
   Each proxy or gateway recipient of a TRACE or OPTIONS request
   containing a Max-Forwards header field MUST check and update its
   value prior to forwarding the request. If the received value is zero
   (0), the recipient MUST NOT forward the request; instead, it MUST
   respond as the final recipient. If the received Max-Forwards value is
   greater than zero, then the forwarded message MUST contain an updated
   Max-Forwards field with a value decremented by one (1).
</t>
<t>
   The Max-Forwards header field MAY be ignored for all other methods
   defined by this specification and for any extension methods for which
   it is not explicitly referred to as part of that method definition.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Pragma" anchor="header.pragma">
  <iref primary="true" item="Pragma header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Pragma"/>
<t>
   The Pragma general-header field is used to include implementation-specific
   directives that might apply to any recipient along the
   request/response chain. All pragma directives specify optional
   behavior from the viewpoint of the protocol; however, some systems
   MAY require that behavior be consistent with the directives.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Pragma"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="pragma-directive"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="extension-pragma"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Pragma            = "Pragma" ":" 1#pragma-directive
  pragma-directive  = "no-cache" | extension-pragma
  extension-pragma  = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   When the no-cache directive is present in a request message, an
   application SHOULD forward the request toward the origin server even
   if it has a cached copy of what is being requested. This pragma
   directive has the same semantics as the no-cache cache-directive (see
   <xref target="header.cache-control"/>) and is defined here for backward compatibility with
   HTTP/1.0. Clients SHOULD include both header fields when a no-cache
   request is sent to a server not known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant.
</t>
<t>
   Pragma directives MUST be passed through by a proxy or gateway
   application, regardless of their significance to that application,
   since the directives might be applicable to all recipients along the
   request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a pragma for a
   specific recipient; however, any pragma directive not relevant to a
   recipient SHOULD be ignored by that recipient.
</t>
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 caches SHOULD treat "Pragma: no-cache" as if the client had
   sent "Cache-Control: no-cache". No new Pragma directives will be
   defined in HTTP.
  <list><t>
      Note: because the meaning of "Pragma: no-cache as a response
      header field is not actually specified, it does not provide a
      reliable replacement for "Cache-Control: no-cache" in a response
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Proxy-Authenticate" anchor="header.proxy-authenticate">
  <iref primary="true" item="Proxy-Authenticate header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Proxy-Authenticate"/>
<t>
   The Proxy-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included as part
   of a <xref target="status.407" format="none">407 (Proxy Authentication Required)</xref> response. The field value
   consists of a challenge that indicates the authentication scheme and
   parameters applicable to the proxy for this Request-URI.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Proxy-Authenticate"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Proxy-Authenticate  = "Proxy-Authenticate" ":" 1#challenge
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>. Unlike
   WWW-Authenticate, the Proxy-Authenticate header field applies only to
   the current connection and SHOULD NOT  be passed on to downstream
   clients. However, an intermediate proxy might need to obtain its own
   credentials by requesting them from the downstream client, which in
   some circumstances will appear as if the proxy is forwarding the
   Proxy-Authenticate header field.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Proxy-Authorization" anchor="header.proxy-authorization">
  <iref primary="true" item="Proxy-Authorization header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Proxy-Authorization"/>
<t>
   The Proxy-Authorization request-header field allows the client to
   identify itself (or its user) to a proxy which requires
   authentication. The Proxy-Authorization field value consists of
   credentials containing the authentication information of the user
   agent for the proxy and/or realm of the resource being requested.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Proxy-Authorization"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Proxy-Authorization     = "Proxy-Authorization" ":" credentials
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>. Unlike
   Authorization, the Proxy-Authorization header field applies only to
   the next outbound proxy that demanded authentication using the Proxy-Authenticate
   field. When multiple proxies are used in a chain, the
   Proxy-Authorization header field is consumed by the first outbound
   proxy that was expecting to receive credentials. A proxy MAY relay
   the credentials from the client request to the next proxy if that is
   the mechanism by which the proxies cooperatively authenticate a given
   request.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Range" anchor="header.range">
  <iref primary="true" item="Range header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Range"/>

<section title="Byte Ranges" anchor="byte.ranges">
<t>
   Since all HTTP entities are represented in HTTP messages as sequences
   of bytes, the concept of a byte range is meaningful for any HTTP
   entity. (However, not all clients and servers need to support byte-range
   operations.)
</t>
<t>
   Byte range specifications in HTTP apply to the sequence of bytes in
   the entity-body (not necessarily the same as the message-body).
</t>
<t>
   A byte range operation MAY specify a single range of bytes, or a set
   of ranges within a single entity.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="ranges-specifier"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="byte-ranges-specifier"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="byte-range-set"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="byte-range-spec"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="first-byte-pos"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="last-byte-pos"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  ranges-specifier = byte-ranges-specifier
  byte-ranges-specifier = bytes-unit "=" byte-range-set
  byte-range-set  = 1#( byte-range-spec | suffix-byte-range-spec )
  byte-range-spec = first-byte-pos "-" [last-byte-pos]
  first-byte-pos  = 1*DIGIT
  last-byte-pos   = 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The first-byte-pos value in a byte-range-spec gives the byte-offset
   of the first byte in a range. The last-byte-pos value gives the
   byte-offset of the last byte in the range; that is, the byte
   positions specified are inclusive. Byte offsets start at zero.
</t>
<t>
   If the last-byte-pos value is present, it MUST be greater than or
   equal to the first-byte-pos in that byte-range-spec, or the byte-range-spec
   is syntactically invalid. The recipient of a byte-range-set
   that includes one or more syntactically invalid byte-range-spec
   values MUST ignore the header field that includes that byte-range-set.
</t>
<t>
   If the last-byte-pos value is absent, or if the value is greater than
   or equal to the current length of the entity-body, last-byte-pos is
   taken to be equal to one less than the current length of the entity-body
   in bytes.
</t>
<t>
   By its choice of last-byte-pos, a client can limit the number of
   bytes retrieved without knowing the size of the entity.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="suffix-byte-range-spec"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="suffix-length"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  suffix-byte-range-spec = "-" suffix-length
  suffix-length = 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A suffix-byte-range-spec is used to specify the suffix of the
   entity-body, of a length given by the suffix-length value. (That is,
   this form specifies the last N bytes of an entity-body.) If the
   entity is shorter than the specified suffix-length, the entire
   entity-body is used.
</t>
<t>
   If a syntactically valid byte-range-set includes at least one byte-range-spec
   whose first-byte-pos is less than the current length of
   the entity-body, or at least one suffix-byte-range-spec with a non-zero
   suffix-length, then the byte-range-set is satisfiable.
   Otherwise, the byte-range-set is unsatisfiable. If the byte-range-set
   is unsatisfiable, the server SHOULD return a response with a status
   of <xref target="status.416" format="none">416 (Requested range not satisfiable)</xref>. Otherwise, the server
   SHOULD return a response with a status of <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref>
   containing the satisfiable ranges of the entity-body.
</t>
<t>
   Examples of byte-ranges-specifier values (assuming an entity-body of
   length 10000):
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The first 500 bytes (byte offsets 0-499, inclusive):  bytes=0-499</t>

     <t>The second 500 bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
        bytes=500-999</t>

     <t>The final 500 bytes (byte offsets 9500-9999, inclusive):
        bytes=-500</t>

     <t>Or bytes=9500-</t>

     <t>The first and last bytes only (bytes 0 and 9999):  bytes=0-0,-1</t>

     <t>Several legal but not canonical specifications of the second 500
        bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
        <vspace/>
         bytes=500-600,601-999<vspace/>
         bytes=500-700,601-999</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Range Retrieval Requests" anchor="range.retrieval.requests">
<t>
   HTTP retrieval requests using conditional or unconditional GET
   methods MAY request one or more sub-ranges of the entity, instead of
   the entire entity, using the Range request header, which applies to
   the entity returned as the result of the request:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Range"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Range = "Range" ":" ranges-specifier
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A server MAY ignore the Range header. However, HTTP/1.1 origin
   servers and intermediate caches ought to support byte ranges when
   possible, since Range supports efficient recovery from partially
   failed transfers, and supports efficient partial retrieval of large
   entities.
</t>
<t>
   If the server supports the Range header and the specified range or
   ranges are appropriate for the entity:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>The presence of a Range header in an unconditional GET modifies
        what is returned if the GET is otherwise successful. In other
        words, the response carries a status code of 206 (Partial
        Content) instead of <xref target="status.200" format="none">200 (OK)</xref>.</t>

     <t>The presence of a Range header in a conditional GET (a request
        using one or both of If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match, or
        one or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match) modifies what
        is returned if the GET is otherwise successful and the
        condition is true. It does not affect the <xref target="status.304" format="none">304 (Not Modified)</xref>
        response returned if the conditional is false.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   In some cases, it might be more appropriate to use the If-Range
   header (see <xref target="header.if-range"/>) in addition to the Range header.
</t>
<t>
   If a proxy that supports ranges receives a Range request, forwards
   the request to an inbound server, and receives an entire entity in
   reply, it SHOULD only return the requested range to its client. It
   SHOULD store the entire received response in its cache if that is
   consistent with its cache allocation policies.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Referer" anchor="header.referer">
  <iref primary="true" item="Referer header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Referer"/>
<t>
   The Referer[sic] request-header field allows the client to specify,
   for the server's benefit, the address (URI) of the resource from
   which the Request-URI was obtained (the "referrer", although the
   header field is misspelled.) The Referer request-header allows a
   server to generate lists of back-links to resources for interest,
   logging, optimized caching, etc. It also allows obsolete or mistyped
   links to be traced for maintenance. The Referer field MUST NOT be
   sent if the Request-URI was obtained from a source that does not have
   its own URI, such as input from the user keyboard.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Referer"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Referer        = "Referer" ":" ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Example:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Referer: http://www.example.org/hypertext/Overview.html
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If the field value is a relative URI, it SHOULD be interpreted
   relative to the Request-URI. The URI MUST NOT include a fragment. See
   <xref target="encoding.sensitive.information.in.uris"/> for security considerations.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Retry-After" anchor="header.retry-after">
  <iref primary="true" item="Retry-After header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Retry-After"/>
<t>
   The Retry-After response-header field can be used with a 503 (Service
   Unavailable) response to indicate how long the service is expected to
   be unavailable to the requesting client. This field MAY also be used
   with any 3xx (Redirection) response to indicate the minimum time the
   user-agent is asked wait before issuing the redirected request. The
   value of this field can be either an HTTP-date or an integer number
   of seconds (in decimal) after the time of the response.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Retry-After"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Retry-After  = "Retry-After" ":" ( HTTP-date | delta-seconds )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Two examples of its use are
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Retry-After: Fri, 31 Dec 1999 23:59:59 GMT
    Retry-After: 120
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   In the latter example, the delay is 2 minutes.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Server" anchor="header.server">
  <iref primary="true" item="Server header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Server"/>
<t>
   The Server response-header field contains information about the
   software used by the origin server to handle the request. The field
   can contain multiple product tokens (<xref target="product.tokens"/>) and comments
   identifying the server and any significant subproducts. The product
   tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
   application.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Server"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Server         = "Server" ":" 1*( product | comment )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Example:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Server: CERN/3.0 libwww/2.17
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If the response is being forwarded through a proxy, the proxy
   application MUST NOT modify the Server response-header. Instead, it
   MUST include a Via field (as described in <xref target="header.via"/>).
  <list><t>
      Note: Revealing the specific software version of the server might
      allow the server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks
      against software that is known to contain security holes. Server
      implementors are encouraged to make this field a configurable
      option.
  </t></list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="TE" anchor="header.te">
  <iref primary="true" item="TE header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="TE"/>
<t>
   The TE request-header field indicates what extension transfer-codings
   it is willing to accept in the response and whether or not it is
   willing to accept trailer fields in a chunked transfer-coding. Its
   value may consist of the keyword "trailers" and/or a comma-separated
   list of extension transfer-coding names with optional accept
   parameters (as described in <xref target="transfer.codings"/>).
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="TE"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="t-codings"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  TE        = "TE" ":" #( t-codings )
  t-codings = "trailers" | ( transfer-extension [ accept-params ] )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The presence of the keyword "trailers" indicates that the client is
   willing to accept trailer fields in a chunked transfer-coding, as
   defined in <xref target="chunked.transfer.encoding"/>. This keyword is reserved for use with
   transfer-coding values even though it does not itself represent a
   transfer-coding.
</t>
<t>
   Examples of its use are:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    TE: deflate
    TE:
    TE: trailers, deflate;q=0.5
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The TE header field only applies to the immediate connection.
   Therefore, the keyword MUST be supplied within a Connection header
   field (<xref target="header.connection"/>) whenever TE is present in an HTTP/1.1 message.
</t>
<t>
   A server tests whether a transfer-coding is acceptable, according to
   a TE field, using these rules:
  <list style="numbers">
    <t>The "chunked" transfer-coding is always acceptable. If the
         keyword "trailers" is listed, the client indicates that it is
         willing to accept trailer fields in the chunked response on
         behalf of itself and any downstream clients. The implication is
         that, if given, the client is stating that either all
         downstream clients are willing to accept trailer fields in the
         forwarded response, or that it will attempt to buffer the
         response on behalf of downstream recipients.
      <vspace blankLines="1"/>
         Note: HTTP/1.1 does not define any means to limit the size of a
         chunked response such that a client can be assured of buffering
         the entire response.</t>
    <t>If the transfer-coding being tested is one of the transfer-codings
         listed in the TE field, then it is acceptable unless it
         is accompanied by a qvalue of 0. (As defined in <xref target="quality.values"/>, a
         qvalue of 0 means "not acceptable.")</t>
    <t>If multiple transfer-codings are acceptable, then the
         acceptable transfer-coding with the highest non-zero qvalue is
         preferred.  The "chunked" transfer-coding always has a qvalue
         of 1.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   If the TE field-value is empty or if no TE field is present, the only
   transfer-coding  is "chunked". A message with no transfer-coding is
   always acceptable.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Trailer" anchor="header.trailer">
  <iref primary="true" item="Trailer header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Trailer"/>
<t>
   The Trailer general field value indicates that the given set of
   header fields is present in the trailer of a message encoded with
   chunked transfer-coding.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Trailer"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Trailer  = "Trailer" ":" 1#field-name
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 message SHOULD include a Trailer header field in a
   message using chunked transfer-coding with a non-empty trailer. Doing
   so allows the recipient to know which header fields to expect in the
   trailer.
</t>
<t>
   If no Trailer header field is present, the trailer SHOULD NOT  include
   any header fields. See <xref target="chunked.transfer.encoding"/> for restrictions on the use of
   trailer fields in a "chunked" transfer-coding.
</t>
<t>
   Message header fields listed in the Trailer header field MUST NOT
   include the following header fields:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Transfer-Encoding</t>
    <t>Content-Length</t>
    <t>Trailer</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Transfer-Encoding" anchor="header.transfer-encoding">
  <iref primary="true" item="Transfer-Encoding header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Transfer-Encoding"/>
<t>
   The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any)
   type of transformation has been applied to the message body in order
   to safely transfer it between the sender and the recipient. This
   differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding is a
   property of the message, not of the entity.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Transfer-Encoding"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Transfer-Encoding       = "Transfer-Encoding" ":" 1#transfer-coding
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Transfer-codings are defined in <xref target="transfer.codings"/>. An example is:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
  Transfer-Encoding: chunked
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity, the transfer-codings
   MUST be listed in the order in which they were applied.
   Additional information about the encoding parameters MAY be provided
   by other entity-header fields not defined by this specification.
</t>
<t>
   Many older HTTP/1.0 applications do not understand the Transfer-Encoding
   header.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Upgrade" anchor="header.upgrade">
  <iref primary="true" item="Upgrade header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Upgrade"/>
<t>
   The Upgrade general-header allows the client to specify what
   additional communication protocols it supports and would like to use
   if the server finds it appropriate to switch protocols. The server
   MUST use the Upgrade header field within a <xref target="status.101" format="none">101 (Switching Protocols)</xref>
   response to indicate which protocol(s) are being switched.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Upgrade"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Upgrade        = "Upgrade" ":" 1#product
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Upgrade: HTTP/2.0, SHTTP/1.3, IRC/6.9, RTA/x11
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The Upgrade header field is intended to provide a simple mechanism
   for transition from HTTP/1.1 to some other, incompatible protocol. It
   does so by allowing the client to advertise its desire to use another
   protocol, such as a later version of HTTP with a higher major version
   number, even though the current request has been made using HTTP/1.1.
   This eases the difficult transition between incompatible protocols by
   allowing the client to initiate a request in the more commonly
   supported protocol while indicating to the server that it would like
   to use a "better" protocol if available (where "better" is determined
   by the server, possibly according to the nature of the method and/or
   resource being requested).
</t>
<t>
   The Upgrade header field only applies to switching application-layer
   protocols upon the existing transport-layer connection. Upgrade
   cannot be used to insist on a protocol change; its acceptance and use
   by the server is optional. The capabilities and nature of the
   application-layer communication after the protocol change is entirely
   dependent upon the new protocol chosen, although the first action
   after changing the protocol MUST be a response to the initial HTTP
   request containing the Upgrade header field.
</t>
<t>
   The Upgrade header field only applies to the immediate connection.
   Therefore, the upgrade keyword MUST be supplied within a Connection
   header field (<xref target="header.connection"/>) whenever Upgrade is present in an
   HTTP/1.1 message.
</t>
<t>
   The Upgrade header field cannot be used to indicate a switch to a
   protocol on a different connection. For that purpose, it is more
   appropriate to use a 301, 302, 303, or 305 redirection response.
</t>
<t>
   This specification only defines the protocol name "HTTP" for use by
   the family of Hypertext Transfer Protocols, as defined by the HTTP
   version rules of <xref target="http.version"/> and future updates to this
   specification. Any token can be used as a protocol name; however, it
   will only be useful if both the client and server associate the name
   with the same protocol.
</t>
</section>

<section title="User-Agent" anchor="header.user-agent">
  <iref primary="true" item="User-Agent header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="User-Agent"/>
<t>
   The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the
   user agent originating the request. This is for statistical purposes,
   the tracing of protocol violations, and automated recognition of user
   agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid particular user
   agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with
   requests. The field can contain multiple product tokens (<xref target="product.tokens"/>)
   and comments identifying the agent and any subproducts which form a
   significant part of the user agent. By convention, the product tokens
   are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
   application.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="User-Agent"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  User-Agent     = "User-Agent" ":" 1*( product | comment )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Example:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>

<section title="Vary" anchor="header.vary">
  <iref primary="true" item="Vary header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Vary"/>
<t>
   The Vary field value indicates the set of request-header fields that
   fully determines, while the response is fresh, whether a cache is
   permitted to use the response to reply to a subsequent request
   without revalidation. For uncacheable or stale responses, the Vary
   field value advises the user agent about the criteria that were used
   to select the representation. A Vary field value of "*" implies that
   a cache cannot determine from the request headers of a subsequent
   request whether this response is the appropriate representation. See
   <xref target="caching.negotiated.responses"/> for use of the Vary header field by caches.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Vary"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Vary  = "Vary" ":" ( "*" | 1#field-name )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An HTTP/1.1 server SHOULD include a Vary header field with any
   cacheable response that is subject to server-driven negotiation.
   Doing so allows a cache to properly interpret future requests on that
   resource and informs the user agent about the presence of negotiation
   on that resource. A server MAY include a Vary header field with a
   non-cacheable response that is subject to server-driven negotiation,
   since this might provide the user agent with useful information about
   the dimensions over which the response varies at the time of the
   response.
</t>
<t>
   A Vary field value consisting of a list of field-names signals that
   the representation selected for the response is based on a selection
   algorithm which considers ONLY the listed request-header field values
   in selecting the most appropriate representation. A cache MAY assume
   that the same selection will be made for future requests with the
   same values for the listed field names, for the duration of time for
   which the response is fresh.
</t>
<t>
   The field-names given are not limited to the set of standard
   request-header fields defined by this specification. Field names are
   case-insensitive.
</t>
<t>
   A Vary field value of "*" signals that unspecified parameters not
   limited to the request-headers (e.g., the network address of the
   client), play a role in the selection of the response representation.
   The "*" value MUST NOT be generated by a proxy server; it may only be
   generated by an origin server.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Via" anchor="header.via">
  <iref primary="true" item="Via header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Via"/>
<t>
   The Via general-header field MUST be used by gateways and proxies to
   indicate the intermediate protocols and recipients between the user
   agent and the server on requests, and between the origin server and
   the client on responses. It is analogous to the "Received" field of
   <xref target="RFC2822"/> and is intended to be used for tracking message forwards,
   avoiding request loops, and identifying the protocol capabilities of
   all senders along the request/response chain.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Via"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="received-protocol"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="protocol-name"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="protocol-version"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="received-by"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="pseudonym"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Via =  "Via" ":" 1#( received-protocol received-by [ comment ] )
  received-protocol = [ protocol-name "/" ] protocol-version
  protocol-name     = token
  protocol-version  = token
  received-by       = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
  pseudonym         = token
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The received-protocol indicates the protocol version of the message
   received by the server or client along each segment of the
   request/response chain. The received-protocol version is appended to
   the Via field value when the message is forwarded so that information
   about the protocol capabilities of upstream applications remains
   visible to all recipients.
</t>
<t>
   The protocol-name is optional if and only if it would be "HTTP". The
   received-by field is normally the host and optional port number of a
   recipient server or client that subsequently forwarded the message.
   However, if the real host is considered to be sensitive information,
   it MAY be replaced by a pseudonym. If the port is not given, it MAY
   be assumed to be the default port of the received-protocol.
</t>
<t>
   Multiple Via field values represents each proxy or gateway that has
   forwarded the message. Each recipient MUST append its information
   such that the end result is ordered according to the sequence of
   forwarding applications.
</t>
<t>
   Comments MAY be used in the Via header field to identify the software
   of the recipient proxy or gateway, analogous to the User-Agent and
   Server header fields. However, all comments in the Via field are
   optional and MAY be removed by any recipient prior to forwarding the
   message.
</t>
<t>
   For example, a request message could be sent from an HTTP/1.0 user
   agent to an internal proxy code-named "fred", which uses HTTP/1.1 to
   forward the request to a public proxy at nowhere.com, which completes
   the request by forwarding it to the origin server at www.ics.uci.edu.
   The request received by www.ics.uci.edu would then have the following
   Via header field:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Via: 1.0 fred, 1.1 nowhere.com (Apache/1.1)
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Proxies and gateways used as a portal through a network firewall
   SHOULD NOT, by default, forward the names and ports of hosts within
   the firewall region. This information SHOULD only be propagated if
   explicitly enabled. If not enabled, the received-by host of any host
   behind the firewall SHOULD be replaced by an appropriate pseudonym
   for that host.
</t>
<t>
   For organizations that have strong privacy requirements for hiding
   internal structures, a proxy MAY combine an ordered subsequence of
   Via header field entries with identical received-protocol values into
   a single such entry. For example,
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 ethel, 1.1 fred, 1.0 lucy
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
        could be collapsed to
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
    Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 mertz, 1.0 lucy
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   Applications SHOULD NOT  combine multiple entries unless they are all
   under the same organizational control and the hosts have already been
   replaced by pseudonyms. Applications MUST NOT combine entries which
   have different received-protocol values.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Warning" anchor="header.warning">
  <iref primary="true" item="Warning header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="Warning"/>
<t>
   The Warning general-header field is used to carry additional
   information about the status or transformation of a message which
   might not be reflected in the message. This information is typically
   used to warn about a possible lack of semantic transparency from
   caching operations or transformations applied to the entity body of
   the message.
</t>
<t>
   Warning headers are sent with responses using:
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="Warning"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="warning-value"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="warn-code"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="warn-agent"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="warn-text"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="warn-date"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  Warning    = "Warning" ":" 1#warning-value

  warning-value = warn-code SP warn-agent SP warn-text
                                        [SP warn-date]

  warn-code  = 3DIGIT
  warn-agent = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
                  ; the name or pseudonym of the server adding
                  ; the Warning header, for use in debugging
  warn-text  = quoted-string
  warn-date  = <"> HTTP-date <">
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   A response MAY carry more than one Warning header.
</t>
<t>
   The warn-text SHOULD be in a natural language and character set that
   is most likely to be intelligible to the human user receiving the
   response. This decision MAY be based on any available knowledge, such
   as the location of the cache or user, the Accept-Language field in a
   request, the Content-Language field in a response, etc. The default
   language is English and the default character set is ISO-8859-1.
</t>
<t>
   If a character set other than ISO-8859-1 is used, it MUST be encoded
   in the warn-text using the method described in <xref target="RFC2047"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Warning headers can in general be applied to any message, however
   some specific warn-codes are specific to caches and can only be
   applied to response messages. New Warning headers SHOULD be added
   after any existing Warning headers. A cache MUST NOT delete any
   Warning header that it received with a message. However, if a cache
   successfully validates a cache entry, it SHOULD remove any Warning
   headers previously attached to that entry except as specified for
   specific Warning codes. It MUST then add any Warning headers received
   in the validating response. In other words, Warning headers are those
   that would be attached to the most recent relevant response.
</t>
<t>
   When multiple Warning headers are attached to a response, the user
   agent ought to inform the user of as many of them as possible, in the
   order that they appear in the response. If it is not possible to
   inform the user of all of the warnings, the user agent SHOULD follow
   these heuristics:
  <list style="symbols">
    <t>Warnings that appear early in the response take priority over
        those appearing later in the response.</t>

    <t>Warnings in the user's preferred character set take priority
        over warnings in other character sets but with identical warn-codes
        and warn-agents.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   Systems that generate multiple Warning headers SHOULD order them with
   this user agent behavior in mind.
</t>
<t>
   Requirements for the behavior of caches with respect to Warnings are
   stated in <xref target="warnings"/>.
</t>
<t>
   This is a list of the currently-defined warn-codes, each with a
   recommended warn-text in English, and a description of its meaning.
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="110 Response is stale (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="110 Response is stale"/>
   110 Response is stale
  <list><t>
     MUST be included whenever the returned response is stale.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="111 Revalidation failed (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="111 Revalidation failed"/>
   111 Revalidation failed
  <list><t>
     MUST be included if a cache returns a stale response because an
     attempt to revalidate the response failed, due to an inability to
     reach the server.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="112 Disconnected operation (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="112 Disconnected operation"/>
   112 Disconnected operation
  <list><t>
     SHOULD be included if the cache is intentionally disconnected from
     the rest of the network for a period of time.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="113 Heuristic expiration (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="113 Heuristic expiration"/>
   113 Heuristic expiration
  <list><t>
     MUST be included if the cache heuristically chose a freshness
     lifetime greater than 24 hours and the response's age is greater
     than 24 hours.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="199 Miscellaneous warning (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="199 Miscellaneous warning"/>
   199 Miscellaneous warning
  <list><t>
     The warning text MAY include arbitrary information to be presented
     to a human user, or logged. A system receiving this warning MUST NOT
     take any automated action, besides presenting the warning to
     the user.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="214 Transformation applied (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="214 Transformation applied"/>
   214 Transformation applied
  <list><t>
     MUST be added by an intermediate cache or proxy if it applies any
     transformation changing the content-coding (as specified in the
     Content-Encoding header) or media-type (as specified in the
     Content-Type header) of the response, or the entity-body of the
     response, unless this Warning code already appears in the response.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
  <iref primary="true" item="299 Miscellaneous persistent warning (warn code)"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Warn Codes" subitem="299 Miscellaneous persistent warning"/>
   299 Miscellaneous persistent warning
  <list><t>
     The warning text MAY include arbitrary information to be presented
     to a human user, or logged. A system receiving this warning MUST NOT
     take any automated action.
  </t></list>
</t>
<t>
   If an implementation sends a message with one or more Warning headers
   whose version is HTTP/1.0 or lower, then the sender MUST include in
   each warning-value a warn-date that matches the date in the response.
</t>
<t>
   If an implementation receives a message with a warning-value that
   includes a warn-date, and that warn-date is different from the Date
   value in the response, then that warning-value MUST be deleted from
   the message before storing, forwarding, or using it. (This prevents
   bad consequences of naive caching of Warning header fields.) If all
   of the warning-values are deleted for this reason, the Warning header
   MUST be deleted as well.
</t>
</section>

<section title="WWW-Authenticate" anchor="header.www-authenticate">
  <iref primary="true" item="WWW-Authenticate header"/>
  <iref primary="true" item="Headers" subitem="WWW-Authenticate"/>
<t>
   The WWW-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included in 401
   (Unauthorized) response messages. The field value consists of at
   least one challenge that indicates the authentication scheme(s) and
   parameters applicable to the Request-URI.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="WWW-Authenticate"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  WWW-Authenticate  = "WWW-Authenticate" ":" 1#challenge
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The HTTP access authentication process is described in "HTTP
   Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication" <xref target="RFC2617"/>. User
   agents are advised to take special care in parsing the WWW-Authenticate
   field value as it might contain more than one challenge,
   or if more than one WWW-Authenticate header field is provided, the
   contents of a challenge itself can contain a comma-separated list of
   authentication parameters.
</t>
</section>
</section>


<section title="Security Considerations" anchor="security.considerations">
<t>
   This section is meant to inform application developers, information
   providers, and users of the security limitations in HTTP/1.1 as
   described by this document. The discussion does not include
   definitive solutions to the problems revealed, though it does make
   some suggestions for reducing security risks.
</t>


<section title="Personal Information" anchor="personal.information">
<t>
   HTTP clients are often privy to large amounts of personal information
   (e.g. the user's name, location, mail address, passwords, encryption
   keys, etc.), and SHOULD be very careful to prevent unintentional
   leakage of this information via the HTTP protocol to other sources.
   We very strongly recommend that a convenient interface be provided
   for the user to control dissemination of such information, and that
   designers and implementors be particularly careful in this area.
   History shows that errors in this area often create serious security
   and/or privacy problems and generate highly adverse publicity for the
   implementor's company.
</t>

<section title="Abuse of Server Log Information" anchor="abuse.of.server.log.information">
<t>
   A server is in the position to save personal data about a user's
   requests which might identify their reading patterns or subjects of
   interest. This information is clearly confidential in nature and its
   handling can be constrained by law in certain countries. People using
   the HTTP protocol to provide data are responsible for ensuring that
   such material is not distributed without the permission of any
   individuals that are identifiable by the published results.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Transfer of Sensitive Information" anchor="security.sensitive">
<t>
   Like any generic data transfer protocol, HTTP cannot regulate the
   content of the data that is transferred, nor is there any a priori
   method of determining the sensitivity of any particular piece of
   information within the context of any given request. Therefore,
   applications SHOULD supply as much control over this information as
   possible to the provider of that information. Four header fields are
   worth special mention in this context: Server, Via, Referer and From.
</t>
<t>
   Revealing the specific software version of the server might allow the
   server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks against software
   that is known to contain security holes. Implementors SHOULD make the
   Server header field a configurable option.
</t>
<t>
   Proxies which serve as a portal through a network firewall SHOULD
   take special precautions regarding the transfer of header information
   that identifies the hosts behind the firewall. In particular, they
   SHOULD remove, or replace with sanitized versions, any Via fields
   generated behind the firewall.
</t>
<t>
   The Referer header allows reading patterns to be studied and reverse
   links drawn. Although it can be very useful, its power can be abused
   if user details are not separated from the information contained in
   the Referer. Even when the personal information has been removed, the
   Referer header might indicate a private document's URI whose
   publication would be inappropriate.
</t>
<t>
   The information sent in the From field might conflict with the user's
   privacy interests or their site's security policy, and hence it
   SHOULD NOT  be transmitted without the user being able to disable,
   enable, and modify the contents of the field. The user MUST be able
   to set the contents of this field within a user preference or
   application defaults configuration.
</t>
<t>
   We suggest, though do not require, that a convenient toggle interface
   be provided for the user to enable or disable the sending of From and
   Referer information.
</t>
<t>
   The User-Agent (<xref target="header.user-agent"/>) or Server (<xref target="header.server"/>) header
   fields can sometimes be used to determine that a specific client or
   server have a particular security hole which might be exploited.
   Unfortunately, this same information is often used for other valuable
   purposes for which HTTP currently has no better mechanism.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Encoding Sensitive Information in URI's" anchor="encoding.sensitive.information.in.uris">
<t>
   Because the source of a link might be private information or might
   reveal an otherwise private information source, it is strongly
   recommended that the user be able to select whether or not the
   Referer field is sent. For example, a browser client could have a
   toggle switch for browsing openly/anonymously, which would
   respectively enable/disable the sending of Referer and From
   information.
</t>
<t>
   Clients SHOULD NOT  include a Referer header field in a (non-secure)
   HTTP request if the referring page was transferred with a secure
   protocol.
</t>
<t>
   Authors of services which use the HTTP protocol SHOULD NOT  use GET
   based forms for the submission of sensitive data, because this will
   cause this data to be encoded in the Request-URI. Many existing
   servers, proxies, and user agents will log the request URI in some
   place where it might be visible to third parties. Servers can use
   POST-based form submission instead
</t>
</section>

<section title="Privacy Issues Connected to Accept Headers" anchor="privacy.issues.connected.to.accept.headers">
<t>
   Accept request-headers can reveal information about the user to all
   servers which are accessed. The Accept-Language header in particular
   can reveal information the user would consider to be of a private
   nature, because the understanding of particular languages is often
   strongly correlated to the membership of a particular ethnic group.
   User agents which offer the option to configure the contents of an
   Accept-Language header to be sent in every request are strongly
   encouraged to let the configuration process include a message which
   makes the user aware of the loss of privacy involved.
</t>
<t>
   An approach that limits the loss of privacy would be for a user agent
   to omit the sending of Accept-Language headers by default, and to ask
   the user whether or not to start sending Accept-Language headers to a
   server if it detects, by looking for any Vary response-header fields
   generated by the server, that such sending could improve the quality
   of service.
</t>
<t>
   Elaborate user-customized accept header fields sent in every request,
   in particular if these include quality values, can be used by servers
   as relatively reliable and long-lived user identifiers. Such user
   identifiers would allow content providers to do click-trail tracking,
   and would allow collaborating content providers to match cross-server
   click-trails or form submissions of individual users. Note that for
   many users not behind a proxy, the network address of the host
   running the user agent will also serve as a long-lived user
   identifier. In environments where proxies are used to enhance
   privacy, user agents ought to be conservative in offering accept
   header configuration options to end users. As an extreme privacy
   measure, proxies could filter the accept headers in relayed requests.
   General purpose user agents which provide a high degree of header
   configurability SHOULD warn users about the loss of privacy which can
   be involved.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Attacks Based On File and Path Names" anchor="attack.pathname">
<t>
   Implementations of HTTP origin servers SHOULD be careful to restrict
   the documents returned by HTTP requests to be only those that were
   intended by the server administrators. If an HTTP server translates
   HTTP URIs directly into file system calls, the server MUST take
   special care not to serve files that were not intended to be
   delivered to HTTP clients. For example, UNIX, Microsoft Windows, and
   other operating systems use ".." as a path component to indicate a
   directory level above the current one. On such a system, an HTTP
   server MUST disallow any such construct in the Request-URI if it
   would otherwise allow access to a resource outside those intended to
   be accessible via the HTTP server. Similarly, files intended for
   reference only internally to the server (such as access control
   files, configuration files, and script code) MUST be protected from
   inappropriate retrieval, since they might contain sensitive
   information. Experience has shown that minor bugs in such HTTP server
   implementations have turned into security risks.
</t>
</section>

<section title="DNS Spoofing" anchor="dns.spoofing">
<t>
   Clients using HTTP rely heavily on the Domain Name Service, and are
   thus generally prone to security attacks based on the deliberate
   mis-association of IP addresses and DNS names. Clients need to be
   cautious in assuming the continuing validity of an IP number/DNS name
   association.
</t>
<t>
   In particular, HTTP clients SHOULD rely on their name resolver for
   confirmation of an IP number/DNS name association, rather than
   caching the result of previous host name lookups. Many platforms
   already can cache host name lookups locally when appropriate, and
   they SHOULD be configured to do so. It is proper for these lookups to
   be cached, however, only when the TTL (Time To Live) information
   reported by the name server makes it likely that the cached
   information will remain useful.
</t>
<t>
   If HTTP clients cache the results of host name lookups in order to
   achieve a performance improvement, they MUST observe the TTL
   information reported by DNS.
</t>
<t>
   If HTTP clients do not observe this rule, they could be spoofed when
   a previously-accessed server's IP address changes. As network
   renumbering is expected to become increasingly common <xref target="RFC1900"/>, the
   possibility of this form of attack will grow. Observing this
   requirement thus reduces this potential security vulnerability.
</t>
<t>
   This requirement also improves the load-balancing behavior of clients
   for replicated servers using the same DNS name and reduces the
   likelihood of a user's experiencing failure in accessing sites which
   use that strategy.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Location Headers and Spoofing" anchor="location.spoofing">
<t>
   If a single server supports multiple organizations that do not trust
   one another, then it MUST check the values of Location and Content-Location
   headers in responses that are generated under control of
   said organizations to make sure that they do not attempt to
   invalidate resources over which they have no authority.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Content-Disposition Issues" anchor="content-disposition.issues">
<t>
   <xref target="RFC1806"/>, from which the often implemented Content-Disposition
   (see <xref target="content-disposition"/>) header in HTTP is derived, has a number of very
   serious security considerations. Content-Disposition is not part of
   the HTTP standard, but since it is widely implemented, we are
   documenting its use and risks for implementors. See <xref target="RFC2183"/>
   (which updates RFC 1806) for details.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Authentication Credentials and Idle Clients" anchor="auth.credentials.and.idle.clients">
<t>
   Existing HTTP clients and user agents typically retain authentication
   information indefinitely. HTTP/1.1 does not provide a method for a
   server to direct clients to discard these cached credentials. This is
   a significant defect that requires further extensions to HTTP.
   Circumstances under which credential caching can interfere with the
   application's security model include but are not limited to:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>Clients which have been idle for an extended period following
        which the server might wish to cause the client to reprompt the
        user for credentials.</t>

     <t>Applications which include a session termination indication
        (such as a `logout' or `commit' button on a page) after which
        the server side of the application `knows' that there is no
        further reason for the client to retain the credentials.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   This is currently under separate study. There are a number of work-arounds
   to parts of this problem, and we encourage the use of
   password protection in screen savers, idle time-outs, and other
   methods which mitigate the security problems inherent in this
   problem. In particular, user agents which cache credentials are
   encouraged to provide a readily accessible mechanism for discarding
   cached credentials under user control.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Proxies and Caching" anchor="attack.proxies">
<t>
   By their very nature, HTTP proxies are men-in-the-middle, and
   represent an opportunity for man-in-the-middle attacks. Compromise of
   the systems on which the proxies run can result in serious security
   and privacy problems. Proxies have access to security-related
   information, personal information about individual users and
   organizations, and proprietary information belonging to users and
   content providers. A compromised proxy, or a proxy implemented or
   configured without regard to security and privacy considerations,
   might be used in the commission of a wide range of potential attacks.
</t>
<t>
   Proxy operators should protect the systems on which proxies run as
   they would protect any system that contains or transports sensitive
   information. In particular, log information gathered at proxies often
   contains highly sensitive personal information, and/or information
   about organizations. Log information should be carefully guarded, and
   appropriate guidelines for use developed and followed. (<xref target="abuse.of.server.log.information"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Caching proxies provide additional potential vulnerabilities, since
   the contents of the cache represent an attractive target for
   malicious exploitation. Because cache contents persist after an HTTP
   request is complete, an attack on the cache can reveal information
   long after a user believes that the information has been removed from
   the network. Therefore, cache contents should be protected as
   sensitive information.
</t>
<t>
   Proxy implementors should consider the privacy and security
   implications of their design and coding decisions, and of the
   configuration options they provide to proxy operators (especially the
   default configuration).
</t>
<t>
   Users of a proxy need to be aware that they are no trustworthier than
   the people who run the proxy; HTTP itself cannot solve this problem.
</t>
<t>
   The judicious use of cryptography, when appropriate, may suffice to
   protect against a broad range of security and privacy attacks. Such
   cryptography is beyond the scope of the HTTP/1.1 specification.
</t>

<section title="Denial of Service Attacks on Proxies" anchor="attack.DoS">
<t>
   They exist. They are hard to defend against. Research continues.
   Beware.
</t>
</section>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Acknowledgments" anchor="acknowledgments">

<section title="(RFC2616)">
<t>
   This specification makes heavy use of the augmented BNF and generic
   constructs defined by David H. Crocker for <xref target="RFC822ABNF"/>. Similarly, it
   reuses many of the definitions provided by Nathaniel Borenstein and
   Ned Freed for MIME <xref target="RFC2045"/>. We hope that their inclusion in this
   specification will help reduce past confusion over the relationship
   between HTTP and Internet mail message formats.
</t>
<t>
   The HTTP protocol has evolved considerably over the years. It has
   benefited from a large and active developer community--the many
   people who have participated on the www-talk mailing list--and it is
   that community which has been most responsible for the success of
   HTTP and of the World-Wide Web in general. Marc Andreessen, Robert
   Cailliau, Daniel W. Connolly, Bob Denny, John Franks, Jean-Francois
   Groff, Phillip M. Hallam-Baker, Hakon W. Lie, Ari Luotonen, Rob
   McCool, Lou Montulli, Dave Raggett, Tony Sanders, and Marc
   VanHeyningen deserve special recognition for their efforts in
   defining early aspects of the protocol.
</t>
<t>
   This document has benefited greatly from the comments of all those
   participating in the HTTP-WG. In addition to those already mentioned,
   the following individuals have contributed to this specification:
</t>
<t>
    Gary Adams, Harald Tveit Alvestrand, Keith Ball, Brian Behlendorf,
    Paul Burchard, Maurizio Codogno, Mike Cowlishaw, Roman Czyborra,
    Michael A. Dolan, Daniel DuBois, David J. Fiander, Alan Freier, Marc Hedlund, Greg Herlihy,
    Koen Holtman, Alex Hopmann, Bob Jernigan, Shel Kaphan, Rohit Khare,
    John Klensin, Martijn Koster, Alexei Kosut, David M. Kristol,
    Daniel LaLiberte, Ben Laurie, Paul J. Leach, Albert Lunde,
    John C. Mallery, Jean-Philippe Martin-Flatin, Mitra, David Morris,
    Gavin Nicol, Ross Patterson, Bill Perry, Jeffrey Perry, Scott Powers, Owen Rees,
    Luigi Rizzo, David Robinson, Marc Salomon, Rich Salz,
    Allan M. Schiffman, Jim Seidman, Chuck Shotton, Eric W. Sink,
    Simon E. Spero, Richard N. Taylor, Robert S. Thau,
    Bill (BearHeart) Weinman, Francois Yergeau, Mary Ellen Zurko,
    Josh Cohen.
</t>
<t>
   Much of the content and presentation of the caching design is due to
   suggestions and comments from individuals including: Shel Kaphan,
   Paul Leach, Koen Holtman, David Morris, and Larry Masinter.
</t>
<t>
   Most of the specification of ranges is based on work originally done
   by Ari Luotonen and John Franks, with additional input from Steve
   Zilles.
</t>
<t>
   Thanks to the "cave men" of Palo Alto. You know who you are.
</t>
<t>
   Jim Gettys (the editor of <xref target="RFC2616"/>) wishes particularly
   to thank Roy Fielding, the editor of <xref target="RFC2068"/>, along
   with John Klensin, Jeff Mogul, Paul Leach, Dave Kristol, Koen
   Holtman, John Franks, Josh Cohen, Alex Hopmann, Scott Lawrence, and
   Larry Masinter for their help. And thanks go particularly to Jeff
   Mogul and Scott Lawrence for performing the "MUST/MAY/SHOULD" audit.
</t>
<t>
   The Apache Group, Anselm Baird-Smith, author of Jigsaw, and Henrik
   Frystyk implemented RFC 2068 early, and we wish to thank them for the
   discovery of many of the problems that this document attempts to
   rectify.
</t>
</section>

<section title="(This Document)">
<t>
   This document has benefited greatly from the comments of all those
   participating in the HTTP-WG. In particular, we thank Scott Lawrence
   for maintaining the RFC2616 Errata list, and Mark Baker, David Booth, Adrien de Croy, Martin Duerst,
   Roy Fielding, Hugo Haas, Bjoern Hoehrmann, Brian Kell, Jamie Lokier, Paul Marquess,  Larry Masinter, Howard Melman, 
   Alexey Melnikov, Jeff Mogul, Henrik Nordstrom, Joe Orton, 
   Alex Rousskov, Travis Snoozy and Dan Winship for further contributions.
</t>
</section>


</section>

</middle>
<back>

<references title="References (to be classified)">




































  <reference anchor="RFC2048">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="MIME Registration Procedures">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Four: Registration Procedures</title>
      <author initials="N." surname="Freed" fullname="Ned Freed">
      <organization>Innosoft International, Inc.</organization>
      <address>
      <postal>
      <street>1050 East Garvey Avenue South</street>
      <street>West Covina</street>
      <street>CA 91790</street>
      <country>USA</country></postal>
      <phone>+1 818 919 3600</phone>
      <facsimile>+1 818 919 3614</facsimile>
      <email>ned@innosoft.com</email></address></author>
      <author initials="J." surname="Klensin" fullname="John Klensin">
      <organization>MCI</organization>
      <address>
      <postal>
      <street>2100 Reston Parkway</street>
      <street>Reston</street>
      <street>VA 22091</street></postal>
      <phone>+1 703 715-7361</phone>
      <facsimile>+1 703 715-7436</facsimile>
      <email>klensin@mci.net</email></address></author>
      <author initials="J." surname="Postel" fullname="Jon Postel">
      <organization>USC/Information Sciences Institute</organization>
      <address>
      <postal>
      <street>4676 Admiralty Way</street>
      <street>Marina del Rey</street>
      
      <street>CA  90292</street>
      <country>USA</country></postal>
      <phone>+1 310 822 1511</phone>
      <facsimile>+1 310 823 6714</facsimile>
      <email>Postel@ISI.EDU</email></address></author>
      <date year="1996" month="November"/>
      <area>Applications</area>
      <keyword>mail</keyword>
      <keyword>media type</keyword>
      <keyword>multipurpose internet mail extensions</keyword>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="13"/>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2048"/>
  </reference>








<reference anchor="RFC1737">
<front>
<title abbrev="Requirements for Uniform Resource Names">Functional Requirements for Uniform Resource Names</title>
<author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
<organization>Xerox Palo Alto Research Center</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>3333 Coyote Hill Road</street>
<city>Palo Alto</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94304</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 415 812 4365</phone>
<facsimile>+1 415 812 4333</facsimile>
<email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="K." surname="Sollins" fullname="Karen Sollins">
<organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 617 253 2673</phone>
<email>sollins@lcs.mit.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="December" year="1994"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1737"/>
</reference>



























































</references>



<references title="Normative References">


  <reference anchor="ISO-8859-1">
    <front>
      <title>
	      Information technology -- 8-bit single-byte coded graphic character sets -- Part 1: Latin alphabet No. 1
      </title>
      <author>
        <organization>International Organization for Standardization</organization>
      </author>
      <date year="1998"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="ISO/IEC" value="8859-1:1998"/>
  </reference>



<reference anchor="RFC822ABNF">
<front>
<title abbrev="Standard for ARPA Internet Text Messages">Standard for the format of ARPA Internet text messages</title>
<author initials="D.H." surname="Crocker" fullname="David H. Crocker">
<organization>University of Delaware, Dept. of Electrical Engineering</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Newark</city>
<region>DE</region>
<code>19711</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>DCrocker@UDel-Relay</email></address></author>
<date month="August" day="13" year="1982"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="STD" value="11"/>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="822"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1766">
<front>
<title abbrev="Language Tag">Tags for the Identification of Languages</title>
<author initials="H." surname="Alvestrand" fullname="Harald Tveit Alvestrand">
<organization>UNINETT</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>Pb. 6883 Elgeseter</street>
<city>Trondheim</city>
<region/>
<code>N-7002</code>
<country>NO</country></postal>
<phone>+47 73 597094</phone>
<email>Harald.T.Alvestrand@uninett.no</email></address></author>
<date month="March" year="1995"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1766"/>
</reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC1864">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="Content-MD5 Header Field">The Content-MD5 Header Field</title>
      <author initials="J." surname="Myers" fullname="John G. Myers">
        <organization>Carnegie Mellon University</organization>
        <address>
        <phone/>
        <email>jgm+@cmu.edu</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="M." surname="Rose" fullname="Marshall T. Rose">
        <organization>Dover Beach Consulting, Inc.</organization>
        <address>
        <phone/>
        <email>mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="October" year="1995"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1864"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC1950">
    <front>
      <title>ZLIB Compressed Data Format Specification version 3.3</title>
      <author initials="L.P." surname="Deutsch" fullname="L. Peter Deutsch">
        <organization>Aladdin Enterprises</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>203 Santa Margarita Ave.</street>
        <city>Menlo Park</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>94025</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 415 322 0103</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 415 322 1734</facsimile>
        <email>ghost@aladdin.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="J-L." surname="Gailly" fullname="Jean-Loup Gailly">
        <organization/>
      </author>
      <date month="May" year="1996"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1950"/>
    <annotation>
      RFC1950 is an Informational RFC, thus it may be less stable than
      this specification. On the other hand, this downward reference was 
      present since <xref target="RFC2068"/> (published in 1997), therefore it is unlikely
      to cause problems in practice.
    </annotation>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC1951">
    <front>
      <title>DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification version 1.3</title>
      <author initials="P." surname="Deutsch" fullname="L. Peter Deutsch">
        <organization>Aladdin Enterprises</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>203 Santa Margarita Ave.</street>
        <city>Menlo Park</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>94025</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 415 322 0103</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 415 322 1734</facsimile>
        <email>ghost@aladdin.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="May" year="1996"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1951"/>
    <annotation>
      RFC1951 is an Informational RFC, thus it may be less stable than
      this specification. On the other hand, this downward reference was 
      present since <xref target="RFC2068"/> (published in 1997), therefore it is unlikely
      to cause problems in practice.
    </annotation>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC1952">
    <front>
      <title>GZIP file format specification version 4.3</title>
      <author initials="P." surname="Deutsch" fullname="L. Peter Deutsch">
        <organization>Aladdin Enterprises</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
            <street>203 Santa Margarita Ave.</street>
            <city>Menlo Park</city>
            <region>CA</region>
            <code>94025</code>
            <country>US</country>
          </postal>
          <phone>+1 415 322 0103</phone>
          <facsimile>+1 415 322 1734</facsimile>
          <email>ghost@aladdin.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author initials="J-L." surname="Gailly" fullname="Jean-Loup Gailly">
        <organization/>
        <address>
          <email>gzip@prep.ai.mit.edu</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author initials="M." surname="Adler" fullname="Mark Adler">
        <organization/>
        <address>
          <email>madler@alumni.caltech.edu</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author initials="L.P." surname="Deutsch" fullname="L. Peter Deutsch">
        <organization/>
        <address>
          <email>ghost@aladdin.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <author initials="G." surname="Randers-Pehrson" fullname="Glenn Randers-Pehrson">
        <organization/>
        <address>
          <email>randeg@alumni.rpi.edu</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <date month="May" year="1996"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1952"/>
    <annotation>
      RFC1952 is an Informational RFC, thus it may be less stable than
      this specification. On the other hand, this downward reference was 
      present since <xref target="RFC2068"/> (published in 1997), therefore it is unlikely
      to cause problems in practice.
    </annotation>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2045">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="Internet Message Bodies">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies</title>
      <author initials="N." surname="Freed" fullname="Ned Freed">
        <organization>Innosoft International, Inc.</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>1050 East Garvey Avenue South</street>
        <city>West Covina</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>91790</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 818 919 3600</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 818 919 3614</facsimile>
        <email>ned@innosoft.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="N.S." surname="Borenstein" fullname="Nathaniel S. Borenstein">
        <organization>First Virtual Holdings</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>25 Washington Avenue</street>
        <city>Morristown</city>
        <region>NJ</region>
        <code>07960</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 201 540 8967</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 201 993 3032</facsimile>
        <email>nsb@nsb.fv.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="November" year="1996"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2045"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2046">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="Media Types">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types</title>
      <author initials="N." surname="Freed" fullname="Ned Freed">
        <organization>Innosoft International, Inc.</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>1050 East Garvey Avenue South</street>
        <city>West Covina</city>
        <region>CA</region>
        <code>91790</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 818 919 3600</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 818 919 3614</facsimile>
        <email>ned@innosoft.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="N." surname="Borenstein" fullname="Nathaniel S. Borenstein">
        <organization>First Virtual Holdings</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>25 Washington Avenue</street>
        <city>Morristown</city>
        <region>NJ</region>
        <code>07960</code>
        <country>US</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 201 540 8967</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 201 993 3032</facsimile>
        <email>nsb@nsb.fv.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="November" year="1996"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2046"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2047">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="Message Header Extensions">MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text</title>
      <author initials="K." surname="Moore" fullname="Keith Moore">
        <organization>University of Tennessee</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>107 Ayres Hall</street>
        <street>Knoxville TN 37996-1301</street></postal>
        <email>moore@cs.utk.edu</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="November" year="1996"/>
      <area>Applications</area>
      <keyword>Amercian Standard Code for Information Interchange</keyword>
      <keyword>mail</keyword>
      <keyword>multipurpose internet mail extensions</keyword>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2047"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2119">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="RFC Key Words">Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels</title>
      <author initials="S." surname="Bradner" fullname="Scott Bradner">
      <organization>Harvard University</organization>
      <address>
      <postal>
      <street>1350 Mass. Ave.</street>
      <street>Cambridge</street>
      <street>MA 02138</street></postal>
      <phone>+1 617 495 3864</phone>
      <email>sob@harvard.edu</email></address></author>
      <date year="1997" month="March"/>
      <area>General</area>
      <keyword>keyword</keyword>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="BCP" value="14"/>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2119"/>
  </reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2396">
<front>
<title abbrev="URI Generic Syntax">Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax</title>
<author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
<organization abbrev="MIT/LCS">World Wide Web Consortium</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science, NE43-356</street>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code></postal>
<facsimile>+1(617)258-8682</facsimile>
<email>timbl@w3.org</email></address></author>
<author initials="R.T." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
<organization abbrev="U.C. Irvine">Department of Information and Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>University of California, Irvine</street>
<city>Irvine</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>92697-3425</code></postal>
<facsimile>+1(949)824-1715</facsimile>
<email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
<organization abbrev="Xerox Corporation">Xerox PARC</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>3333 Coyote Hill Road</street>
<city>Palo Alto</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94034</code></postal>
<facsimile>+1(415)812-4333</facsimile>
<email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email></address></author>
<date month="August" year="1998"/>
<area>Applications</area>
<keyword>uniform resource</keyword>
<keyword>URI</keyword>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2396"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2617">
<front>
<title abbrev="HTTP Authentication">HTTP Authentication: Basic and Digest Access Authentication</title>
<author initials="J." surname="Franks" fullname="John Franks">
<organization>Northwestern University, Department of Mathematics</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Evanston</city>
<region>IL</region>
<code>60208-2730</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>john@math.nwu.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="P.M." surname="Hallam-Baker" fullname="Phillip M. Hallam-Baker">
<organization>Verisign Inc.</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>301 Edgewater Place</street>
<street>Suite 210</street>
<city>Wakefield</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>01880</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>pbaker@verisign.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="J.L." surname="Hostetler" fullname="Jeffery L. Hostetler">
<organization>AbiSource, Inc.</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>6 Dunlap Court</street>
<city>Savoy</city>
<region>IL</region>
<code>61874</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>jeff@AbiSource.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="S.D." surname="Lawrence" fullname="Scott D. Lawrence">
<organization>Agranat Systems, Inc.</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>5 Clocktower Place</street>
<street>Suite 400</street>
<city>Maynard</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>01754</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>lawrence@agranat.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="P.J." surname="Leach" fullname="Paul J. Leach">
<organization>Microsoft Corporation</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>1 Microsoft Way</street>
<city>Redmond</city>
<region>WA</region>
<code>98052</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>paulle@microsoft.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="A." surname="Luotonen" fullname="Ari Luotonen">
<organization>Netscape Communications Corporation</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>501 East Middlefield Road</street>
<city>Mountain View</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94043</code>
<country>US</country></postal></address></author>
<author initials="L." surname="Stewart" fullname="Lawrence C. Stewart">
<organization>Open Market, Inc.</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>215 First Street</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02142</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>stewart@OpenMarket.com</email></address></author>
<date month="June" year="1999"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2617"/>
</reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2822">
    <front>
      <title>Internet Message Format</title>
      <author initials="P." surname="Resnick" fullname="P. Resnick">
        <organization>QUALCOMM Incorporated</organization>
      </author>
      <date year="2001" month="April"/>
    </front> 
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2822"/>
  </reference>





<reference anchor="USASCII">
  <front>
    <title>Coded Character Set -- 7-bit American Standard Code for Information Interchange</title>
    <author>
      <organization>American National Standards Institute</organization>
    </author>
    <date year="1986"/>
  </front>
  <seriesInfo name="ANSI" value="X3.4"/>
</reference>

</references>


<references title="Informative References">


<reference anchor="Luo1998">
  <front>
    <title>Tunneling TCP based protocols through Web proxy servers</title>
    <author initials="A." surname="Luotonen" fullname="A. Luotonen">
      <organization/>
    </author>
    <date year="1998" month="August"/>
  </front>
  <seriesInfo name="Internet-Draft" value="draft-luotonen-web-proxy-tunneling-01"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="Nie1997">
<front>
<title>Network Performance Effects of HTTP/1.1, CSS1, and PNG</title>
<author initials="H.F.." surname="Nielsen" fullname="H.F. Nielsen">
  <organization/>
</author>
<author initials="J." surname="Gettys" fullname="J. Gettys">
  <organization/>
</author>
<author initials="E." surname="Prud'hommeaux" fullname="E. Prud'hommeaux">
  <organization/>
</author>
<author initials="H." surname="Lie" fullname="H. Lie">
  <organization/>
</author>
<author initials="C." surname="Lilley" fullname="C. Lilley">
  <organization/>
</author>
<date year="1997" month="Sep"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="Proceedings of ACM SIGCOMM '97, Cannes France" value=""/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="Pad1995">
<front>
<title>Improving HTTP Latency</title>
<author initials="V.N." surname="Padmanabhan" fullname="Venkata N. Padmanabhan"><organization/></author>
<author initials="J.C." surname="Mogul" fullname="Jeffrey C. Mogul"><organization/></author>
<date year="1995" month="Dec"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="Computer Networks and ISDN Systems" value="v. 28, pp. 25-35"/>
<annotation>
  Slightly revised version of paper in Proc. 2nd International WWW Conference '94: Mosaic and the Web, Oct. 1994,
  which is available at <eref target="http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/SDG/IT94/Proceedings/DDay/mogul/HTTPLatency.html"/>.
</annotation>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC822">
<front>
<title abbrev="Standard for ARPA Internet Text Messages">Standard for the format of ARPA Internet text messages</title>
<author initials="D.H." surname="Crocker" fullname="David H. Crocker">
<organization>University of Delaware, Dept. of Electrical Engineering</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Newark</city>
<region>DE</region>
<code>19711</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>DCrocker@UDel-Relay</email></address></author>
<date month="August" day="13" year="1982"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="STD" value="11"/>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="822"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC959">
<front>
<title abbrev="File Transfer Protocol">File Transfer Protocol</title>
<author initials="J." surname="Postel" fullname="J. Postel">
<organization>Information Sciences Institute (ISI)</organization></author>
<author initials="J." surname="Reynolds" fullname="J. Reynolds">
<organization/></author>
<date month="October" year="1985"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="STD" value="9"/>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="959"/>
</reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC1123">
    <front>
      <title>Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and Support</title>
      <author initials="R." surname="Braden" fullname="Robert Braden">
      <organization>University of Southern California (USC), Information Sciences Institute</organization>
      <address>
      <postal>
      <street>4676 Admiralty Way</street>
      <city>Marina del Rey</city>
      <region>CA</region>
      <code>90292-6695</code>
      <country>US</country></postal>
      <phone>+1 213 822 1511</phone>
      <email>Braden@ISI.EDU</email></address></author>
      <date month="October" year="1989"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="STD" value="3"/>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1123"/>
  </reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1305">
<front>
<title>Network Time Protocol (Version 3) Specification, Implementation</title>
<author initials="D." surname="Mills" fullname="David L. Mills">
<organization>University of Delaware, Electrical Engineering Department</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Newark</city>
<region>DE</region>
<code>19716</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 302 451 8247</phone>
<email>mills@udel.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="March" year="1992"/>
<abstract>
<t>This document describes the Network Time Protocol (NTP), specifies its normal structure and summarizes information useful for its implementation. NTP provides the mechanisms to synchronize time and coordinate time distribution in a large, diverse internet operating at rates from mundane to lightwave. It uses a returnable-time design in which a distributed subnet of time servers operating in a self-organizing, hierarchical-master-slave configuration synchronizes local clocks within the subnet and to national time standards via wire or radio. The servers can also redistribute reference time via local routing algorithms and time daemons.</t></abstract></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1305"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1436">
<front>
<title abbrev="Gopher">The Internet Gopher Protocol (a distributed document search and retrieval protocol)</title>
<author initials="F." surname="Anklesaria" fullname="Farhad Anklesaria">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>fxa@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="M." surname="McCahill" fullname="Mark McCahill">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>mpm@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="P." surname="Lindner" fullname="Paul Lindner">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>lindner@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="D." surname="Johnson" fullname="David Johnson">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>dmj@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="D." surname="Torrey" fullname="Daniel Torrey">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>daniel@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="B." surname="Alberti" fullname="Bob Alberti">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE</street>
<street>Room 152 Shepherd Labs</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>alberti@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="March" year="1993"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1436"/>
</reference>





<reference anchor="RFC1630">
<front>
<title abbrev="URIs in WWW">Universal Resource Identifiers in WWW: A Unifying Syntax for the Expression of Names and Addresses of Objects on the Network as used in the World-Wide Web</title>
<author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
<organization>CERN, World-Wide Web project</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>1211 Geneva 23</street>
<city/>
<region/>
<code/>
<country>CH</country></postal>
<phone>+41 22 7673755</phone>
<facsimile>+41 22 7677155</facsimile>
<email>timbl@info.cern.ch</email></address></author>
<date month="June" year="1994"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1630"/>
</reference>





<reference anchor="RFC1738">
<front>
<title>Uniform Resource Locators (URL)</title>
<author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
<organization>CERN, World-Wide Web project</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>1211 Geneva 23</street>
<city/>
<region/>
<code/>
<country>CH</country></postal>
<phone>+41 22 7673755</phone>
<facsimile>+41 22 7677155</facsimile>
<email>timbl@info.cern.ch</email></address></author>
<author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
<organization>Xerox PARC</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>3333 Coyote Hill Road</street>
<city>Palo Alto</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94034</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 415 812 4365</phone>
<facsimile>+1 415 812 4333</facsimile>
<email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="M." surname="McCahill" fullname="Mark McCahill">
<organization>University of Minnesota, Computer and Information Services</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>100 Union Street SE, Shepherd Labs</street>
<street>Room 152</street>
<city>Minneapolis</city>
<region>MN</region>
<code>55455</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 612 625 1300</phone>
<email>mpm@boombox.micro.umn.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="December" year="1994"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1738"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1806">
<front>
<title abbrev="Content-Disposition">Communicating Presentation Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header</title>
<author initials="R." surname="Troost" fullname="Rens Troost">
<organization>New Century Systems</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>324 East 41st Street #804</street>
<city>New York</city>
<region>NY</region>
<code>10017</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 212 557 2050</phone>
<facsimile>+1 212 557 2049</facsimile>
<email>rens@century.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="S." surname="Dorner" fullname="Steve Dorner">
<organization>QUALCOMM Incorporated</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>6455 Lusk Boulevard</street>
<city>San Diego</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>92121</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>sdorner@qualcomm.com</email></address></author>
<date month="June" year="1995"/>
<abstract>
<t>This memo provides a mechanism whereby messages conforming to the("MIME") specification can convey presentational information.  It specifies a new "Content-Disposition" header, optional and valid for anyentity ("message" or "body part"). Two values for this header are described in this memo; one for the ordinary linear presentation of the body part, and another to facilitate the use of mail to transfer files. It is expected that more values will be defined in the future, and procedures are defined for extending this set of values.</t>
<t>This document is intended as an extension to. As such, the reader is assumed to be familiar with, and. The information presented herein supplements but does not replace that found in those documents.</t></abstract></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1806"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1808">
<front>
<title>Relative Uniform Resource Locators</title>
<author initials="R." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
<organization>University of California Irvine, Department of Information and Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Irvine</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>92717-3425</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 714 824 4049</phone>
<facsimile>+1 714 824 4056</facsimile>
<email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="June" year="1995"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1808"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1900">
<front>
<title>Renumbering Needs Work</title>
<author initials="B." surname="Carpenter" fullname="Brian E. Carpenter">
<organization>CERN, Computing and Networks Division</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>1211 Geneva 23</street>
<country>CH</country></postal>
<phone>+41 22 7674967</phone>
<facsimile>+41 22 7677155</facsimile>
<email>brian@dxcoms.cern.ch</email></address></author>
<author initials="Y." surname="Rekhter" fullname="Yakov Rekhter">
<organization>cisco Systems</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>170 West Tasman Drive</street>
<city>San Jose</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>95134</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 914 528 0090</phone>
<email>yakov@cisco.com</email></address></author>
<date month="February" year="1996"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1900"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC1945">
<front>
<title abbrev="HTTP/1.0">Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0</title>
<author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
<organization>MIT, Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone/>
<facsimile>+1 617 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>timbl@w3.org</email></address></author>
<author initials="R.T." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
<organization>University of California, Irvine, Department of Information and Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Irvine</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>92717-3425</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone/>
<facsimile>+1 714 824 4056</facsimile>
<email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="H.F." surname="Nielsen" fullname="Henrik Frystyk Nielsen">
<organization>W3 Consortium, MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone/>
<facsimile>+1 617 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>frystyk@w3.org</email></address></author>
<date month="May" year="1996"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="1945"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2026">
<front>
<title abbrev="Internet Standards Process">The Internet Standards Process -- Revision 3</title>
<author initials="S." surname="Bradner" fullname="Scott O. Bradner">
<organization>Harvard University</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>1350 Mass. Ave.</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02138</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<phone>+1 617 495 3864</phone>
<email>sob@harvard.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="October" year="1996"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="BCP" value="9"/>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2026"/>
</reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2049">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="MIME Conformance">Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and Examples</title>
        <author initials="N." surname="Freed" fullname="Ned Freed">
        <organization>Innosoft International, Inc.</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>1050 East Garvey Avenue South</street>
        <street>West Covina</street>
        <street>CA 91790</street>
        <country>USA</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 818 919 3600</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 818 919 3614</facsimile>
        <email>ned@innosoft.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="N.S." surname="Borenstein" fullname="Nathaniel S. Borenstein">
        <organization>First Virtual Holdings</organization>
        <address>
        <postal>
        <street>25 Washington Avenue</street>
        <street>Morristown</street>
        <street>NJ 07960</street>
        <country>USA</country></postal>
        <phone>+1 201 540 8967</phone>
        <facsimile>+1 201 993 3032</facsimile>
        <email>nsb@nsb.fv.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="November" year="1996"/>
      <area>Applications</area>
      <keyword>mail</keyword>
      <keyword>multipurpose internet mail extensions</keyword>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2049"/>
  </reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2068">
<front>
<title abbrev="HTTP/1.1">Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1</title>
<author initials="R." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
<organization>University of California, Irvine, Department of Information and Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street/>
<city>Irvine</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>92717-3425</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 714 824 4056</facsimile>
<email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="J." surname="Gettys" fullname="Jim Gettys">
<organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 617 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>jg@w3.org</email></address></author>
<author initials="J." surname="Mogul" fullname="Jeffrey C. Mogul">
<organization>Digital Equipment Corporation, Western Research Laboratory</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>250 University Avenue</street>
<city>Palo Alto</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94301</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<email>mogul@wrl.dec.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="H." surname="Nielsen" fullname="Henrik Frystyk Nielsen">
<organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 617 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>frystyk@w3.org</email></address></author>
<author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="Tim Berners-Lee">
<organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<city>Cambridge</city>
<region>MA</region>
<code>02139</code>
<country>US</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 617 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>timbl@w3.org</email></address></author>
<date month="January" year="1997"/>
<abstract>
<t>The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information systems. It is a generic, stateless, object-oriented protocol which can be used for many tasks, such as name servers and distributed object management systems, through extension of its request methods. A feature of HTTP is the typing and negotiation of data representation, allowing systems to be built independently of the data being transferred.</t>
<t>HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol referred to as "HTTP/1.1".</t></abstract></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2068"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2076">
<front>
<title abbrev="Internet Message Headers">Common Internet Message Headers</title>
<author initials="J." surname="Palme" fullname="Jacob Palme">
<organization>Stockholm University/KTH</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>Electrum 230</street>
<street>S-164 40 Kista</street>
<country>SE</country></postal>
<phone>+46 8 161667</phone>
<facsimile>+46 8 7830829</facsimile>
<email>jpalme@dsv.su.se</email></address></author>
<date month="February" year="1997"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2076"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2145">
<front>
<title abbrev="HTTP Version Numbers">Use and Interpretation of HTTP Version Numbers</title>
<author initials="J. C." surname="Mogul" fullname="Jeffrey C. Mogul">
<organization>Western Research Laboratory</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>Digital Equipment Corporation</street>
<street>250 University Avenue</street>
<street>Palo Alto</street>
<street>California</street>
<street>94305</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<email>mogul@wrl.dec.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="R. T." surname="Fielding" fullname="Roy T. Fielding">
<organization>Department of Information and Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>University of California</street>
<street>Irvine</street>
<street>CA 92717-3425</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 (714) 824-4056</facsimile>
<email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address></author>
<author initials="J." surname="Gettys" fullname="Jim Gettys">
<organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<street>Cambridge</street>
<street>MA 02139</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 (617) 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>jg@w3.org</email></address></author>
<author initials="H. F." surname="Nielsen" fullname="Henrik Frystyk Nielsen">
<organization>W3 Consortium</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</street>
<street>545 Technology Square</street>
<street>Cambridge</street>
<street>MA 02139</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<facsimile>+1 (617) 258 8682</facsimile>
<email>frystyk@w3.org</email></address></author>
<date month="May" year="1997"/>
<area>Applications</area>
<keyword>HTTP</keyword>
<keyword>hypertext transfer protocol</keyword>
<abstract>
<t>
   HTTP request and response messages include an HTTP protocol version
   number.  Some confusion exists concerning the proper use and
   interpretation of HTTP version numbers, and concerning
   interoperability of HTTP implementations of different protocol
   versions.  This document is an attempt to clarify the situation.  It
   is not a modification of the intended meaning of the existing
   HTTP/1.0 and HTTP/1.1 documents, but it does describe the intention
   of the authors of those documents, and can be considered definitive
   when there is any ambiguity in those documents concerning HTTP
   version numbers, for all versions of HTTP.
</t></abstract></front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2145"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2183">
<front>
<title abbrev="Content-Disposition">Communicating Presentation Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header Field</title>
<author initials="R." surname="Troost" fullname="Rens Troost">
<organization>New Century Systems</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>324 East 41st Street #804</street>
<street>New York</street>
<street>NY</street>
<street>10017</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<phone>+1 (212) 557-2050</phone>
<facsimile>+1 (212) 557-2049</facsimile>
<email>rens@century.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="S." surname="Dorner" fullname="Steve Dorner">
<organization>QUALCOMM Incorporated</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>6455 Lusk Boulevard</street>
<street>San Diego</street>
<street>CA 92121</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<email>sdorner@qualcomm.com</email></address></author>
<author initials="K." surname="Moore" fullname="Keith Moore">
<organization>Department of Computer Science</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>University of Tennessee</street>
<street>Knoxville</street>
<street>107 Ayres Hall</street>
<street>Knoxville TN  37996-1301</street>
<country>USA</country></postal>
<phone>+1 (423) 974-5067</phone>
<facsimile>+1 (423) 974-8296</facsimile>
<email>moore@cs.utk.edu</email></address></author>
<date month="August" year="1997"/>
<area>Applications</area>
<keyword>MIME</keyword>
<keyword>internet message</keyword>
<keyword>multipurpose internet mail extensions</keyword>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2183"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2277">
<front>
<title abbrev="Charset Policy">IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages</title>
<author initials="H.T." surname="Alvestrand" fullname="Harald Tveit Alvestrand">
<organization>UNINETT</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>P.O.Box 6883 Elgeseter</street>
<street>N-7002 TRONDHEIM</street>
<country>NORWAY</country></postal>
<phone>+47 73 59 70 94</phone>
<email>Harald.T.Alvestrand@uninett.no</email></address></author>
<date month="January" year="1998"/>
<area>Applications</area>
<keyword>Internet Engineering Task Force</keyword>
<keyword>character encoding</keyword></front>
<seriesInfo name="BCP" value="18"/>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2277"/>
</reference>



<reference anchor="RFC2324">
<front>
<title abbrev="HTCPCP/1.0">Hyper Text Coffee Pot Control Protocol (HTCPCP/1.0)</title>
<author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
<organization>Xerox Palo Alto Research Center</organization>
<address>
<postal>
<street>3333 Coyote Hill Road</street>
<city>Palo Alto</city>
<region>CA</region>
<code>94304</code></postal>
<email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email></address></author>
<date month="April" day="1" year="1998"/>
<area>General</area>
<keyword>control protocol</keyword>
<keyword>coffee</keyword>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2324"/>
</reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2388">
    <front>
      <title abbrev="multipart/form-data">Returning Values from Forms:  multipart/form-data</title>
      <author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="Larry Masinter">
        <organization>Xerox Palo Alto Research Center</organization>
        <address>
          <postal>
          <street>3333 Coyote Hill Road</street>
          <street>Palo Alto</street>
          <street>CA 94304</street></postal>
          <facsimile>+1 650 812 4333</facsimile>
          <email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <date year="1998" month="August"/>
      <area>Applications</area>
      <keyword>media type</keyword>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2388"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC2557">
    <front>
    <title abbrev="MIME Encapsulation of Aggregate Documents">MIME Encapsulation of Aggregate Documents, such as HTML (MHTML)</title>
    <author initials="F." surname="Palme" fullname="Jacob Palme">
    <organization>Stockholm University and KTH</organization>
    <address>
    <postal>
    <street>Electrum 230</street>
    <street>S-164 40 Kista</street>
    <country>SE</country></postal>
    
    <phone>+46 8 161667</phone>
    <facsimile>+46 8 7830829</facsimile>
    <email>jpalme@dsv.su.se</email></address></author>
    <author initials="A." surname="Hopmann" fullname="Alex Hopmann">
    <organization>Microsoft Corporation</organization>
    <address>
    <postal>
    <street>One Microsoft Way</street>
    <city>Redmond</city>
    <region>WA</region>
    
    <code>98052</code>
    <country>US</country></postal>
    <phone>+1 425 703 8238</phone>
    <email>alexhop@microsoft.com</email></address></author>
    <author initials="N." surname="Shelness" fullname="Nick Shelness">
    <organization>Lotus Development Corporation</organization>
    <address>
    <postal>
    <street>55 Cambridge Parkway</street>
    <city>Cambridge</city>
    
    <region>MA</region>
    <code>02142-1295</code>
    <country>US</country></postal>
    <email>Shelness@lotus.com</email></address></author>
    <author initials="E." surname="Stefferud" fullname="Einar Stefferud">
    <organization/>
    <address>
    <email>stef@nma.com</email></address></author>
    <date year="1999" month="March"/>
  </front>
  <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2557"/>
  </reference>


  <reference anchor="RFC2616">
    <front>
      <title>Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1</title>
      <author initials="R." surname="Fielding" fullname="R. Fielding">
        <organization>University of California, Irvine</organization>
        <address><email>fielding@ics.uci.edu</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="J." surname="Gettys" fullname="J. Gettys">
        <organization>W3C</organization>
        <address><email>jg@w3.org</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="J." surname="Mogul" fullname="J. Mogul">
        <organization>Compaq Computer Corporation</organization>
        <address><email>mogul@wrl.dec.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="H." surname="Frystyk" fullname="H. Frystyk">
        <organization>MIT Laboratory for Computer Science</organization>
        <address><email>frystyk@w3.org</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="L." surname="Masinter" fullname="L. Masinter">
        <organization>Xerox Corporation</organization>
        <address><email>masinter@parc.xerox.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="P." surname="Leach" fullname="P. Leach">
        <organization>Microsoft Corporation</organization>
        <address><email>paulle@microsoft.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <author initials="T." surname="Berners-Lee" fullname="T. Berners-Lee">
        <organization>W3C</organization>
        <address><email>timbl@w3.org</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="June" year="1999"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2616"/>
  </reference>


  <reference anchor="RFC2821">
    <front>
      <title>Simple Mail Transfer Protocol</title>
      <author initials="J." surname="Klensin" fullname="J. Klensin">
        <organization>AT&amp;T Laboratories</organization>
        <address>
          <email>klensin@research.att.com</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <date year="2001" month="April"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="2821"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC3629">
    <front>
      <title>UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646</title>
      <author initials="F." surname="Yergeau" fullname="F. Yergeau">
        <organization>Alis Technologies</organization>
        <address><email>fyergeau@alis.com</email></address>
      </author>
      <date month="November" year="2003"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3629"/>
    <seriesInfo name="STD" value="63"/>
  </reference>



  <reference anchor="RFC3977">
    <front>
      <title>Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP)</title>
      <author initials="C." surname="Feather" fullname="C. Feather">
        <organization>THUS plc</organization>
        <address>
          <email>clive@demon.net</email>
        </address>
      </author>
      <date year="2006" month="October"/>
    </front>
    <seriesInfo name="RFC" value="3977"/>
  </reference>



<reference anchor="Spero" target="http://sunsite.unc.edu/mdma-release/http-prob.html">
<front>
<title>Analysis of HTTP Performance Problems</title>
<author initials="S." surname="Spero" fullname="Simon E. Spero">
  <organization/>
</author>
<date/>
</front>
</reference>



<reference anchor="Tou1998" target="http://www.isi.edu/touch/pubs/http-perf96/">
<front>
<title>Analysis of HTTP Performance</title>
<author initials="J." surname="Touch" fullname="Joe Touch">
  <organization>USC/Information Sciences Institute</organization>
  <address><email>touch@isi.edu</email></address>
</author>
<author initials="J." surname="Heidemann" fullname="John Heidemann">
  <organization>USC/Information Sciences Institute</organization>
  <address><email>johnh@isi.edu</email></address>
</author>
<author initials="K." surname="Obraczka" fullname="Katia Obraczka">
  <organization>USC/Information Sciences Institute</organization>
  <address><email>katia@isi.edu</email></address>
</author>
<date year="1998" month="Dec"/>
</front>
<seriesInfo name="USC/ISI" value="ISI/RR-98-463"/>
<annotation>(Original report dated Aug. 1996)</annotation>
</reference>



<reference anchor="WAIS">
<front>
<title>WAIS Interface Protocol Prototype Functional Specification (v1.5)</title>
<author initials="F." surname="Davis" fullname="F. Davis">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="B." surname="Kahle" fullname="B. Kahle">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="H." surname="Morris" fullname="H. Morris">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="J." surname="Salem" fullname="J. Salem">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="T." surname="Shen" fullname="T. Shen">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="R." surname="Wang" fullname="R. Wang">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="J." surname="Sui" fullname="J. Sui">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<author initials="M." surname="Grinbaum" fullname="M. Grinbaum">
<organization>Thinking Machines Corporation</organization>
</author>
<date month="April" year="1990"/></front>
<seriesInfo name="Thinking Machines Corporation" value=""/>
</reference>


</references>

<section title="Internet Media Type message/http and application/http" anchor="internet.media.type.http">
<iref item="Media Type" subitem="message/http" primary="true"/>
<iref item="message/http Media Type" primary="true"/>
<iref item="Media Type" subitem="application/http" primary="true"/>
<iref item="application/http Media Type" primary="true"/>

<t>
   In addition to defining the HTTP/1.1 protocol, this document serves
   as the specification for the Internet media type "message/http" and
   "application/http". The message/http type can be used to enclose a
   single HTTP request or response message, provided that it obeys the
   MIME restrictions for all "message" types regarding line length and
   encodings. The application/http type can be used to enclose a
   pipeline of one or more HTTP request or response messages (not
   intermixed). The following is to be registered with IANA <xref target="RFC2048"/>.
</t>
<t>
  <list style="hanging">
    <t hangText="Media Type name:">
      message
    </t>
    <t hangText="Media subtype name:">
      http
    </t>
    <t hangText="Required parameters:">
      none
    </t>
    <t hangText="Optional parameters:">
      version, msgtype
      <list style="hanging">
        <t hangText="version:">
          The HTTP-Version number of the enclosed message
          (e.g., "1.1"). If not present, the version can be
          determined from the first line of the body.
        </t>
        <t hangText="msgtype:">
          The message type -- "request" or "response". If not
          present, the type can be determined from the first
          line of the body.
        </t>
      </list>
    </t>
    <t hangText="Encoding considerations:">
      only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are permitted
    </t>
    <t hangText="Security considerations:">
      none
    </t>
    
  </list>
</t>
<t>
  <list style="hanging">
    <t hangText="Media Type name:">
      application
    </t>
    <t hangText="Media subtype name:">
      http
    </t>
    <t hangText="Required parameters:">
      none
    </t>
    <t hangText="Optional parameters:">
      version, msgtype
      <list style="hanging">
        <t hangText="version:">
          The HTTP-Version number of the enclosed messages
          (e.g., "1.1"). If not present, the version can be
          determined from the first line of the body.
        </t>
        <t hangText="msgtype:">
          The message type -- "request" or "response". If not
          present, the type can be determined from the first
          line of the body.
        </t>
      </list>
    </t>
    <t hangText="Encoding considerations:">
      HTTP messages enclosed by this type
      are in "binary" format; use of an appropriate
      Content-Transfer-Encoding is required when
      transmitted via E-mail.
    </t>
    <t hangText="Security considerations:">
      none
    </t>
    
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Internet Media Type multipart/byteranges" anchor="internet.media.type.multipart.byteranges">
<iref item="Media Type" subitem="multipart/byteranges" primary="true"/>
<iref item="multipart/byteranges Media Type" primary="true"/>
<t>
   When an HTTP <xref target="status.206" format="none">206 (Partial Content)</xref> response message includes the
   content of multiple ranges (a response to a request for multiple
   non-overlapping ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart
   message-body. The media type for this purpose is called
   "multipart/byteranges".
</t><t>
   The multipart/byteranges media type includes two or more parts, each
   with its own Content-Type and Content-Range fields. The required
   boundary parameter specifies the boundary string used to separate
   each body-part.
</t>
<t>
  <list style="hanging">
    <t hangText="Media Type name:">
      multipart
    </t>
    <t hangText="Media subtype name:">
      byteranges
    </t>
    <t hangText="Required parameters:">
      boundary
    </t>
    <t hangText="Optional parameters:">
      none
    </t>
    <t hangText="Encoding considerations:">
      only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are permitted
    </t>
    <t hangText="Security considerations:">
      none
    </t>
    
  </list>
</t>
<figure><preamble>
   For example:
</preamble><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
   HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content
   Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
   Last-Modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
   Content-type: multipart/byteranges; boundary=THIS_STRING_SEPARATES

   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
   Content-type: application/pdf
   Content-range: bytes 500-999/8000

   ...the first range...
   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
   Content-type: application/pdf
   Content-range: bytes 7000-7999/8000

   ...the second range
   --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES--
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
      Notes:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>Additional CRLFs may precede the first boundary string in the
         entity.</t>

      <t>Although <xref target="RFC2046"/> permits the boundary string to be
         quoted, some existing implementations handle a quoted boundary
         string incorrectly.</t>

      <t>A number of browsers and servers were coded to an early draft
         of the byteranges specification to use a media type of
         multipart/x-byteranges<iref item="multipart/x-byteranges Media Type"/><iref item="Media Type" subitem="multipart/x-byteranges"/>, which is almost, but not quite
         compatible with the version documented in HTTP/1.1.</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Tolerant Applications" anchor="tolerant.applications">
<t>
   Although this document specifies the requirements for the generation
   of HTTP/1.1 messages, not all applications will be correct in their
   implementation. We therefore recommend that operational applications
   be tolerant of deviations whenever those deviations can be
   interpreted unambiguously.
</t>
<t>
   Clients SHOULD be tolerant in parsing the Status-Line and servers
   tolerant when parsing the Request-Line. In particular, they SHOULD
   accept any amount of SP or HT characters between fields, even though
   only a single SP is required.
</t>
<t>
   The line terminator for message-header fields is the sequence CRLF.
   However, we recommend that applications, when parsing such headers,
   recognize a single LF as a line terminator and ignore the leading CR.
</t>
<t>
   The character set of an entity-body SHOULD be labeled as the lowest
   common denominator of the character codes used within that body, with
   the exception that not labeling the entity is preferred over labeling
   the entity with the labels US-ASCII or ISO-8859-1. See Section <xref target="canonicalization.and.text.defaults" format="counter"/>
   and <xref target="missing.charset" format="counter"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Additional rules for requirements on parsing and encoding of dates
   and other potential problems with date encodings include:
</t>
<t>
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>HTTP/1.1 clients and caches SHOULD assume that an RFC-850 date
        which appears to be more than 50 years in the future is in fact
        in the past (this helps solve the "year 2000" problem).</t>

     <t>An HTTP/1.1 implementation MAY internally represent a parsed
        Expires date as earlier than the proper value, but MUST NOT
        internally represent a parsed Expires date as later than the
        proper value.</t>

     <t>All expiration-related calculations MUST be done in GMT. The
        local time zone MUST NOT influence the calculation or comparison
        of an age or expiration time.</t>

     <t>If an HTTP header incorrectly carries a date value with a time
        zone other than GMT, it MUST be converted into GMT using the
        most conservative possible conversion.</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>

<section title="Differences Between HTTP Entities and RFC 2045 Entities" anchor="differences.between.http.entities.and.rfc.2045.entities">
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 uses many of the constructs defined for Internet Mail (<xref target="RFC2822"/>)
   and the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME <xref target="RFC2045"/>) to
   allow entities to be transmitted in an open variety of
   representations and with extensible mechanisms. However, RFC 2045
   discusses mail, and HTTP has a few features that are different from
   those described in RFC 2045. These differences were carefully chosen
   to optimize performance over binary connections, to allow greater
   freedom in the use of new media types, to make date comparisons
   easier, and to acknowledge the practice of some early HTTP servers
   and clients.
</t>
<t>
   This appendix describes specific areas where HTTP differs from RFC
   2045. Proxies and gateways to strict MIME environments SHOULD be
   aware of these differences and provide the appropriate conversions
   where necessary. Proxies and gateways from MIME environments to HTTP
   also need to be aware of the differences because some conversions
   might be required.
</t>
<section title="MIME-Version" anchor="mime-version">
<t>
   HTTP is not a MIME-compliant protocol. However, HTTP/1.1 messages MAY
   include a single MIME-Version general-header field to indicate what
   version of the MIME protocol was used to construct the message. Use
   of the MIME-Version header field indicates that the message is in
   full compliance with the MIME protocol (as defined in <xref target="RFC2045"/>).
   Proxies/gateways are responsible for ensuring full compliance (where
   possible) when exporting HTTP messages to strict MIME environments.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="MIME-Version"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  MIME-Version   = "MIME-Version" ":" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   MIME version "1.0" is the default for use in HTTP/1.1. However,
   HTTP/1.1 message parsing and semantics are defined by this document
   and not the MIME specification.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Conversion to Canonical Form" anchor="conversion.to.canonical.form">
<t>
   <xref target="RFC2045"/> requires that an Internet mail entity be converted to
   canonical form prior to being transferred, as described in Section 4 of <xref target="RFC2049"/>.
   <xref target="canonicalization.and.text.defaults"/> of this document describes the forms
   allowed for subtypes of the "text" media type when transmitted over
   HTTP. RFC 2046 requires that content with a type of "text" represent
   line breaks as CRLF and forbids the use of CR or LF outside of line
   break sequences. HTTP allows CRLF, bare CR, and bare LF to indicate a
   line break within text content when a message is transmitted over
   HTTP.
</t>
<t>
   Where it is possible, a proxy or gateway from HTTP to a strict MIME
   environment SHOULD translate all line breaks within the text media
   types described in <xref target="canonicalization.and.text.defaults"/> of this document to the RFC 2049
   canonical form of CRLF. Note, however, that this might be complicated
   by the presence of a Content-Encoding and by the fact that HTTP
   allows the use of some character sets which do not use octets 13 and
   10 to represent CR and LF, as is the case for some multi-byte
   character sets.
</t>
<t>
   Implementors should note that conversion will break any cryptographic
   checksums applied to the original content unless the original content
   is already in canonical form. Therefore, the canonical form is
   recommended for any content that uses such checksums in HTTP.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Conversion of Date Formats" anchor="conversion.of.date.formats">
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 uses a restricted set of date formats (<xref target="full.date"/>) to
   simplify the process of date comparison. Proxies and gateways from
   other protocols SHOULD ensure that any Date header field present in a
   message conforms to one of the HTTP/1.1 formats and rewrite the date
   if necessary.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Introduction of Content-Encoding" anchor="introduction.of.content-encoding">
<t>
   RFC 2045 does not include any concept equivalent to HTTP/1.1's
   Content-Encoding header field. Since this acts as a modifier on the
   media type, proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant
   protocols MUST either change the value of the Content-Type header
   field or decode the entity-body before forwarding the message. (Some
   experimental applications of Content-Type for Internet mail have used
   a media-type parameter of ";conversions=&lt;content-coding&gt;" to perform
   a function equivalent to Content-Encoding. However, this parameter is
   not part of RFC 2045).
</t>
</section>

<section title="No Content-Transfer-Encoding" anchor="no.content-transfer-encoding">

<t>
   HTTP does not use the Content-Transfer-Encoding field of RFC
   2045. Proxies and gateways from MIME-compliant protocols to HTTP MUST
   remove any Content-Transfer-Encoding
   prior to delivering the response message to an HTTP client.
</t>
<t>
   Proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant protocols are
   responsible for ensuring that the message is in the correct format
   and encoding for safe transport on that protocol, where "safe
   transport" is defined by the limitations of the protocol being used.
   Such a proxy or gateway SHOULD label the data with an appropriate
   Content-Transfer-Encoding if doing so will improve the likelihood of
   safe transport over the destination protocol.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Introduction of Transfer-Encoding" anchor="introduction.of.transfer-encoding">
<t>
   HTTP/1.1 introduces the Transfer-Encoding header field (<xref target="header.transfer-encoding"/>).
   Proxies/gateways MUST remove any transfer-coding prior to
   forwarding a message via a MIME-compliant protocol.
</t>
<t>
   A process for decoding the "chunked" transfer-coding (<xref target="transfer.codings"/>)
   can be represented in pseudo-code as:
</t>
<figure><artwork type="code"><![CDATA[
    length := 0
    read chunk-size, chunk-extension (if any) and CRLF
    while (chunk-size > 0) {
       read chunk-data and CRLF
       append chunk-data to entity-body
       length := length + chunk-size
       read chunk-size and CRLF
    }
    read entity-header
    while (entity-header not empty) {
       append entity-header to existing header fields
       read entity-header
    }
    Content-Length := length
    Remove "chunked" from Transfer-Encoding
]]></artwork></figure>
</section>

<section title="MHTML and Line Length Limitations" anchor="mhtml.line.length">
<t>
   HTTP implementations which share code with MHTML <xref target="RFC2557"/> implementations
   need to be aware of MIME line length limitations. Since HTTP does not
   have this limitation, HTTP does not fold long lines. MHTML messages
   being transported by HTTP follow all conventions of MHTML, including
   line length limitations and folding, canonicalization, etc., since
   HTTP transports all message-bodies as payload (see <xref target="multipart.types"/>) and
   does not interpret the content or any MIME header lines that might be
   contained therein.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Additional Features" anchor="additional.features">
<t>
   RFC 1945 and RFC 2068 document protocol elements used by some
   existing HTTP implementations, but not consistently and correctly
   across most HTTP/1.1 applications. Implementors are advised to be
   aware of these features, but cannot rely upon their presence in, or
   interoperability with, other HTTP/1.1 applications. Some of these
   describe proposed experimental features, and some describe features
   that experimental deployment found lacking that are now addressed in
   the base HTTP/1.1 specification.
</t>
<t>
   A number of other headers, such as Content-Disposition and Title,
   from SMTP and MIME are also often implemented (see <xref target="RFC2076"/>).
</t>

<section title="Content-Disposition" anchor="content-disposition">
<iref item="Headers" subitem="Content-Disposition" primary="true"/>
<iref item="Content-Disposition header" primary="true"/>
<t>
   The Content-Disposition response-header field has been proposed as a
   means for the origin server to suggest a default filename if the user
   requests that the content is saved to a file. This usage is derived
   from the definition of Content-Disposition in <xref target="RFC1806"/>.
</t>
<figure><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="content-disposition"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="disposition-type"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="disposition-parm"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="filename-parm"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="disp-extension-token"/><iref primary="true" item="Grammar" subitem="disp-extension-parm"/><artwork type="abnf2616"><![CDATA[
  content-disposition = "Content-Disposition" ":"
                        disposition-type *( ";" disposition-parm )
  disposition-type = "attachment" | disp-extension-token
  disposition-parm = filename-parm | disp-extension-parm
  filename-parm = "filename" "=" quoted-string
  disp-extension-token = token
  disp-extension-parm = token "=" ( token | quoted-string )
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   An example is
</t>
<figure><artwork type="example"><![CDATA[
     Content-Disposition: attachment; filename="fname.ext"
]]></artwork></figure>
<t>
   The receiving user agent SHOULD NOT  respect any directory path
   information present in the filename-parm parameter, which is the only
   parameter believed to apply to HTTP implementations at this time. The
   filename SHOULD be treated as a terminal component only.
</t>
<t>
   If this header is used in a response with the application/octet-stream
   content-type, the implied suggestion is that the user agent
   should not display the response, but directly enter a `save response
   as...' dialog.
</t>
<t>
   See <xref target="content-disposition.issues"/> for Content-Disposition security issues.
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Compatibility with Previous Versions" anchor="compatibility">
<t>
   It is beyond the scope of a protocol specification to mandate
   compliance with previous versions. HTTP/1.1 was deliberately
   designed, however, to make supporting previous versions easy. It is
   worth noting that, at the time of composing this specification
   (1996), we would expect commercial HTTP/1.1 servers to:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>recognize the format of the Request-Line for HTTP/0.9, 1.0, and
        1.1 requests;</t>

     <t>understand any valid request in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
        1.1;</t>

     <t>respond appropriately with a message in the same major version
        used by the client.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   And we would expect HTTP/1.1 clients to:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>recognize the format of the Status-Line for HTTP/1.0 and 1.1
        responses;</t>

     <t>understand any valid response in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
        1.1.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   For most implementations of HTTP/1.0, each connection is established
   by the client prior to the request and closed by the server after
   sending the response. Some implementations implement the Keep-Alive
   version of persistent connections described in Section 19.7.1 of <xref target="RFC2068"/>.
</t>

<section title="Changes from HTTP/1.0" anchor="changes.from.1.0">
<t>
   This section summarizes major differences between versions HTTP/1.0
   and HTTP/1.1.
</t>

<section title="Changes to Simplify Multi-homed Web Servers and Conserve IP Addresses" anchor="changes.to.simplify.multi-homed.web.servers.and.conserve.ip.addresses">
<t>
   The requirements that clients and servers support the Host request-header,
   report an error if the Host request-header (<xref target="header.host"/>) is
   missing from an HTTP/1.1 request, and accept absolute URIs (<xref target="request-uri"/>)
   are among the most important changes defined by this
   specification.
</t>
<t>
   Older HTTP/1.0 clients assumed a one-to-one relationship of IP
   addresses and servers; there was no other established mechanism for
   distinguishing the intended server of a request than the IP address
   to which that request was directed. The changes outlined above will
   allow the Internet, once older HTTP clients are no longer common, to
   support multiple Web sites from a single IP address, greatly
   simplifying large operational Web servers, where allocation of many
   IP addresses to a single host has created serious problems. The
   Internet will also be able to recover the IP addresses that have been
   allocated for the sole purpose of allowing special-purpose domain
   names to be used in root-level HTTP URLs. Given the rate of growth of
   the Web, and the number of servers already deployed, it is extremely
   important that all implementations of HTTP (including updates to
   existing HTTP/1.0 applications) correctly implement these
   requirements:
  <list style="symbols">
     <t>Both clients and servers MUST support the Host request-header.</t>

     <t>A client that sends an HTTP/1.1 request MUST send a Host header.</t>

     <t>Servers MUST report a <xref target="status.400" format="none">400 (Bad Request)</xref> error if an HTTP/1.1
        request does not include a Host request-header.</t>

     <t>Servers MUST accept absolute URIs.</t>
  </list>
</t>
</section>
</section>

<section title="Compatibility with HTTP/1.0 Persistent Connections" anchor="compatibility.with.http.1.0.persistent.connections">
<t>
   Some clients and servers might wish to be compatible with some
   previous implementations of persistent connections in HTTP/1.0
   clients and servers. Persistent connections in HTTP/1.0 are
   explicitly negotiated as they are not the default behavior. HTTP/1.0
   experimental implementations of persistent connections are faulty,
   and the new facilities in HTTP/1.1 are designed to rectify these
   problems. The problem was that some existing 1.0 clients may be
   sending Keep-Alive to a proxy server that doesn't understand
   Connection, which would then erroneously forward it to the next
   inbound server, which would establish the Keep-Alive connection and
   result in a hung HTTP/1.0 proxy waiting for the close on the
   response. The result is that HTTP/1.0 clients must be prevented from
   using Keep-Alive when talking to proxies.
</t>
<t>
   However, talking to proxies is the most important use of persistent
   connections, so that prohibition is clearly unacceptable. Therefore,
   we need some other mechanism for indicating a persistent connection
   is desired, which is safe to use even when talking to an old proxy
   that ignores Connection. Persistent connections are the default for
   HTTP/1.1 messages; we introduce a new keyword (Connection: close) for
   declaring non-persistence. See <xref target="header.connection"/>.
</t>
<t>
   The original HTTP/1.0 form of persistent connections (the Connection:
   Keep-Alive and Keep-Alive header) is documented in <xref target="RFC2068"/>.
</t>
</section>

<section title="Changes from RFC 2068" anchor="changes.from.rfc.2068">
<t>
   This specification has been carefully audited to correct and
   disambiguate key word usage; RFC 2068 had many problems in respect to
   the conventions laid out in <xref target="RFC2119"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Clarified which error code should be used for inbound server failures
   (e.g. DNS failures). (<xref target="status.504"/>).
</t>
<t>
   CREATE had a race that required an Etag be sent when a resource is
   first created. (<xref target="status.201"/>).
</t>
<t>
   Content-Base was deleted from the specification: it was not
   implemented widely, and there is no simple, safe way to introduce it
   without a robust extension mechanism. In addition, it is used in a
   similar, but not identical fashion in MHTML <xref target="RFC2557"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Transfer-coding and message lengths all interact in ways that
   required fixing exactly when chunked encoding is used (to allow for
   transfer encoding that may not be self delimiting); it was important
   to straighten out exactly how message lengths are computed. (Sections
   <xref target="transfer.codings" format="counter"/>, <xref target="message.length" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="entity.length" format="counter"/>, <xref target="non-modifiable.headers" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="header.content-length" format="counter"/>, <xref target="header.content-range" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   A content-coding of "identity" was introduced, to solve problems
   discovered in caching. (<xref target="content.codings"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Quality Values of zero should indicate that "I don't want something"
   to allow clients to refuse a representation. (<xref target="quality.values"/>)
</t>
<t>
   The use and interpretation of HTTP version numbers has been clarified
   by RFC 2145. Require proxies to upgrade requests to highest protocol
   version they support to deal with problems discovered in HTTP/1.0
   implementations (<xref target="http.version"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Charset wildcarding is introduced to avoid explosion of character set
   names in accept headers. (<xref target="header.accept-charset"/>)
</t>
<t>
   A case was missed in the Cache-Control model of HTTP/1.1; s-maxage
   was introduced to add this missing case. (Sections <xref target="response.cacheability" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="header.authorization" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="header.cache-control" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   The Cache-Control: max-age directive was not properly defined for
   responses. (<xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism"/>)
</t>
<t>
   There are situations where a server (especially a proxy) does not
   know the full length of a response but is capable of serving a
   byterange request. We therefore need a mechanism to allow byteranges
   with a content-range not indicating the full length of the message.
   (<xref target="header.content-range"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Range request responses would become very verbose if all meta-data
   were always returned; by allowing the server to only send needed
   headers in a 206 response, this problem can be avoided. (Section
   <xref target="status.206" format="counter"/>, <xref target="combining.headers" format="counter"/>,
   and <xref target="header.if-range" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Fix problem with unsatisfiable range requests; there are two cases:
   syntactic problems, and range doesn't exist in the document. The 416
   status code was needed to resolve this ambiguity needed to indicate
   an error for a byte range request that falls outside of the actual
   contents of a document. (Section <xref target="status.416" format="counter"/>, <xref target="header.content-range" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Rewrite of message transmission requirements to make it much harder
   for implementors to get it wrong, as the consequences of errors here
   can have significant impact on the Internet, and to deal with the
   following problems:
  <list style="numbers">
      <t>Changing "HTTP/1.1 or later" to "HTTP/1.1", in contexts where
         this was incorrectly placing a requirement on the behavior of
         an implementation of a future version of HTTP/1.x</t>

      <t>Made it clear that user-agents should retry requests, not
         "clients" in general.</t>

      <t>Converted requirements for clients to ignore unexpected 100
         (Continue) responses, and for proxies to forward 100 responses,
         into a general requirement for 1xx responses.</t>

      <t>Modified some TCP-specific language, to make it clearer that
         non-TCP transports are possible for HTTP.</t>

      <t>Require that the origin server MUST NOT wait for the request
         body before it sends a required <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> response.</t>

      <t>Allow, rather than require, a server to omit <xref target="status.100" format="none">100 (Continue)</xref> if
         it has already seen some of the request body.</t>

      <t>Allow servers to defend against denial-of-service attacks and
         broken clients.</t>
  </list>
</t>
<t>
   This change adds the Expect header and 417 status code. The message
   transmission requirements fixes are in Sections <xref target="message.transmission.requirements" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="status.417" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="pipelining" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="write-through.mandatory" format="counter"/>,
   and <xref target="header.expect" format="counter"/>.
</t>
<t>
   Proxies should be able to add Content-Length when appropriate.
   (<xref target="non-modifiable.headers"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Clean up confusion between 403 and 404 responses. (Section <xref target="status.403" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="status.404" format="counter"/>, and <xref target="status.410" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   Warnings could be cached incorrectly, or not updated appropriately.
   (Section <xref target="warnings" format="counter"/>, <xref target="expiration.calculations" format="counter"/>, <xref target="non-modifiable.headers" format="counter"/>,
   <xref target="combining.headers" format="counter"/>, <xref target="modifications.of.the.basic.expiration.mechanism" format="counter"/>,
   and <xref target="header.warning" format="counter"/>) Warning
   also needed to be a general header, as PUT or other methods may have
   need for it in requests.
</t>
<t>
   Transfer-coding had significant problems, particularly with
   interactions with chunked encoding. The solution is that transfer-codings
   become as full fledged as content-codings. This involves
   adding an IANA registry for transfer-codings (separate from content
   codings), a new header field (TE) and enabling trailer headers in the
   future. Transfer encoding is a major performance benefit, so it was
   worth fixing <xref target="Nie1997"/>. TE also solves another, obscure, downward
   interoperability problem that could have occurred due to interactions
   between authentication trailers, chunked encoding and HTTP/1.0
   clients.(Section <xref target="transfer.codings" format="counter"/>, <xref target="chunked.transfer.encoding" format="counter"/>,
   and <xref target="header.te" format="counter"/>)
</t>
<t>
   The PATCH<iref item="PATCH method" primary="true"/><iref item="Methods" subitem="PATCH" primary="true"/>, LINK<iref item="LINK method" primary="true"/><iref item="Methods" subitem="LINK" primary="true"/>, UNLINK<iref item="UNLINK method" primary="true"/><iref item="Methods" subitem="UNLINK" primary="true"/> methods were defined but not commonly
   implemented in previous versions of this specification. See 
   <xref target="RFC2068"/>.
</t>
<t>
   The Alternates<iref item="Alternates header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Alternate" primary="true"/>, Content-Version<iref item="Content-Version header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Content-Version" primary="true"/>, Derived-From<iref item="Derived-From header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Derived-From" primary="true"/>, Link<iref item="Link header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Link" primary="true"/>, URI<iref item="URI header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="URI" primary="true"/>, Public<iref item="Public header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Public" primary="true"/> and
   Content-Base<iref item="Content-Base header" primary="true"/><iref item="Headers" subitem="Content-Base" primary="true"/> header fields were defined in previous versions of this
   specification, but not commonly implemented. See <xref target="RFC2068"/>.
</t>

</section>


<section title="Changes from RFC 2616" anchor="changes.from.rfc.2616">

<t>
  Fix bug in BNF allowing backslash characters in <xref target="basic.rules.quoted-string" format="none">qdtext</xref> production. 
  (<xref target="basic.rules"/>)
</t>

<t>
  Clarify that HTTP-Version is case sensitive.
  (<xref target="http.version"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Eliminate overlooked reference to "unsafe" characters.
  (<xref target="uri.comparison"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarify contexts that charset is used in.
  (<xref target="character.sets"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Remove reference to non-existant identity transfer-coding value tokens.
  (Sections <xref format="counter" target="transfer.codings"/>, <xref format="counter" target="message.length"/> and <xref format="counter" target="no.content-transfer-encoding"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarification that the chunk length does not include
  the count of the octets in the chunk header and trailer.
  (<xref target="chunked.transfer.encoding"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Fix BNF to add query, as the abs_path production in Section 3 of <xref target="RFC2396"/> doesn't define it.
  (<xref target="request-uri"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarify definition of POST.
  (<xref target="POST"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarify that it's not ok to use a weak cache validator in a 206 response.
  (<xref target="status.206"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Failed to consider that there are
  many other request methods that are safe to automatically redirect,
  and further that the user agent is able to make that determination
  based on the request method semantics.
  (Sections <xref format="counter" target="status.301"/>, <xref format="counter" target="status.302"/> and <xref format="counter" target="status.307"/> )
</t>

<t>
  Fix misspelled header
  and clarify requirements for hop-by-hop headers introduced in future specifications. 
  (<xref target="end-to-end.and.hop-by-hop.headers"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarify denial of service attack avoidance requirement.
  (<xref target="invalidation.after.updates.or.deletions"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Fix bug in BNF disallowing empty Accept-Encoding headers.
  (<xref target="header.accept-encoding"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Clarify exactly when close connection options must be sent.
  (<xref target="header.connection"/>)
</t>
<t>
  Correct syntax of Location header to allow fragment,
  as referred symbol wasn't what was expected, and add some
  clarifications as to when it would not be appropriate.
  (<xref target="header.location"/>)
</t>
<t>
  In the description of the Server header, the Via field
  was described as a SHOULD. The requirement was and is stated
  correctly in the description of the Via header, <xref target="header.via"/>.
  (<xref target="header.server"/>)
</t>

</section>


</section>




<section title="Change Log (to be removed by RFC Editor before publication)">
<section title="Since RFC2616">
<t>
  Update Authors.
  Add Editorial Note and Acknowledgements (containing the original RFC2616 authors).
  Add "Normative References", containing just RFC2616 for now.
</t>
</section>


<section title="Since draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-00">
<t>
  Add and resolve issues "charactersets",
  "chunk-size", "editor-notes", "identity", "ifrange206", "invalidupd",
  "msg-len-chars", "noclose1xx", "post",
  "saferedirect", "trailer-hop", "unsafe-uri", "uriquery", "verscase"
  and "via-must" as proposed in
  <eref target="http://purl.org/NET/http-errata"/>.
  Add and resolve issue "rfc2606-compliance".
</t>
<t>
  Add issues "languagetag", "media-reg" and "unneeded_references".
  Add issue "location-fragments" and partly resolve it.
</t>
<t>
<!--  Introduce a "Contributors" section, properly noting the previous
  work in RFC2068 and RFC2616. Replace "Acknowledgments/(This Document)"
  with a placeholder for now.-->
  Reformat HTTP-WG contributors as a plain text paragraph.
</t>
<t>
  Change [RFC2616] to be an informative reference. Fix RFC2026 reference
  (broken in draft 00). Outdent artwork to more closely match RFC2616.
  (No change tracking for these changes).
</t>
<t>
  Mark Yves Lafon and Julian Reschke as "Editor" in the front page and the
  Authors section. Re-add all of the authors of RFC2616 for now.
  (No change tracking for these changes).
</t>
</section>

<section title="Since draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-01">
<t>
  Add issues "fragment-combination" and "rfc2048_informative_and_obsolete".
</t>
<t>
  Resolve issues "location-fragments" (by moving the remaining issue into the
  new issue "fragment-combination") and "media-reg" (by adding "rfc2048_informative_and_obsolete"
  instead).
</t>
<t>
  Reopen and close issue "rfc2606-compliance" again (other instances where found).
</t>
<t>
  Add and resolve issue "references_style".
</t>
</section>

<section title="Since draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-02">
<t>
  Add issues
  "i21-put-side-effects",
  "i34-updated-reference-for-uris",
  "i50-misc-typos",
  "i51-http-date-vs-rfc1123-date",
  "i52-sort-1.3-terminology",
  "i53-allow-is-not-in-13.5.2",
  "i54-definition-of-1xx-warn-codes",
  "i55-updating-to-rfc4288",
  "i56-6.1.1-can-be-misread-as-a-complete-list",
  "i57-status-code-and-reason-phrase",
  "i58-what-identifies-an-http-resource",
  "i59-status-code-registry",
  "i60-13.5.1-and-13.5.2",
  "i61-redirection-vs-location",
  "i62-whitespace-in-quoted-pair",
  "i63-header-length-limit-with-encoded-words" and
  "i67-quoting-charsets".
</t>
<t>
  Add and resolve issues
  "i45-rfc977-reference",
  "i46-rfc1700_remove",
  "i47-inconsistency-in-date-format-explanation",
  "i48-date-reference-typo" and
  "i49-connection-header-text".
</t>
<t>
  Rename "References" to "References (to be classified)".
</t>
</section>


<section title="Since draft-lafon-rfc2616bis-03">
<t>
  Add issues
  "i19-bodies-on-GET",
  "i20-default-charsets-for-text-media-types",
  "i22-etag-and-other-metadata-in-status-messages",
  "i23-no-store-invalidation",
  "i24-requiring-allow-in-405-responses",
  "i27-put-idempotency",
  "i28-connection-closing",
  "i29-age-calculation",
  "i30-header-lws",
  "i32-options-asterisk",
  "i33-trace-security-considerations",
  "i35-split-normative-and-informative-references",
  "i37-vary-and-non-existant-headers",
  "i38-mismatched-vary",
  "i39-etag-uniqueness",
  "i40-header-registration",
  "i41-security-considerations",
  "i64-ws-in-quoted-pair",
  "i69-clarify-requested-variant",
  "i70-cacheability-of-303",
  "i71-examples-for-etag-matching",
  "i72-request-method-registry",
  "i73-clarification-of-the-term-deflate",
  "i74-character-encodings-for-headers",
  "i75-rfc2145-normative",
  "i76-deprecate-305-use-proxy",
  "i77-line-folding",
  "i78-relationship-between-401-authorization-and-www-authenticate",
  "i79-content-headers-vs-put",
  "i80-content-location-is-not-special",
  "i81-content-negotiation-for-media-types",
  "i82-rel_path-not-used" and
  "i83-options-asterisk-and-proxies" and
  "i85-custom-ranges".
</t>
<t>
  Reopen and close issue "i47-inconsistency-in-date-format-explanation".
</t>
<t>
  Resolve issues "unneeded_references" and
  "i62-whitespace-in-quoted-pair" (as duplicate of
  "i64-ws-in-quoted-pair").
</t>
<t>
  Add and resolve issues
  "abnf-edit",
  "consistent-reason-phrases",
  "i25-accept-encoding-bnf",
  "i26-import-query-bnf",
  "i31-qdtext-bnf",
  "i65-informative-references",
  "i66-iso8859-1-reference",
  "i68-encoding-references-normative",
  "i84-redundant-cross-references",
  "i86-normative-up-to-date-references",
  "i87-typo-in-13.2.2",
  "media-reg" (which wasn't resolved by drafts -02 and -03, after all),
  "remove-CTE-abbrev",
  "rfc1766_normative",
  "rfc2396_normative"
  and "usascii_normative".
</t>
<t>
  Add new section "Normative References" (the old "References (to be classified)" section
  will be removed once all references are re-classified).
</t>
<t>
  Update contact information for Jim Gettys.
</t>
</section>


</section>


<section title="Resolved issues (to be removed by RFC Editor before publication)"><t>
          Issues that were either rejected or resolved in this version of this
          document.
        </t><section title="unneeded_references"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2006OctDec/0054&gt;, &lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i44&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-19): 
    The reference entries for RFC1866, RFC2069 and RFC2026 are unused.
    Remove them?
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-02): 
    See also &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2006OctDec/0118&gt;.
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-10-24): 
    Remove references to RFC1866 and RFC2069 for now. Keep RFC2026 for now; it's referenced from
    Editorial note.
  </t></section><section title="consistent-reason-phrases"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/472E16C5.8000703@gmx.de&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-11-04): 
    Use consistent status reason phrases.
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-11-15): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="i66-iso8859-1-reference"><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i66&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-28): 
    Classify ISO8859 as normative, and simplify reference to only refer
    to ISO8859 Part 1 (because that's the only part needed here), and update
    to the 1998 version.
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-10-28): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="abnf-edit"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/4739C417.2040203@gmx.de&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-11-13): 
    Fix minor editorial issues with BNF causing problems with ABNF parsers,
    such as (1) inconsistent indentation and (2) missing whitespace.
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-11-15): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="rfc1766_normative"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-15): 
    Classify RFC1766 ("Tags for the Identification of Languages") as normative
    (update to RFC4646 in a separate step, see issue languagetag).
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-11-15): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="i86-normative-up-to-date-references"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i86&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-12): 
    Classify RFC1864 ("The Content-MD5 Header Field") as normative.
    Note that note this disagrees with draft-gettys-http-v11-spec-rev-00 which made it informative.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-14): 
    Classify RFC2045 ("Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies") as normative.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-12): 
    Classify RFC2046 ("Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Two: Media Types") as normative.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-12): 
    Classify RFC2047 ("MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text") as normative.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-27): 
    Classify RFC2119 (Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels) as normative.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-27): 
    Classify RFC2617 (HTTP Authentication) as normative.
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-10-12): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="i68-encoding-references-normative"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i68&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-05-28): 
    Classify RFC1950 (ZLIB), RFC1951 (DEFLATE) and RFC1952 (GZIP) as normative (note this disagrees with draft-gettys-http-v11-spec-rev-00 which made it informative).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-06-16): 
    RFC4897 requires us to add notes to the references explaining why
    the downref was made (see &lt;http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4897#section-3.1&gt;).
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-06-18): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="rfc2396_normative"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-13): 
    Classify RFC2396 ("Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax") as normative
    (update to RFC3986 in a separate step, see i34-updated-reference-for-uris).
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-11-13): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="usascii_normative"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-27): 
    Classify USASCII as normative.
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-10-27): 
    Done.
  </t></section><section title="i65-informative-references"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i65&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-05-28): 
    The following references are informative:
    Luo1998 ("Tunneling TCP based protocols through Web proxy servers", also
    update reference to quote the expired Internet Draft properly).
    Nie1997 ("Network Performance Effects of HTTP/1.1, CSS1, and PNG").
    Pad1995 ("Improving HTTP Latency").
    RFC821 (SMTP), also update the reference to RFC2821.
    RFC822 ("STANDARD FOR THE FORMAT OF ARPA INTERNET TEXT MESSAGES") --
    but add another instance as RFC822ABNF for the cases
    where the reference if for the ABNF part (these references will later
    be replaced by references to RFC4234 (see issue abnf)).
    RFC959 (FTP).
    RFC1036 ("Standard for Interchange of USENET Messages").
    RFC1123 ("Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support") --
    it is only used as a background reference for rfc1123-date, which this spec
    defines itself (note this disagrees with draft-gettys-http-v11-spec-rev-00 which made it normative).
    RFC1305 ("Network Time Protocol (Version 3)").
    RFC1436 (Gopher).
    RFC1630 (URI Syntax) -- there'll be a normative reference
    to a newer spec.
    RFC1738 (URL) -- there'll be a normative reference
    to a newer spec.
    RFC1806 ("Communicating Presentation Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header").
    RFC1808 (Relative Uniform Resource Locators).
    RFC1867 ("Form-based File Upload in HTML"), also update the reference to RFC2388
    ("Returning Values from Forms: multipart/form-data").
    RFC1900 ("Renumbering Needs Work").
    RFC1945 (HTTP/1.0).
    RFC2026 ("The Internet Standards Process -- Revision 3").
    RFC2049 ("Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Five: Conformance Criteria and Examples").
    RFC2068 (HTTP/1.1).
    RFC2076 ("Common Internet Message Headers").
    RFC2110 (MHTML), also update the reference to RFC2557.
    RFC2145 ("Use and Interpretation of HTTP Version Numbers").
    RFC2183 ("Communicating Presentation Information in Internet Messages: The Content-Disposition Header Field").
    RFC2277 ("IETF Policy on Character Sets and Languages").
    RFC2279 (UTF8), also update the reference to RFC3629.
    RFC2324 (HTCPCP/1.0).
    Spero ("Analysis of HTTP Performance Problems").
    Tou1998 ("Analysis of HTTP Performance").
    WAIS ("WAIS Interface Protocol Prototype Functional Specification (v1.5)").
  </t><t>derhoermi@gmx.net (2007-05-28): 
  <spanx style="emph">On RFC1950-1952:</spanx>
  Understanding these documents is required in order to understand the
coding values defined for the coding registry established and used by
the document; why would it be appropriate to cite them as informative?
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-06-12): 
    Done (with the exceptions noted by Bjoern Hoehrmann). 
  </t></section><section title="i31-qdtext-bnf"><t>
        In Section 2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i31&gt;</t><t>jamie@shareable.org (2004-03-15): 
  ...I wrote a regular expression based on the RFC 2616 definition, and that allows "foo\" as a quoted-string. That's not intended, is it?
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-06-18): 
    Resolved as per http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action13.
  </t></section><section title="i62-whitespace-in-quoted-pair"><t>
        In Section 2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i62&gt;</t><t>dan.winship@gmail.com (2007-04-20): 
    (...) RFC 2822 updates RFC 822's quoted-pair rule to disallow CR, LF, and NUL.
    We should probably make the same change.
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-10-07): 
    Closed as duplicate of i64-ws-in-quoted-pair.
  </t></section><section title="i26-import-query-bnf"><t>
        In Section 3.2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i26&gt;</t><t>abodeman@yahoo.com (2005-05-23): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      In section 3.2.2, http_URL is defined as follows:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"http_URL = "http:" "//" host [ ":" port ] [ abs_path [ "?" query ]]" -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-3.2.2">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-3.2.2</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      However, RFC 2616 does not contain a rule called "query". I assume this is
      meant to be the same "query" that is defined in RFC 2396, since section 3.2.1
      incorporates "URI-reference", "absoluteURI", "relativeURI", "port", "host",
      "abs_path", "rel_path", and "authority" from that specification (but "query" is
      missing from this list).
    </t><t>
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-10-06): 
      Add "query" to the list of definitions adopted from RCF2396 (note that
      RFC2396 has been obsoleted by RFC3986, but this is a separate issue).
  </t></section><section title="i47-inconsistency-in-date-format-explanation"><t>
        In Section 3.3.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i47&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-20): 
    Should say "...obsolete 
RFC1036 date format [...]..." instead of "...obsolete RFC 
850 [12] date format...".
<vspace/>
See also &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2006OctDec/0187.html&gt;.
  </t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-11-02): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    The proposed resolution to this issue (in draft 03) is incorrect
because RFC1036 doesn't define the date format in question.
This was an error introduced in the 2616 editing cycle.  It should
be fixed by removing reference to 1036, as described below:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      &lt;del&gt;RFC 850, obsoleted by RFC 1036&lt;/del&gt;&lt;ins&gt;obsolete RFC 850 format&lt;/ins&gt;
    </t><t>  
    </t><t>
      &lt;del&gt;The second format is in common  
use, but is based on the
obsolete RFC 850 [RFC1036] date format and lacks a  
four-digit year.&lt;/del&gt;&lt;ins&gt;
The other formats are described here only for
compatibility with obsolete implementations.&lt;/ins&gt;
    </t><t>
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-11-03): 
    Resolved as proposed by Roy.
  </t></section><section title="media-reg"><t>
        In Section 3.7:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://purl.org/NET/http-errata#media-reg&gt;, &lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i8&gt;</t><t>derhoermi@gmx.net (2000-09-10): 
    See &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg-old/2000SepDec/0013&gt;.
  </t><t>Resolution (2006-11-14): 
    Done (note that RFC2048 has been obsoleted now as well; see separate issue rfc2048_informative_and_obsolete).
    Note that the prosed resolution in http://purl.org/NET/http-errata#media-reg
    contains typos both in the original text ("4288" rather than "1590")
    and in the proposed resolution ("Mulitpurpose").
  </t></section><section title="i84-redundant-cross-references"><t>
        In Section 9.5:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i84&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-09-28): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      RFC 2616 sections 9.5 (POST) and 9.6 (PUT) have the following
      useless waste of bits
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    <list><t>"POST requests
    MUST obey the message transmission requirements set out in section 8.2.
    <vspace/>
    See section 15.1.3 for security considerations." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-9.5">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-9.5</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      and
    </t><t>
    </t><t> 
    <list><t>"PUT requests
    MUST obey the message transmission requirements set out
    in section 8.2." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-9.6">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-9.6</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      respectively.  They can be safely deleted without changing HTTP.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Section 8.2 is not specific to PUT and POST.  Likewise, a content-free
      forward pointer to just one of the many subsections on security
      consideration is a total waste of brain cells.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Those are just two examples of what can only be described as a
      spaghetti style of content-free cross-references within the spec
      that make it very hard to read.  They should be removed in general
      at the editors' discretion.
    </t><t>
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-09-29): 
    Remove text as proposed.
  </t></section><section title="i87-typo-in-13.2.2"><t>
        In Section 13.2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i87&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-09-07): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      This typo is still in the current draft.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>  
      s/ought to used/ought to be used/;
    </t><t>
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-09-08): 
    Fixed.
  </t></section><section title="i25-accept-encoding-bnf"><t>
        In Section 14.3:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i25&gt;</t><t>abodeman@yahoo.com (2005-06-02): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      In section 14.3, the definition of Accept-Encoding is given as follows:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
       Accept-Encoding  = "Accept-Encoding" ":"
                          1#( codings [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
      This definition implies that there must be at least one non-null 
      codings. However, just below this definition, one of the examples given 
      has an empty Accept-Encoding field-value:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
       Accept-Encoding: compress, gzip
       Accept-Encoding:
       Accept-Encoding: *
       Accept-Encoding: compress;q=0.5, gzip;q=1.0
       Accept-Encoding: gzip;q=1.0, identity; q=0.5, *;q=0]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
Furthermore, the fourth rule for testing whether a content-coding is 
acceptable mentions the possibility that the field-value may be empty.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
It seems, then, that the definition for Accept-Encoding should be revised:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
       Accept-Encoding  = "Accept-Encoding" ":"
                          #( codings [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )]]></artwork></figure><t>                        
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-03-18): 
    Accepted during the Prague meeting, see http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action09.
  </t></section><section title="remove-CTE-abbrev"><t>
        In Section D.5:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;file:///C:/projects/w3c/WWW/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/index.html#i16&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-11-02): 
    ...there is absolutely no reason to abbreviate the field name
when it is only used twice in the entire document...
  </t><t>Resolution (2007-11-15): 
    Done.
  </t></section></section><section title="Open issues (to be removed by RFC Editor prior to publication)"><section title="rfc2616bis"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-10): 
    Umbrella issue for changes with respect to the revision process itself.
  </t></section><section title="i35-split-normative-and-informative-references"><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i35&gt;</t><t>
    References are now required to be split into "Normative" and "Informative".
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-12): 
    See related issues:
    i65-informative-references,
    i68-encoding-references-normative,
    i75-rfc2145-normative,
    rfc1737_informative_and_obsolete,
    rfc1766_normative,
    i86-normative-up-to-date-references,
    rfc2048_informative_and_obsolete,
    rfc2396_normative,
    rfc2616bis,
    rfc2822_normative,
    unneeded_references,
    uri_vs_request_uri and
    usascii_normative.
  </t></section><section title="i40-header-registration"><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i40&gt;</t><t>
    A revision of RFC2616 should mention BCP 90 (Registration Procedures for Message Header Fields) and should take over as the authoritative reference for the headers it contains.
  </t></section><section title="edit"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-08): 
    Umbrella issue for editorial fixes/enhancements.
  </t></section><section title="abnf"><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i36&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-12-03): 
    Update BNF to RFC4234 (plan to be added).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-07-24): 
    See &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/45FBAB8C.6010809@gmx.de&gt; for a to-do list.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-11-13): 
    See &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/4739C417.2040203@gmx.de&gt; for a summary
    of issues with the current ABNF.
  </t></section><section title="rfc2048_informative_and_obsolete"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-15): 
    Classify RFC2048 ("Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME) Part Four: Registration Procedures") as informative,
    update to RFC4288, potentially update the application/http and multipart/byteranges MIME type registration. Also, in Section 3.7
    fix first reference to refer to RFC2046 (it's about media types in general, not the registration procedure).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-04-20): 
    Separate issue for updating the registration template: i55-updating-to-rfc4288.
  </t></section><section title="i34-updated-reference-for-uris"><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i34&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-11-14): 
    Update RFC2396 ("Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): Generic Syntax")
    to RFC3986.
  </t></section><section title="i50-misc-typos"><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i50&gt;</t><t>a-travis@microsoft.com (2006-12-18): 
  (See &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2006OctDec/0275.html&gt;).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-06-29): 
    Some of the strictly editorial issues have been resolves as part of issue
    "edit".
  </t></section><section title="i52-sort-1.3-terminology"><t>
        In Section 1.3:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i52&gt;</t><t>a-travis@microsoft.com (2006-12-21): 
    It's irritating to try and look up definitions in section 1.3. IMHO, the entries really should be sorted alphabetically, despite the fact that the terms have dependencies on one another.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenytes.de (2006-06-15): 
    See action item &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action23&gt;
    and proposal in &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2007AprJun/0350.html&gt;.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenytes.de (2006-06-15): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I personally think we should not do this change:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      (1) Sorting paragraphs makes it very hard to verify the changes; in 
      essence, a reviewer would either need to trust us, or re-do the 
      shuffling to control whether it's correct (nothing lost, no change in 
      the definitions).
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      (2) In the RFC2616 ordering, things that belong together (such as 
      "client", "user agent", "server" ...) are close to each other.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      (3) Contrary to RFC2616, the text version of new spec will contain an 
      alphabetical index section anyway (unless it's removed upon publication :-).
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i63-header-length-limit-with-encoded-words"><t>
        In Section 2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i63&gt;</t><t>derhoermi@gmx.net (2007-05-14): 
  (See &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2007AprJun/0050.html&gt;).
  </t></section><section title="i74-character-encodings-for-headers"><t>
        In Section 2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i74&gt;</t><t>duerst@it.aoyama.ac.jp (2007-07-10): 
    RFC 2616 prescribes that headers containing non-ASCII have to use
    either iso-8859-1 or RFC 2047. This is unnecessarily complex and
    not necessarily followed. At the least, new extensions should be
    allowed to specify that UTF-8 is used.
  </t></section><section title="i64-ws-in-quoted-pair"><t>
        In Section 2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i64&gt;</t><t>dan.winship@gmail.com (2007-04-20): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I think quoted-pair is broken too. Merging your fix into RFC2616 gives:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
quoted-string  = ( <"> *(qdtext | quoted-pair ) <"> )
qdtext         = <any TEXT excluding '"' and '\'>
quoted-pair    = "\" CHAR
CHAR           = <any US-ASCII character (octets 0 - 127)>]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
      but that means you can do this:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Warning: "Don't misparse \
this: it's really a single header!"]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
      (if the receiving implementation follows the recommendations in 19.3 you
      need to escape the LF instead of the CR, but it's otherwise the same.)
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      RFC 2822 updates RFC 822's quoted-pair rule to disallow CR, LF, and NUL.
      We should probably make the same change.
    </t><t>    
  </t></section><section title="i75-rfc2145-normative"><t>
        In Section 3.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i75&gt;</t><t>Jeff.Mogul@hp.com (2007-06-07): 
http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2145.txt:
There are references from RFC2616, section 3.1, to this document.
Perhaps these should be marked as normative; certainly, a proxy
implemention that violates RFC2145 is non-compliant in any reasonable
sense of the word.
  </t></section><section title="i82-rel_path-not-used"><t>
        In Section 3.2.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i82&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-07): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      RFC2616 changed the ABNF for http_URL so that it doesn't use rel_path 
      (as defined in RFC2396) anymore.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      However, that definition is still "adopted" in:
    </t><t>
    </t><t><list><t>"URIs in HTTP can be represented in absolute form or relative to some 
      known base URI [11], depending upon the context of their use. The two 
      forms are differentiated by the fact that absolute URIs always begin 
      with a scheme name followed by a colon. For definitive information on 
      URL syntax and semantics, see "Uniform Resource Identifiers (URI): 
      Generic Syntax and Semantics," RFC 2396 [42] (which replaces RFCs 1738 
      [4] and RFC 1808 [11]). This specification adopts the definitions of 
      "URI-reference", "absoluteURI", "relativeURI", "port", 
      "host","abs_path", "rel_path", and "authority" from that specification." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.2.1">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.2.1</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      ...and used in:
    </t><t>
    </t><t><list><t>"We note one exception to this rule: since some applications have 
      traditionally used GETs and HEADs with query URLs (those containing a 
      "?" in the rel_path part) to perform operations with significant side 
      effects, caches MUST NOT treat responses to such URIs as fresh unless 
      the server provides an explicit expiration time. This specifically means 
      that responses from HTTP/1.0 servers for such URIs SHOULD NOT be taken 
      from a cache. See Section 9.1.1 for related information." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.9">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.9</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Proposal:
      <vspace/>
      1) get rid of the mention in 3.2.1, and
      <vspace/>
      2) in 13.9 paragraph 2, replace
      "...query URLs (those containing a "?" in the rel_path part)..."
      by
      "...URLs containing a query part..."
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i58-what-identifies-an-http-resource"><t>
        In Section 3.2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i58&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-01-23): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      3.2.2 really doesn't say what identifies the resource:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"If the port is empty or not given, port 80 is assumed. The semantics are that the identified resource is located at the server listening for TCP connections on that port of that host, and the Request-URI for the resource is abs_path (Section 5.1.2)." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.2.2">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.2.2</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      But it <spanx style="emph">does</spanx> say what part of the HTTP URL becomes the Request-URI, and that definitively needs to be fixed.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i51-http-date-vs-rfc1123-date"><t>
        In Section 3.3.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i51&gt;</t><t>a-travis@microsoft.com (2006-12-18): 
    On closer inspection, shouldn't the BNF for that section (14.18) be "rfc1123-date" and not "HTTP-date"? I mean, why say it's an HTTP-date, but only RFC 1123 form is allowed (conflicting with the definition of HTTP-date)*? Likewise, shouldn't we just use the rfc1123-date moniker throughout the document whenever explicitly referring to only dates in RFC 1123 format?
  </t></section><section title="i73-clarification-of-the-term-deflate"><t>
        In Section 3.5:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i73&gt;</t><t>paul_marquess@yahoo.co.uk (2007-08-07): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      There is ambiguity in that definition because of the inconsistent use of the
      term "deflate". This has resulted in a long standing confusion about how to
      implement "deflate" encoding. 
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      There was a time a few years back when most of the high profile browser and
      some http server implementations incorrectly implemented http "deflate"
      encoding using RFC 1951 without the RFC 1950 wrapper. Admittedly most, if
      not all, of the incorrect implementations have now been fixed, but the fix
      applied recognises the reality that there are incorrect implementations of
      "deflate" out in the wild. All browsers now seem to be able to cope with
      "deflate" in both its RFC1950 or RFC1951 incarnations.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      So I suggest there are two issues that need to be addressed
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      1. The definition of "deflate" needs to be rewritten to remove the
      ambiguity.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      2. Document the reality that there are incorrect implementations, and
      recommend that anyone writing a "deflate" decoder should cope with both
      forms.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i67-quoting-charsets"><t>
        In Section 3.7:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i67&gt;</t><t>maiera@de.ibm.com (2007-05-23): 
  (See &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2007AprJun/0065.html&gt;).
  </t></section><section title="i20-default-charsets-for-text-media-types"><t>
        In Section 3.7.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i20&gt;</t><t>mnot@yahoo-inc.com (2006-05-01): </t><t>
    </t><t>
  2616 Section 3.7.1 states;
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"When no explicit charset parameter is provided by the sender, media  
        subtypes of the "text" type are defined to have a default charset  
        value of "ISO-8859-1" when received via HTTP." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.7.1">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-3.7.1</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      However, many, if not all, of the text/* media types define their own  
      defaults; text/plain (RFC2046), for example, defaults to ASCII, as  
      does text/xml (RFC3023).
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      How do these format-specific defaults interact with HTTP's default?  
      Is HTTP really overriding them?
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I'm far from the first to be confused by this text, and I'm sure it's  
      been asked before, but I haven't been able to find a definitive  
      answer. If errata are still being considered, perhaps removing/ 
      modifying this line would be a good start...
    </t><t>
  </t><t>duerst@it.aoyama.ac.jp (2007-10-05): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Here is another issue that apparently hasn't yet been listed.
      The HTTP spec, in section 3.7.1, currently claims that for
      subtypes of the media type "text", there is a default of iso-8859-1.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      In actual practice, this is, at best, wishful thinking. It may also
      pretty much look like it's actually true if you are in Western Europe
      or in the Americas, but it doesn't apply world-wide. There are tons of
      Web sites in Asia (and Asia is home to more than half of the World's
      population) that have no charset, and that are not in iso-8859-1.
      And browsers in these regions don't expect pages to be iso-8859-1.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      ...
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      So the text below should be changed to say that data in all character
      sets SHOULD be labeled, and move the default to historic. Some adequate
      adjustments should also be made to Section 3.4.1. I'll gladly help with
      word-smithing.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="languagetag"><t>
        In Section 3:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://purl.org/NET/http-errata#languagetag&gt;, &lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i13&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-14): 
    See &lt;http://purl.org/NET/http-errata#languagetag&gt;.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-14): 
    In the meantime RFC3066 has been obsoleted by RFC4646. See also
    &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2006OctDec/0001&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="i85-custom-ranges"><t>
        In Section 3.12:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i85&gt;</t><t>kornel@geekhood.net (2007-08-25): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      The RFC 2616 seems to suggest such possibility in 3.12 Range Units:  
      there's a "other-range-unit" defined.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      However definition of Content-Range uses "ranges-specifier" and Range uses  
      "content-range-spec", which both seem to allow only byte ranges.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      In such case, is there any use for "other-range-unit" in Accept-Ranges?
    </t><t>
  </t><t>LMM@acm.org (2007-08-31): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      What I remember was that I pushed for custom ranges and that there was
      a lot of push-back from people who thought it was too much complexity.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I think the idea 'sort of' got into the spec, but not fully fleshed out.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I agree that it belongs in the issue list, to either clarify how to
      use custom ranges (with a range unit registry, for example) or else
      to remove the feature.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i30-header-lws"><t>
        In Section 4.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i30&gt;</t><t>jamie@shareable.org (2004-03-15): 
    <spanx style="emph">See &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/20040315183116.GC9731@mail.shareable.org&gt;</spanx>.
  </t></section><section title="i77-line-folding"><t>
        In Section 4.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i77&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-01-19): </t><t>
    </t><t>
...I think the spec should reflect the standard, not be artificially
restricted by adherence to past revisions of itself.  By standard,
I mean the measure expected by all of the implementations that are
exchanging legitimate communication via HTTP.  AFAIK, there are no
servers or clients that send legitimate messages with anything
other than
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[Field-name: field-value]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
so it is time for the spec to reflect that fact.  My only caveat is
that there should be an exception for the message/http media type,
such that messages received via SMTP shall allow line folding.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    ...
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
...MUST NOT send such LWS is fine,
including when a message is forwarded, but forbidding a server from
processing such a message is not going to happen because it would
make all implementations non-compliant.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
Servers should be configurable in regards to robust or restricted
parsing behavior, and nothing we say can improve the "security"
of broken software that was deployed years ago.  Software that
correctly parses according to the RFC is not subject to those
perceived security issues.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i19-bodies-on-GET"><t>
        In Section 4.3:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i19&gt;</t><t>Jeff.Mogul@hp.com (2006-06-22): 
  (See &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/200606221739.k5MHd3PA013395@pobox-pa.hpl.hp.com&gt;).
  </t></section><section title="i28-connection-closing"><t>
        In Section 4.4:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i28&gt;</t><t>joe@manyfish.co.uk (2005-02-26): 
    The phrase "unless the message is terminated by closing the connection" in Section 4.4 is unnecessary.
    <vspace/>
    Section 3.6 uses the same phrase; it is a little confusing. In 4.4 you could almost read it to mean that presence of "Connection: close" would mean that a T-E header should be ignored, which is presumably not the intent (and certainly not the practice).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-06): 
    Discussed during the Prague meeting, see &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action01&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="i32-options-asterisk"><t>
        In Section 5.1.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i32&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2003-11-24): 
    I'd like to see a clarification about what clients can expect upon OPTIONS
    *. In particular, can they expect to find out about *any* method name
    supported on that server? I'm asking because this doesn't seem to be the
    case for at least two major server bases, being:
    <vspace/>
    - Apache (for instance, additional method names supported by mod_dav aren't
    listed) and
    <vspace/>
    - generic Java servlet engines (servlet API does not support delegation of
    requests against "*" to all installed web applications).
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-08): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Quote Roy Fielding:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    <list><t>"...Allow only applies to URIs, not *..." -- <eref target="http://mail-archives.apache.org/mod_mbox/httpd-dev/200710.mbox/%3c24EE5E9D-9FBB-4530-9735-33BD768FC633@gbiv.com%3e">http://mail-archives.apache.org/mod_mbox/httpd-dev/200710.mbox/%3c24EE5E9D-9FBB-4530-9735-33BD768FC633@gbiv.com%3e</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i83-options-asterisk-and-proxies"><t>
        In Section 5.1.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i83&gt;</t><t>hno@squid-cache.org (2007-10-01): 
    <spanx style="emph">Text about proxying OPTIONS * contained in RFC2068 was lost in RCF2616.</spanx>
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-03): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      The lost text says:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"If a proxy receives a request without any path in the Request-URI and
        the method specified is capable of supporting the asterisk form of
        request, then the last proxy on the request chain MUST forward the
        request with "*" as the final Request-URI. For example, the request
        <vspace/>
        <vspace/>
OPTIONS http://www.ics.uci.edu:8001 HTTP/1.1
        <vspace/>
        <vspace/>
  would be forwarded by the proxy as
        <vspace/>
        <vspace/>
OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1
        <vspace/>
Host: www.ics.uci.edu:8001
        <vspace/>
        <vspace/>
       after connecting to port 8001 of host "www.ics.uci.edu"." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2068#section-5.1.2">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2068#section-5.1.2</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>  
  </t><t>hno@squid-cache.org (2007-10-04): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      ...
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      There is one slight problem with the above and it's " and the method
      specified is capable of supporting the asterisk form of request". This
      requires the proxy to know about each such method, and with HTTP being
      extensible it's not fully possible. In RFC2616 only OPTIONS meets this
      criteria.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Is there a possibility for other methods than OPTIONS which may make
      sense on a global resource-less context? I think not. If this is
      complemented with a restriction that the special request-URI "*" may
      only be used in OPTIONS requests then it's fine. Interoperability of
      extension methods using "*" will be tricky at best..
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      ...
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i56-6.1.1-can-be-misread-as-a-complete-list"><t>
        In Section 6.1.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i56&gt;</t><t>henrik@henriknordstrom.net (2007-01-11): 
The second sentence in the first paragraph can on a quick reading be misread as section 10 contains a complete definiton of all possible status codes, where it in reality only has the status codes defined by this RFC.
  </t></section><section title="i57-status-code-and-reason-phrase"><t>
        In Section 6.1.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i57&gt;</t><t>henrik@henriknordstrom.net (2007-01-11): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      6.1.1 is apparently a bit too vague about how applications should parse and process the information, making some implementations parse the reason phrase (probably exact matches on the complete status line, not just status code) to determine the outcome.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      There should be a SHOULD requirement or equivalent that applications use the status code to determine the status of the response and only process the Reason Phrase as a comment intended for humans.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      It's true that later in the same section there is a reverse MAY requirement implying this by saying that the phrases in the rfc is just an example and may be replaced without affecting the protocol, but apparently it's not sufficient for implementers to understand that applications should not decide the outcome based on the reason phrase.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i59-status-code-registry"><t>
        In Section 6.1.1:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i59&gt;</t><t>henrik@henriknordstrom.net (2007-02-18): 
    The IANA status code registry should be referred to.
  </t></section><section title="i72-request-method-registry"><t>
        In Section 9:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i72&gt;</t><t>henrik@henriknordstrom.net (2007-08-06): 
    I see a need for an official HTTP request method registry to be
    established, preferably maintained by IANA.
  </t></section><section title="i21-put-side-effects"><t>
        In Section 9.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i21&gt;</t><t>mnot@yahoo-inc.com (2006-04-03): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    2616 specifically allows PUT to have side effects;
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
        <list><t>"A single
        resource MAY be identified by many different URIs. For example, an
        article might have a URI for identifying "the current version" which
        is separate from the URI identifying each particular version. In this
        case, a PUT request on a general URI might result in several other URIs
        being defined by the origin server.
        <vspace/>
        HTTP/1.1 does not define how a PUT method affects the state of an origin server." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-9.6">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-9.6</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    and it also says (in the context of PUT)
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
        <list><t>"If a new resource is created, the origin server MUST inform the user agent via the 201 (Created) response." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-9.6">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616.html#section-9.6</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      So, if I PUT something to /foo, and it has the side effect if creating /foo;2006-04-03, is the response required to be a 201 Created?
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I.e., read literally, the above requirement requires a 201 Created when PUT results in *any* resource being created -- even as a side effect.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      This is IMO unnecessarily constraining, and should be relaxed; e.g., changed to something like
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <spanx style="emph">"If a new resource is created at the Request-URI, the origin server MUST inform the user agent via the 201 (Created) response."</spanx>
    </t><t>
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-06): 
    Discussed during the Prague meeting, see &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action06&gt;:
    <spanx style="emph">Combine to make second sentence dependent upon the first: "If the Request-URI does not point to an existing resource, and that URI is capable of being defined as a new resource by the requesting user agent, the origin server can create the resource with that URI. If a new resource is created, the origin server MUST inform the user agent via the 201 (Created) response."</spanx>
  </t></section><section title="i27-put-idempotency"><t>
        In Section 9.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i27&gt;</t><t>mnot@yahoo-inc.com (2005-03-16): 
    It <spanx style="emph">appears</spanx> that RFC3253 changes the idempotency of PUT; is this 
    allowed? RFC3253 doesn't update or obsolete 2616...
    <vspace/>
    I can see a situation where a 3253-naive client decides to retry a 
    timed-out PUT (after all, it's idempotent) and gets some side effects 
    it didn't bargain for. Not a <spanx style="emph">huge</spanx> problem that happens every day, but 
    it's a bit worrisome.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-06): 
    Discussed during the Prague meeting, see &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action10&gt;:
    <spanx style="emph">"Loosen definition of Idempotency as per Roy."</spanx> --
    See &lt;http://tech.groups.yahoo.com/group/rest-discuss/message/7387&gt;:
    <spanx style="emph">Just ignore the definition of idempotent in RFC 2616. Anything
specified in HTTP that defines how the server shall implement the
semantics of an interface method is wrong, by definition. What
matters is the effect on the interface as expected by the client,
not what actually happens on the server to implement that effect.</spanx>
  </t></section><section title="i79-content-headers-vs-put"><t>
        In Section 9.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i79&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-07-25): 
    It's not clear to me what Content-* headers are? All headers starting 
    with the character sequence "Content-"? Just those defined in RFC2616?
  </t></section><section title="i33-trace-security-considerations"><t>
        In Section 9.8:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i33&gt;</t><t>rousskov@measurement-factory.com (2003-02-14): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      There is an HTTP-related security violation approach found/researched
      by White Hat Security:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      PR: &lt;http://www.whitehatsec.com/press_releases/WH-PR-20030120.txt&gt;
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Details: &lt;http://www.betanews.com/whitehat/WH-WhitePaper_XST_ebook.pdf&gt;
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I bet many of you have seen the related advisories/PR. For those who
      have not, here is the gist:
    </t><t>
    </t><t><list><t>"Modern browsers usually do not allow scripts embedded in
    	HTML to access cookies and authentication information
    	exchanged between HTTP client and server. However, a
    	script can get access to that info by sending a
    	simple HTTP TRACE request to the originating (innocent)
    	server. The user agent will auto-include current
    	authentication info in such request. The server will echo all
    	the authentication information back, for script to read and
    	[mis]use. Apparently, sending an HTTP request is possible via
    	many scripting methods like ActiveX. See the URL above for
    	details."</t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      With numerous XSS (cross-site-scripting) vulnerabilities in user
      agents, this seems like a real and nasty problem. TRACE method support
      is optional per RFC 2616, but many popular servers support it. White
      Hat Security advises server administrators to disable support for
      TRACE.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      What is your opinion? Should TRACE be supported by default? Is it a
      good idea to mention this "exposure" vulnerability in HTTP errata or
      elsewhere?
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i69-clarify-requested-variant"><t>
        In Section 10.2.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i69&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-07-13): 
    The spec uses the term "requested variant" in several places (10.2.2 201 Created, 10.2.5 204 No Content, 14.19 ETag, 14.25 If-Modified-Since, 14.28 If-Unmodified-Since). It's quite clear what it means in the context of HEAD/GET, somewhat clear for PUT, but not clear at all for other methods.
    We really need to clarify this, potentially choosing a different term.
  </t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-08-06): </t><t>
    </t><t>
  ...Think of variant as the target
of a request once URI+Vary-fields is taken into account.  It is the
resource-as-subdivided-by-negotiation, which was the original definition
before it got mixed up in committee.  Now, if we add the notion of
a method that acts by indirection (PROPFIND), then we merely add
that notion to the definition in general.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    <spanx style="emph">variant</spanx>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
       <spanx style="emph">The ultimate target resource of a request after indirections
       caused by content negotiation (varying by request fields) and
       method association (e.g., PROPFIND) have been taken into account.
       Some variant resources may also be identified directly by their
       own URI, which may be indicated by a Content-Location in the
       response.</spanx>
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i70-cacheability-of-303"><t>
        In Section 10.3.4:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i70&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-07-12): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      On the cacheability requirement:
    ... I have no idea why the specification says that.  Cache-control can be used to override it.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"A response received with any other status code MUST NOT be returned
      in a reply to a subsequent request unless there are Cache-Control
      directives or another header(s) that explicitly allow it. For
      example, these include the following: an Expires header (section
      14.21); a "max-age", "must-revalidate", "proxy-revalidate", "public"
      or "private" Cache-Control directive (section 14.9)." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.4">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.4</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      It looks like the contradiction was added to RFC 2616 when somebody
      decided to convert the commentary on its use with POST into a fixed
      requirement on all 303 responses.  It is just a bug in the spec.    
    </t><t>
  </t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-07-13): </t><t>
</t><t>
  My suggestion is to change the entire section to:
</t><t>
</t><t>
  10.3.4.  303 See Other
</t><t>
</t><t>
    The server directs the user agent to a different resource, indicated
    by a URI in the Location header field, that provides an indirect
    response to the original request.  The user agent MAY perform a GET
    request on the URI in the Location field in order to obtain a
    representation corresponding to the response, be redirected again,
    or end with an error status.  The Location URI is not a substitute
    reference for the originally requested resource.
</t><t>
</t><t>
    The 303 status is generally applicable to any HTTP method.  It is
    primarily used to allow the output of a POST action to redirect
    the user agent to a selected resource, since doing so provides the
    information corresponding to the POST response in a form that
    can be separately identified, bookmarked, and cached independent
    of the original request.
</t><t>
</t><t>
    A 303 response to a GET request indicates that the requested
    resource does not have a representation of its own that can be
    transferred by the server over HTTP.  The Location URI indicates a
    resource that is descriptive of the requested resource such that
    the follow-on representation may be useful without implying that
    that it adequately represents the previously requested resource.
    Note that answers to the questions of what can be represented, what
    representations are adequate, and what might be a useful description
    are outside the scope of HTTP and thus entirely determined by the
    resource owner(s).
</t><t>
</t><t>
    A 303 response SHOULD NOT be cached unless it is indicated as
    cacheable by Cache-Control or Expires header fields.  Except for
    responses to a HEAD request, the entity of a 303 response SHOULD
    contain a short hypertext note with a hyperlink to the Location URI.
</t><t>
</t><t>dbooth@hp.com (2007-07-03): 
  ...
  s/The Location URI indicates/The Location URI SHOULD indicate/
  ...
</t><t>dbooth@hp.com (2007-10-04): </t><t>
  </t><t>
  ...My thinking was that the owner of the URI originally requested may not be the same as the owner of the redirect URI, and hence the first owner might not have control over whether the resource at the redirect URI really *is* "descriptive of the requested resource", even though it is thought to be.
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
BTW, I do notice one other thing.  I suggest changing the following sentence:
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
    <list><t>"A 303 response to a GET request indicates that the requested
    resource does not have a representation of its own that can be
    transferred by the server over HTTP."</t></list>
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
to:
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
    <list><t>"A 303 response to a GET request indicates that the requested
    resource does not have a representation of its own, available
    from the request URI, that can be transferred by the server
    over HTTP."</t></list>
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
    The reason is that if the same resource were requested via a different URI, it might indeed provide a representation of its own (if it were an information resource).  The original text would have prevented 303 URIs from identifying information resources, rather than permitting them to identify any kind of resource.
  </t><t>
</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2007-10-16): </t><t>
  </t><t>
    ...
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
    In which case it would be redirected via a 301, 302, or 307.
    303 only redirects to different resources, which means the requested
    resource for the 303 response is different from the target resource,
    even if that difference can't be measured in bits.  Even if they
    aren't, in fact, different, the client is being told by the server
    that they should be interpreted as different, and that makes it fact
    as far as HTTP's interface is concerned.
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
    There is no information resource in HTTP, for the same reason that
    there is no spoon in the Matrix.
  </t><t>
</t></section><section title="i76-deprecate-305-use-proxy"><t>
        In Section 10.3.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i76&gt;</t><t>adrien@qbik.com (2007-06-15): </t><t>
    </t><t>
I can't find any browser that supports this.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
* IE 6 silently fails (shows blank page, does not attempt connection to 
proxy).
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
* FF 2 silently fails (shows blank page, does not attempt connection to 
proxy).
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
* Opera displays message "The server tried to redirect Opera to the 
alternative proxy "http://xxxxxxxx". For security reasons this is no 
longer supported."
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
So looks like the main browsers (haven't tried Safari) have de facto 
deprecated it.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
Is it an optional code to handle?  RFC2616 is extremely sparse in its 
description of the status code.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i78-relationship-between-401-authorization-and-www-authenticate"><t>
        In Section 10.4.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i78&gt;</t><t>hugo@yahoo-inc.com (2007-07-25): 
    Are these mechanisms exclusive? I.e., can they only be used together, or can a cookie-based authentication scheme (for example) use 401?
    (full message at &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/5A4607FB-6F74-4C7F-BF60-37E0EFEC97DF@yahoo-inc.com&gt;)
  </t></section><section title="i24-requiring-allow-in-405-responses"><t>
        In Section 10.4.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i24&gt;</t><t>fielding@gbiv.com (2005-06-23): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    In RFC 2616, 10.4.6 405 Method Not Allowed:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"The method specified in the Request-Line is not allowed for the
    resource identified by the Request-URI. The response MUST include an
    Allow header containing a list of valid methods for the requested
    resource." -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-10.4.6">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-10.4.6</eref></t></list>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      which has the effect of requiring that a server advertise all
      methods to a resource.  In some cases, method implementation is
      implemented across several (extensible) parts of a server and
      thus not known.  In other cases, it may not be prudent to tell
      an unauthenticated client all of the methods that might be
      available to other clients.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      I think the above should be modified to s/MUST/MAY/; does anyone
      here know of a reason not to make that change?
    </t><t>    
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-06): 
    Discussed during the Prague meeting, see
    &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action08&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="i81-content-negotiation-for-media-types"><t>
        In Section 12:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i81&gt;</t><t>lmm@acm.org (2006-04-11): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    HTTP content negotiation was one of those "nice in theory" protocol additions that, in practice, didn't work out. The original theory of content negotiation was worked out when the idea of the web was that browsers would support a handful of media types (text, html, a couple of image types), and so it might be reasonable to send an 'accept:' header listing all of the types supported. But in practice as the web evolved, browsers would support hundreds of types of all varieties, and even automatically locate readers for content-types, so it wasn't practical to send an 'accept:' header for all of the types.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    So content negotiation in practice doesn't use accept: headers except in limited circumstances; for the most part, the sites send some kind of 'active content' or content that autoselects for itself what else to download; e.g., a HTML page which contains Javascript code to detect the client's capabilities and figure out which other URLs to load. The most common kind of content negotiation uses the 'user agent' identification header, or some other 'x-...' extension headers to detect browser versions, among other things, to identify buggy implementations or proprietary extensions.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    I think we should deprecate HTTP content negotiation, if only to make it clear to people reading the spec that it doesn't really work that way in practice.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    Many people seem to use HTTP content negotiation as a motivation for adding 'version' parameters to MIME types or registering new MIME types, with the hopes that the MIME types or parameters would be useful in HTTP content negotiation, and we should warn them that it isn't really productive to do so. That's why it might be useful advice to add to the guidelines for registering MIME types, should those ever be updated.
    </t><t>
  </t><t>rjgodoy@hotmail.com (2007-11-03): 
    <spanx style="emph">See http://www.w3.org/mid/BAY118-DAV15B52BB86A84968870D8E0AD8E0@phx.gbl</spanx>.
  </t><t>lmm@acm.org (2007-11-03): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    Clearly "deprecate" was hyperbole. (I can say that since I raised the issue
    in the first place.) However, Accept headers have a limited domain of
    applicability, e.g., when the client has a limited repertoire of types that
    it is actually willing to accept, and this is generally not true on 
    typical desktop web browsers (maybe some phones might have such a limitation).
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    The point about changing the 406 requirement so that it matches reality
    should also be added to the issue.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i54-definition-of-1xx-warn-codes"><t>
        In Section 13.1.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i54&gt;</t><t>a-travis@microsoft.com (2006-12-22): 
    See &lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i54&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="i29-age-calculation"><t>
        In Section 13.2.3:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i29&gt;</t><t>rousskov@measurement-factory.com (2002-08-30): </t><t>
    </t><t>
    RFC 2616 says:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      <list><t>"Because the request that resulted in the returned Age value must have been initiated prior to that Age value's generation, we can correct for delays imposed by the network by recording the time at which the request was initiated. Then, when an Age value is received, it MUST be interpreted relative to the time the request was initiated. So, we compute
        <vspace/>
        <vspace/>
        corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age + (now - request_time)" -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.2.3">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-13.2.3</eref></t></list>
      <vspace/>
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    I suspect the formula does not match the true intent of the RFC authors. I believe that corrected_initial_age formula counts server-to-client delays twice. It does that because the corrected_received_age component already accounts for one server-to-client delay. Here is an annotated definition from the RFC:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
    corrected_received_age = max(
    now - date_value, # trust the clock (includes server-to-client delay!)
    age_value)        # all-HTTP/1.1 paths (no server-to-client delay)]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
    I think it is possible to fix the corrected_initial_age formula to match the intent (note this is the *initial* not *received* age):
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
    corrected_initial_age = max(
    now - date_value,                # trust the clock (includes delays)
    age_value + now - request_time)  # trust Age, add network delays]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
    There is no need for corrected_received_age.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
    Moreover, it looks ALL the formulas computing current_age go away with the above new corrected_initial_age definition as long as "now" is still defined as "the current time" (i.e., the time when current_age is calculated):
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
    current_age = corrected_initial_age]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
    So, we end up with a single formula for all cases and all times:
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[
    current_age = max(now - date_value, age_value + now - request_time) = = now - min(date_value, request_time - age_value)]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
    It even has a clear physical meaning -- the min() part is the conservative estimate of object creation time.
    </t><t>
  </t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-10-06): 
    Discussed during the Prague meeting, see &lt;http://www.w3.org/2007/03/18-rfc2616-minutes.html#action11&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="i71-examples-for-etag-matching"><t>
        In Section 13.3.3:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i71&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-12-02): 
    Add examples for weak and strong matching.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-06-07): 
    Backed out example, because it's controversial. We need to answer
    the question: "Are there circumstances where a server will weakly match
    the etags "1" and W/"1"?
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-07-17): 
    Re-added example table for further discussion.
  </t></section><section title="i60-13.5.1-and-13.5.2"><t>
        In Section 13.5:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i60&gt;</t><t>mnot@yahoo-inc.com (2007-03-30): 
    13.5.1 and 13.5.2 describe how proxies should handle headers, even though it's in a section entitled "Caching in HTTP." People have a hard time finding them. Would it be helpful to try to separate out the purely intermediary-related material from section 13 to a more appropriate place (e.g., section 8, or a new section)?
  </t></section><section title="i53-allow-is-not-in-13.5.2"><t>
        In Section 13.5.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i53&gt;</t><t>a-travis@microsoft.com (2006-12-20): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Section 14.7 states:
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      "A proxy MUST NOT modify the Allow header field even if it does not understand all the methods specified, since the user agent might have other means of communicating with the origin server."
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      However, section 13.5.2 (Non-modifiable Headers) makes no mention of Allow. This seems like an error, but I'm not entirely sure what the fix should be -- remove 13.5.2 and push the (not-)modifiable information in the definition of the respective headers, or to maintain 13.5.2 in parallel with all of the header definitions, or to push all the information out of the header definitions into 13.5.2.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      The easy fix for now would be to just make a mention of Allow in 13.5.2.
    </t><t>
    </t><t>
      Additionally, Server should also be included.
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i37-vary-and-non-existant-headers"><t>
        In Section 13.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i37&gt;</t><t>jamie@shareable.org (2004-02-23): 
    (See &lt;http://www.w3.org/mid/20040223204041.GA32719@mail.shareable.org&gt;).
  </t></section><section title="i38-mismatched-vary"><t>
        In Section 13.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i38&gt;</t><t>hno@squid-cache.org (2006-10-20): </t><t>
    </t><t>
      When one cached variant has one Vary header, and then another variant is received with a different Vary header. Lets say the first has
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[Vary: Accept-Language]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
      and the second
    </t><t>
    </t><figure><artwork><![CDATA[Vary: Accept-Encoding]]></artwork></figure><t>
    </t><t>
      what is the appropriate behaviour for a cache?
    </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i39-etag-uniqueness"><t>
        In Section 13.6:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i39&gt;</t><t>henrik@henriknordstrom.net (2006-10-19): 
    From experience I think it's also worthwhile to further stress the importance of ETag uniqueness among variants of a URI. Very few implementations get this part correct. In fact most major web servers have issues here...
    <vspace/>
    Some even strongly believe that entities with different Content-Encoding is the same entity, arguing that since most encoding (at least the standardized ones) can be converted to the same identity encoding so they are in fact the same entity and should have the same strong ETag.
  </t></section><section title="i23-no-store-invalidation"><t>
        In Section 14.9.2:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i23&gt;</t><t>rousskov@measurement-factory.com (2005-07-26): 
  	Responses to HTTP requests with "Cache-control: no-store" are not
cachable. Recently, we came across a cache that does not cache responses
to no-store requests but also does not invalidate an older cached entity
with the same URL. When future requests stop using no-store, the old
cached entity is served.
<vspace/>
For example, the following happens in our test case:
<vspace/>
  1. Client requests an entity A without using no-store.
<vspace/>
  2. Cache proxies the transaction and caches the response (entity A).
<vspace/>
  3. Client requests the same entity A using "Cache-control: no-store".
<vspace/>
  4. Cache proxies the transaction and does NOT cache the response.
<vspace/>
  5. Client requests the same entity A again, without using no-store.
<vspace/>
6. Cache serves the "old" entity A cached in step #2 above.
<vspace/>
Does the cache violate the intent of RFC 2616 in step #6? If yes, should
that intent be made explicit (I cannot find any explicit rules
prohibiting the above behavior)? 
<vspace/>
If no, should the cache check that response in step #4 does not indicate
that cached entity A is stale? I cannot find explicit rules requiring
that, but we do have similar rules about 304 and HEAD responses
invalidating older cached entities.
  </t></section><section title="i80-content-location-is-not-special"><t>
        In Section 14.14:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i80&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2007-07-31): </t><t>
  </t><t>
  The definition of Content-Location ends with:
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
      <list><t>""The meaning of the Content-Location header in PUT or POST requests is 
undefined; servers are free to ignore it in those cases."
      " -- <eref target="http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-14.14">http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2616#section-14.14</eref></t></list>
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
This was added in RFC2616 (does not appear in RFC2068).
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
I have no problem allowing servers to ignore it. However:
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
1) It seems that the meaning of Content-Location is universal for 
messages that carry an entity; I'm not sure what's the point in claiming 
that meaning does not apply to PUT or POST.
  </t><t>
  </t><t>
2) Also: every time a limited set of methods is mentioned somewhere it 
feels like problematic spec writing. What makes PUT or POST so special 
in comparison to other methods? Maybe that they are the only methods in 
RFC2616 that carry request entity bodies? In which case the statement 
should be rephrased accordingly...
  </t><t>
  </t></section><section title="i22-etag-and-other-metadata-in-status-messages"><t>
        In Section 14.19:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i22&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2006-08-09): 
  (See proposal at &lt;http://greenbytes.de/tech/webdav/#draft-reschke-http-etag-on-write&gt;).
  </t></section><section title="i61-redirection-vs-location"><t>
        In Section 14.30:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i61&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-04-19): 
    The first sentence could be understood as if the presence of the
    "Location" response header always implies some kind of redirection.
    See also &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg/2007AprJun/0020.html&gt;.
  </t></section><section title="fragment-combination"><t>
        In Section 14.30:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i43&gt;</t><t>fielding@kiwi.ics.uci.edu (1999-08-06): 
    See &lt;http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/ietf-http-wg-old/1999MayAug/0103&gt;.
  </t><t>julian.reschke@greenbytes.de (2006-10-29): 
    Part of this was fixed in draft 01 (see issue &lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i6&gt;).
    This leaves us with the open issue: <spanx style="emph">At present, the behavior in the case where there was a fragment with the original URI, e.g.: http://host1.example.com/resource1#fragment1 where /resource1 redirects to http://host2.example.com/resource2#fragment2 is 'fragment1' discarded? Do you find fragment2 and then find fragment1 within it? We don't have fragment combination rules.</spanx>.
  </t></section><section title="i41-security-considerations"><t>
        In Section 15:
      </t><t>
      Type: change</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i41&gt;</t><t>
    What work needs to be done to the Security Considerations section of RFC2616 to allow publication of a revision? E.g., does HTTP need to specify a Mandatory To Implement mechanism?
  </t></section><section title="i55-updating-to-rfc4288"><t>
        In Section A:
      </t><t>
      Type: edit</t><t>&lt;http://www.w3.org/Protocols/HTTP/1.1/rfc2616bis/issues/#i55&gt;</t><t>julian.reschke@gmx.de (2007-01-05): 
    The update from RFC2048 to RFC4288 requires minor modifications for the media type registrations for "message/http", "application/http" and "multipart/byteranges".
  </t></section></section></back>
</rfc>